UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017

 

Commission File Number 0-15572

 

FIRST BANCORP

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 

North Carolina   56-1421916
(State of Incorporation)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)
     
300 SW Broad Street, Southern Pines, North Carolina   28387
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)   (Zip Code)
     
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:   (910) 246-2500
     
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
Title of each class   Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, No Par Value   The Nasdaq Global Select Market

 

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933. o YES x NO

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. o YES x NO

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. x YES o NO

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). x YES o NO

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of the Form 10-K or any amendment to the Form 10-K. o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one)

 

x Large Accelerated Filer o Accelerated Filer o Non-Accelerated Filer o Smaller Reporting Company

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933 (§230.405 of this chapter) or Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (§240.12b-2 of this chapter. o Emerging growth company

 

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). o YES x NO

 

The aggregate market value of the Common Stock, no par value, held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based on the closing price of the Common Stock as of June 30, 2017 as reported by The NASDAQ Global Select Market, was approximately $757,969,473.

 

The number of shares of the registrant’s Common Stock outstanding on February 28, 2018 was 29,654,718.

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Registrant’s Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A are incorporated herein by reference into Part III.

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

    Begins on
Page(s)
  Forward-Looking Statements 5
  PART I  
Item 1 Business 5
Item 1A Risk Factors 22
Item 1B Unresolved Staff Comments 31
Item 2 Properties 31
Item 3 Legal Proceedings 32
Item 4 Mine Safety Disclosures 32
  PART II  
Item 5 Market for Registrant’s Common Stock, Related Shareholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 32, 68
Item 6 Selected Consolidated Financial Data 35, 68
Item 7 Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations  
  Overview – 2017 Compared to 2016 36
  Overview – 2016 Compared to 2015 38
  Outlook for 2018 40
  Critical Accounting Policies 41
  Merger and Acquisition Activity 43
  FDIC Indemnification Asset 43
  Statistical Information  
  Net Interest Income 44, 69
  Provision for Loan Losses 46, 79
  Noninterest Income 47, 70
  Noninterest Expenses 49, 71
  Income Taxes 50, 71
  Stock-Based Compensation 51
  Distribution of Assets and Liabilities 53, 72
  Securities 54, 72
  Loans 55, 74
  Nonperforming Assets 56, 76
  Allowance for Loan Losses and Loan Loss Experience 58, 78
  Deposits 60, 80
  Borrowings 61
  Liquidity, Commitments, and Contingencies 62, 82
  Capital Resources and Shareholders’ Equity 63, 84
  Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Derivative Financial Instruments 65
  Return on Assets and Equity 65, 83
  Interest Rate Risk (Including Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk) 65, 81
  Inflation 67
  Current Accounting Matters 67
Item 7A Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 67
Item 8 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data:  
  Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 86
  Consolidated Statements of Income for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2017 87
  Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2017 88
  Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2017 89
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2017 90

 

 

 

    Begins on Page(s)
  Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 91
  Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 144
  Selected Consolidated Financial Data 68
  Quarterly Financial Summary 85
Item 9 Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures 147
Item 9A Controls and Procedures 147
Item 9B Other Information 148
     
  PART III  
Item 10 Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 148
Item 11 Executive Compensation 148
Item 12 Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters 148
Item 13 Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 148
Item 14 Principal Accountant Fees and Services 148
     
  PART IV  
Item 15 Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 148
     
  SIGNATURES 152

 

 

 

* Information called for by Part III (Items 10 through 14) is incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2018 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or before April 30, 2018.

 

Table of Contents  

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, which statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements are statements that include projections, predictions, expectations or beliefs about future events or results or otherwise are not statements of historical fact. Further, forward-looking statements are intended to speak only as of the date made. Such statements are often characterized by the use of qualifying words (and their derivatives) such as “expect,” “believe,” “estimate,” “plan,” “project,” or other statements concerning our opinions or judgment about future events. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in any forward-looking statements, as they will depend on many factors about which we are unsure, including many factors which are beyond our control. Factors that could influence the accuracy of such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, the financial success or changing strategies of our customers, our level of success in integrating acquisitions, actions of government regulators, the level of market interest rates, and general economic conditions. For additional information about factors that could affect the matters discussed in this paragraph, see the “Risk Factors” section in Item 1A of this report.

 

PART I

 

Item 1. Business

 

General Description

 

First Bancorp (the “Company”) is the fourth largest bank holding company headquartered in North Carolina.  At December 31, 2017, the Company had total consolidated assets of $5.5 billion, total loans of $4.0 billion, total deposits of $4.4 billion, and shareholders’ equity of $0.7 billion.  Our principal activity is the ownership and operation of First Bank (the “Bank”), a state-chartered bank with its main office in Southern Pines, North Carolina. 

 

The Company was incorporated in North Carolina on December 8, 1983, as Montgomery Bancorp, for the purpose of acquiring 100% of the outstanding common stock of the Bank through a stock-for-stock exchange. On December 31, 1986, the Company changed its name to First Bancorp to conform its name to the name of the Bank, which had changed its name from Bank of Montgomery to First Bank in 1985.

 

The Bank was organized in 1934 and began banking operations in 1935 as the Bank of Montgomery, named for the county in which it operated. Until September 2013, the Bank’s main office was in Troy, North Carolina, located in the center of Montgomery County. In September 2013, the Company and the Bank moved their main offices approximately 45 miles to Southern Pines, North Carolina, in Moore County. As of December 31, 2017, we conducted business from 104 branches covering a geographical area from Florence, South Carolina to the south, to Wilmington, North Carolina to the east, to Kill Devil Hills, North Carolina to the northeast, to Mayodan, North Carolina to the north, and to Asheville, North Carolina to the west. We also have several mortgage loan production offices in the Triad Region of North Carolina (which includes Greensboro, High Point and Winston-Salem and the surrounding areas). Of the Bank’s 104 branches, 98 branches are in North Carolina and six branches are in South Carolina. Ranked by assets, the Bank was the fourth largest bank headquartered in North Carolina as of December 31, 2017.

 

As of December 31, 2017, the Bank had three wholly owned subsidiaries, First Bank Insurance Services, Inc. (“First Bank Insurance”), SBA Complete, Inc. (“SBA Complete”), and First Troy SPE, LLC. First Bank Insurance’s primary business activity is the placement of property and casualty insurance coverage. SBA Complete is a firm that specializes in providing consulting services for financial institutions across the country related to Small Business Administration (“SBA”) loan origination and servicing. First Troy SPE, LLC, which was organized in December 2009, is a holding entity for certain foreclosed properties.

 

Our principal executive offices are located at 300 SW Broad Street, Southern Pines, North Carolina, 28387, and our telephone number is (910) 246-2500. Unless the context requires otherwise, references to the “Company,” “we,”

5  

Table of Contents  

“our,” or “us” in this annual report on Form 10-K shall mean collectively First Bancorp and its consolidated subsidiaries.

 

General Business

 

We engage in a full range of banking activities, with the acceptance of deposits and the making of loans being our most basic activities. We offer deposit products such as checking, savings, and money market accounts, as well as time deposits, including various types of certificates of deposits (“CDs”) and individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”). We provide loans for a wide range of consumer and commercial purposes, including loans for business, agriculture, real estate, personal uses, home improvement and automobiles. We offer residential mortgages through our Mortgage Banking Division, and we offer SBA loans to small business owners across the nation through our SBA Lending Division. We also offer credit cards, debit cards, letters of credit, safe deposit box rentals and electronic funds transfer services, including wire transfers. In addition, we offer internet banking, mobile banking, cash management and bank-by-phone capabilities to our customers, and are affiliated with ATM networks that give our customers access to thousands of ATMs across the country, with no surcharge fee. We also offer a mobile check deposit feature for our mobile banking customers that allows them to securely deposit checks via their smartphone. For our business customers, we offer remote deposit capture, which provides them with a method to electronically transmit checks received from customers into their bank account without having to visit a branch. We are a member of the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (“CDARS”), which gives our customers the ability to obtain FDIC insurance on deposits of up to $50 million, while continuing to work directly with their local First Bank branch.

 

Because the majority of our customers are individuals and small to medium-sized businesses located in the markets we serve, management does not believe that the loss of a single customer or group of customers would have a material adverse impact on the Bank. There are no seasonal factors that tend to have any material effect on the Bank’s business, and we do not rely on foreign sources of funds or income. Because we operate primarily within North Carolina and northeastern South Carolina, the economic conditions of these areas could have a material impact on the Company. See additional discussion below in the section entitled “Territory Served and Competition.”

 

We also offer various ancillary services as part of our commitment to customer service. Through First Bank Insurance, we offer the placement of property and casualty insurance. We also offer non-FDIC insured investment and insurance products, including mutual funds, annuities, long-term care insurance, life insurance, and company retirement plans, as well as financial planning services through our “investments division.”

 

First Bank also offers SBA loans to small business owners throughout the nation, which is supported by First Bank’s subsidiary, SBA Complete. SBA Complete is a firm that specializes in providing consulting services for financial institutions across the country related to SBA loan origination and servicing.

 

First Bancorp Capital Trust II and First Bancorp Capital Trust III were organized in December 2003 for the purpose of issuing $20.6 million in debt securities ($10.3 million was issued from each trust). These borrowings are due on January 23, 2034 and are also structured as trust preferred capital securities in order to qualify as regulatory capital. These debt securities became callable by the Company at par on any quarterly interest payment date beginning on January 23, 2009. The interest rate on these debt securities adjusts on a quarterly basis at a weighted average rate of three-month LIBOR plus 2.70%.

 

First Bancorp Capital Trust IV was organized in April 2006 for the purpose of issuing $25.8 million in debt securities. These borrowings are due on June 15, 2036 and are also structured as trust preferred capital securities that qualify as regulatory capital. These debt securities became callable by the Company at par on any quarterly interest payment date beginning on June 15, 2011. The interest rate on these debt securities adjusts on a quarterly basis at a rate of three-month LIBOR plus 1.39%.

 

The Company acquired Carolina Capital Trust in the March 3, 2017 acquisition of Carolina Bank Holdings, Inc. Carolina Capital Trust was organized in December 2004 for the purpose of issuing $10.3 million in debt securities. These borrowings are due on January 7, 2035 and are also structured as trust preferred capital securities that qualify as

6  

Table of Contents  

regulatory capital. These debt securities became callable by the Company at par on any quarterly interest payment date beginning on January 7, 2010. The interest rate on these debt securities adjusts on a quarterly basis at a rate of three-month LIBOR plus 2.00%.

 

Territory Served and Competition

 

Our headquarters are located in Southern Pines, Moore County, North Carolina, where we have a significant concentration of deposits. At the end of 2017, we served several regions across most of North Carolina, with additional operations in northeastern South Carolina. The following table presents, for each county where we operated as of December 31, 2017, the number of bank branches operated by the Company within the county, the approximate amount of deposits with the Company in the county as of December 31, 2017, our approximate deposit market share at June 30, 2017, and the number of bank competitors located in the county at June 30, 2017.

 

County   Number of
Branches
  Deposits
(in millions)
  Market
Share
  Number of
Competitors
Alamance, NC     1     $ 49       2.4%       14  
Anson, NC     1       14       6.3%       4  
Beaufort, NC     2       55       5.5%       7  
Bladen, NC     1       34       9.6%       5  
Brunswick, NC     4       159       6.9%       11  
Buncombe, NC (*)     11       558       13.8%       16  
Cabarrus, NC     2       46       1.9%       11  
Carteret, NC     2       36       3.0%       8  
Chatham, NC     2       45       7.7%       9  
Chesterfield, SC     1       44       11.0%       6  
Columbus, NC     2       45       6.1%       5  
Cumberland, NC     1       26       0.5%       14  
Dare, NC     1       18       1.8%       8  
Davidson, NC     2       116       3.3%       10  
Dillon, SC     3       62       22.5%       4  
Duplin, NC     3       143       20.5%       6  
Florence, SC     2       54       2.4%       12  
Forsyth, NC     4       74       0.3%       16  
Guilford, NC     5       448       5.1%       16  
Harnett, NC     3       113       11.2%       9  
Henderson, NC (*)     2       67       3.4%       13  
Iredell, NC     3       75       2.7%       19  
Lee, NC     3       188       22.0%       9  
Madison, NC (*)     1       39       24.2%       3  
McDowell, NC (*)     1       59       18.6%       5  
Mecklenburg, NC     2       26       0.0%       25  
Montgomery, NC     2       138       40.7%       2  
Moore, NC     10       462       31.1%       10  
New Hanover, NC     5       187       2.9%       20  
Onslow, NC     2       72       6.6%       10  
Pitt, NC     1       9       0.4%       14  
Randolph, NC     3       142       9.8%       11  
Richmond, NC     1       50       10.5%       5  
Robeson, NC     4       182       18.7%       8  
Rockingham, NC     1       24       2.5%       10  
Rowan, NC     1       57       4.5%       13  
Scotland, NC     1       78       22.0%       6  
Stanly, NC     4       101       10.7%       6  
Transylvania, NC (*)     1       25       5.0%       6  
Wake, NC     3       53       0.2%       31  
Brokered Deposits           234                  
    Total     104     $ 4,407                  

 

(*) Pro forma information for market share and number of competitors is included as of June 30, 2017 to reflect the acquisition of Asheville Savings Bank, which occurred on October 1, 2017.

 

7  

Table of Contents  

Historically, our branches and facilities have been primarily located in small communities whose economies are based primarily on services, manufacturing and light industries. Although these markets are predominantly small communities and rural areas, the market area is not dependent on agriculture. Textiles, furniture, mobile homes, electronics, plastic and metal fabrication, forest products, food products, and chicken hatcheries are among the leading manufacturing industries in the market. Leading producers of lumber and rugs are located in Montgomery County, North Carolina. The Pinehurst area within Moore County, North Carolina, is a widely known golf resort and retirement area. The High Point, North Carolina, area is widely known for its furniture market. New Hanover and Brunswick Counties, located in the southeastern coastal region of North Carolina, are popular with tourists and have significant retirement populations. Buncombe County, located in the western region of North Carolina, is a highly diverse area with industries in manufacturing, service, and tourism. Additionally, several of the communities served by the Bank are “bedroom” communities of large cities like Charlotte, Raleigh and Greensboro, while several branches are located in medium-sized cities such as Albemarle, Asheboro, Fayetteville, Greenville, Jacksonville, High Point, Southern Pines and Sanford. We also have branches in small communities such as Bennett, Polkton, Vass, and Harmony.

 

In recent years, we have implemented a branch strategy of expansion into larger, higher growth markets. In 2016, this expansion continued with additional investments in Charlotte, Raleigh and the Triad region of North Carolina. Several seasoned bankers joined the Bank and have led our expansion efforts in these markets. We opened our first full service branch in Charlotte in August 2016, after opening a loan production office there in 2015. In Raleigh, we opened a loan production office early in 2016 and upgraded that location to a full service branch in April 2017. In the Triad region, experienced bankers joined us in early 2016 as we opened our first loan production office in Greensboro. Our expansion into higher growth markets was enhanced by three strategic transactions discussed in the following paragraphs.

 

In March 2016, we announced an agreement to exchange our seven Virginia branches, with approximately $151 million in loans and $134 million in deposits, for six North Carolina branches of a community bank with a large Virginia presence that included approximately $152 million in loans and $111 million in deposits. Four of the six branches we assumed were in Winston-Salem, with the other two branches located in the Charlotte-metro markets of Mooresville and Huntersville. The Winston-Salem branches we assumed improved the Triad expansion initiative, while the Mooresville and Huntersville branches increased our Charlotte expansion. This transaction, which was completed in July 2016, resulted in our exit from Virginia, which was a good market for our Bank, but created challenges due to the distant proximity to our core market.

 

In March 2017, we acquired Carolina Bank Holdings, Inc. (“Carolina Bank”), the parent company of Carolina Bank. Carolina Bank was a community bank headquartered in Greensboro with $682 million in assets, with eight branches located in Greensboro, Winston-Salem, Burlington and Asheboro. This acquisition built on the Winston-Salem expansion previously discussed and significantly accelerated our recent expansion initiative in the Greensboro market.

 

In October 2017, we acquired ASB Bancorp, Inc. (“Asheville Savings Bank”), the parent company of Asheville Savings Bank, SSB. Asheville Savings Bank operated in the attractive and high-growth market of Asheville, North Carolina, with $798 million in assets and 13 branches located throughout the Asheville area.

 

As a result of the acquisitions of Carolina Bank and Asheville Savings Bank, the number of counties that are the home to 10% or more of our deposit base has increased to three counties from one county a year earlier. Moore County, the headquarters of the Company, has total deposits comprising approximately 10% of our deposit base, while Guilford County, the former headquarters of Carolina Bank, also holds 10% of our deposit base and Buncombe County, the former headquarters of Asheville Savings Bank, now holds 13% of our total deposit base. Accordingly, material changes in competition, the economy or the population of these counties could materially impact the Company. No other county comprises more than 10% of our deposit base.

 

We compete in our various market areas with, among others, several large interstate bank holding companies. These large competitors have substantially greater resources than our Company, including broader geographic markets,

8  

Table of Contents  

higher lending limits and the ability to make greater use of large-scale advertising and promotions. A significant number of interstate banking acquisitions have taken place in the past decade, thus further increasing the size and financial resources of some of our competitors, some of which are among the largest bank holding companies in the nation. In many of our markets, we also compete against smaller, local banks. With interest rates still near historic lows and banks of all sizes attempting to maximize yields on earning assets, the competition for high-quality loans has become intense. Accordingly, loan rates in our markets continue to be under competitive pressure. The pricing competition for deposits has lessened in recent years, but at any given time in many of our markets, there are frequently smaller banks offering higher rates on deposits than we are willing to match. This has resulted in the loss of some deposits from price-sensitive customers, which has been primarily responsible for the declines in our time deposit accounts that are discussed below in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation. With the recent and expected interest rate increases initiated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”), the competitive pressure on increasing rates on deposits is intensifying. Many of the markets we operate in are particularly competitive markets, with at least ten other financial institutions having a physical presence within those markets.

 

We compete not only against banking organizations, but also against a wide range of financial service providers, including federally and state-chartered thrift institutions, credit unions, investment and brokerage firms and small-loan or consumer finance companies. One of the credit unions in our market area is among the largest in the nation. Competition among financial institutions of all types is virtually unlimited with respect to legal ability and authority to provide most financial services. We also experience competition from internet loan providers, especially for mortgage loans, and from internet banks, particularly in the area of time deposits.

 

Despite the competitive market, we believe we have certain advantages over our competition in the areas we serve. We are large enough to be able to more easily absorb higher costs being experienced in the banking industry, particularly regulatory costs and technology costs, than the smaller banks with which we compete. We are also able to originate significantly larger loans than many of our smaller bank competitors. At the same time, we attempt to maintain a banking culture associated with smaller banks – a culture that has a personal and local flavor that appeals to many retail and small business customers. Specifically, we seek to maintain a distinct local identity in each of the communities we serve and we actively sponsor and participate in local civic affairs. Most lending and other customer-related business decisions can be made without the delays often associated with larger institutions. Additionally, employment of local managers and personnel in various offices and low turnover of personnel enable us to establish and maintain long-term relationships with individual and corporate customers.

 

Lending Policy and Procedures

 

Conservative lending policies and procedures and appropriate underwriting standards are high priorities of the Bank. Loans are approved under our written loan policy, which provides that lending officers, principally branch managers, have authority to approve loans of various amounts up to $350,000 with lending limits varying depending upon the experience of the lending officer and whether the loan is secured or unsecured. We have seven senior lending officers who have authority to approve secured loans up to $500,000 and each of our five Regional Presidents has authority to approve secured loans up to $1,000,000. Loans up to $3,000,000 are approved by the Bank’s Regional Credit Officers through our Credit Administration Department. The Bank’s President and Chief Credit Officer have authority to approve loans up to $10,000,000, while the Chief Credit Officer and the Bank’s President have joint authority to approve loans up to $25,000,000. The Bank’s board of directors maintains loan authority in excess of the Bank’s in-house limit, currently $25,000,000, and generally approves loans through its Executive Loan Committee. All lending authorities are based on the borrower’s Total Credit Exposure (“TCE”), which is an aggregate of the Bank’s lending relationship to the borrower. TCE is based on the borrower’s total credit exposure with the Bank either directly or indirectly through loan guarantees or other borrowing entities related to the borrower through control or ownership.

 

The Executive Loan Committee reviews and approves loans that exceed the Bank’s in-house limit, loans to executive officers, directors, and their affiliates and, in certain instances, other types of loans. New credit extensions are reviewed daily by our senior management and the Credit Administration Department.

9  

Table of Contents  

 

We continually monitor our loan portfolio to identify areas of concern and to enable us to take corrective action. Lending and credit administration officers and the board of directors meet periodically to review past due loans and portfolio quality, while assuring that the Bank is appropriately meeting the credit needs of the communities it serves. Individual lending officers are responsible for monitoring any changes in the financial status of borrowers and pursuing collection of early-stage past due amounts. For certain types of loans that exceed our established parameters of past due status, the Bank’s Asset Resolution Group assumes the management of the loan, and in some cases we engage a third-party firm to assist in collection efforts.

 

The Bank has an internal Loan Review Department that conducts on-going and targeted reviews of the Bank’s loan portfolio and assesses the Bank’s adherence to loan policies, risk grading and accrual policies. Reports are generated for management based on these activities and findings are used to adjust risk grades as deemed appropriate. In addition, these reports are shared with the Company’s board of directors. The Loan Review Department also provides training assistance to the Bank’s Training and Credit Administration departments.

 

To further assess the Bank’s loan portfolio and as a secondary review of the Bank’s Loan Review Department, we also contract with an independent consulting firm to review new loan originations meeting certain criteria, as well as to assign risk grades to existing credits meeting certain thresholds. The consulting firm’s observations, comments, and risk grades, including variances with the Bank’s risk grades, are shared with the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors and are considered by management in setting Bank policy, as well as in evaluating the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses. For additional information, see “Allowance for Loan Losses and Loan Loss Experience” under Item 7 below.

 

Investment Policy and Procedures

 

We have adopted an investment policy designed to maximize our income from funds not needed to meet loan demand, in a manner consistent with appropriate liquidity and risk objectives. Pursuant to this policy, we may invest in federal, state and municipal obligations, federal agency obligations, public housing authority bonds, Federal Home Loan Bank bonds, Fannie Mae bonds, Government National Mortgage Association bonds, Freddie Mac bonds, SBA bonds, and, to a limited extent, corporate bonds. We may also invest up to $60 million in time deposits with other financial institutions. Time deposit purchases from any one financial institution exceeding FDIC insurance coverage limits are evaluated as a corporate bond and are subject to the same due diligence requirements as corporate bonds (described below).

 

In making investment decisions, we do not solely rely on credit ratings to determine the credit-worthiness of an issuer of securities, but we use credit ratings in conjunction with other information when performing due diligence prior to the purchase of a security. Securities that are not rated investment grade will not be purchased. Securities rated below Moody’s BAA or Standard and Poor’s BBB generally will not be purchased. Securities rated below A are periodically reviewed for credit-worthiness. We may purchase non-rated municipal bonds only if such bonds are in our general market area and we determine these bonds have a credit risk no greater than the minimum ratings referred to above. We are also authorized by our board of directors to invest a portion of our securities portfolio in high quality corporate bonds, with the amount of such bonds not to exceed 15% of the entire securities portfolio. Prior to purchasing a corporate bond, the Company’s management performs due diligence on the issuer of the bond, and the purchase is not made unless we believe that the purchase of the bond bears no more risk to the Company than would an unsecured loan to the same company.

 

Our Chief Investment Officer implements the investment policy, monitors the investment portfolio, recommends portfolio strategies and reports to the Company’s Investment Committee. The Investment Committee generally meets on a quarterly basis to review investment activity and to assess the overall position of the securities portfolio. The Investment Committee compares our securities portfolio with portfolios of other companies of comparable size. In addition, reports of all purchases, sales, issuer calls, net profits or losses and market appreciation or depreciation of the securities portfolio are reviewed by our board of directors. Once a quarter, our interest rate risk exposure is evaluated by our board of directors. Each year, the written investment policy is approved by the board of directors.

10  

Table of Contents  

Mergers and Acquisitions

 

As part of our operations, we have pursued an acquisition strategy over the years to augment our internal growth. We regularly evaluate the potential acquisition of various financial institutions. Our acquisitions have generally fallen into one of three categories: 1) an acquisition of a financial institution or branch thereof within a market in which we operate, 2) an acquisition of a financial institution or branch thereof in a market contiguous or nearly contiguous to a market in which we operate, or 3) an acquisition of a company that has products or services that we do not currently offer. Historically, we have paid for our acquisitions with cash and/or common stock and any operating income or loss has been fully borne by the Company beginning on the closing date of the acquisition.

 

Since becoming a public company in 1987, we have completed numerous acquisitions in each of the three categories described above. We have completed several whole-bank traditional acquisitions in our existing and contiguous markets; we have purchased numerous bank branches from other banks (both in existing market areas and in contiguous/nearly contiguous markets) and we have acquired several insurance agencies, which has provided us with the ability to offer property and casualty insurance coverage.

 

In 2009, FDIC-assisted acquisitions began to occur frequently as banking regulators closed problem banks. In FDIC-assisted transactions, the acquiring bank often does not pay any consideration for the failed bank, and in some cases receives cash from the FDIC as part of the transaction. In addition, the acquiring bank usually enters into one or more loss share agreements with the FDIC, which affords the acquiring bank significant loss protection. In both 2009 and 2011 we acquired the operations of failed banks in FDIC-assisted transactions. See the Company’s Annual Reports on Form 10-K for those years for more information on these acquisitions.

 

The following paragraphs describe the other acquisitions that we have completed in the past three years.

 

In January 2016, we acquired Bankingport, Inc., an insurance agency based in Sanford, North Carolina. Although not material to the Company’s consolidated operations, the acquisition provided us with the opportunity to enhance our product offerings, as well as expand our insurance agency operations into a significant banking market for our Company. Also this acquisition provides us a larger platform for leveraging insurance services throughout our bank branch network.

 

In May 2016, we completed the acquisition of SBA Complete. SBA Complete is a consulting firm that specializes in consulting with financial institutions across the country related to SBA loan origination and servicing. Many community banks do not have the in-house capability to comprehensively originate and service those types of loans, so they contract with SBA Complete for assistance. To learn more about this subsidiary of the Bank, please visit www.sbacomplete.com. Information included on our Internet site is not incorporated by reference into this annual report.

 

Soon after the acquisition of SBA Complete, we leveraged its capabilities by launching our own SBA loan origination division. Through a network of specialized First Bank loan officers, this division offers SBA loans to small business owners throughout the United States. We typically sell the portion of each loan that is guaranteed by the SBA at a premium and record the non-guaranteed portion to our balance sheet. To learn more about this division of our Bank, please visit www.firstbanksba.com. Information included on our Internet site is not incorporated by reference into this annual report.

 

In July 2016, we completed a branch exchange with First Community Bank, headquartered in Bluefield, Virginia. In the branch exchange transaction, we acquired six of First Community Bank’s branches located in North Carolina, while concurrently selling seven of our branches in the southwestern area of Virginia to First Community Bank. We entered Virginia in 2001 with a branch in Wytheville and had grown that presence to a total of seven branches.  The distant proximity to our core market and the opportunity to assume what is essentially a banking franchise in markets where we have recently invested in human capital were the primary factors we considered in entering into the exchange agreement.

 

11  

Table of Contents  

In March 2017, we acquired Carolina Bank Holdings, Inc., the parent company of Carolina Bank, headquartered in Greensboro, North Carolina, with approximately $682 million in assets. Carolina Bank operated eight branches located in Greensboro, High Point, Burlington, Winston-Salem, and Asheboro, North Carolina and also operates three mortgage offices in North Carolina. The acquisition was a natural extension of our recent expansion into these high-growth areas.

 

In September 2017, we acquired Bear Insurance Services, an insurance agency based in Albemarle, North Carolina. Although not material to the Company’s consolidated operations, this acquisition provides us a larger platform for leveraging insurance services throughout our bank branch network.

 

In October 2017, we acquired ASB Bancorp, Inc., the parent company of Asheville Savings Bank, headquartered in Asheville, North Carolina, with approximately $798 million in assets. Asheville Savings Bank operated 13 branches in the Asheville and surrounding areas. The acquisition complemented our existing presence in this attractive and high-growth market.

 

There are many factors that we consider when evaluating how much to offer for potential acquisition candidates, with a few of the more significant factors being projected impact on earnings per share, projected impact on capital, and projected impact on book value and tangible book value. Significant assumptions that affect this analysis include the estimated future earnings stream of the acquisition candidate, estimated credit and other losses to be incurred, the amount of cost efficiencies that can be realized, and the interest rate earned/lost on the cash received/paid. In addition to these primary factors, we also consider other factors including (but not limited to) marketplace acquisition statistics, location of the candidate in relation to our expansion strategy, market growth potential, management of the candidate, potential integration issues (including corporate culture), and the size of the acquisition candidate.

 

We plan to continue to evaluate acquisition opportunities that could potentially benefit the Company and its shareholders. These opportunities may include acquisitions that do not fit the categories discussed above.

 

Employees

 

As of December 31, 2017, we had 1,114 full-time and 52 part-time employees. We are not a party to any collective bargaining agreements, and we consider our employee relations to be good.

 

Supervision and Regulation

 

As a bank holding company, we are subject to supervision, examination and regulation by the Federal Reserve and the North Carolina Office of the Commissioner of Banks (the “Commissioner”). The Bank is also subject to supervision and examination by the Federal Reserve and the Commissioner. For additional information, see Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

Supervision and Regulation of the Company

 

The Company is a bank holding company within the meaning of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. The Company is also regulated by the Commissioner under the North Carolina Bank Holding Company Act of 1984.

 

A bank holding company is required to file quarterly reports and other information regarding its business operations and those of its subsidiaries with the Federal Reserve. It is also subject to examination by the Federal Reserve and is required to obtain Federal Reserve approval prior to making certain acquisitions of other institutions or voting securities. The Federal Reserve requires the Company to maintain certain levels of capital - see “Capital Resources and Shareholders’ Equity” under Item 7 below. The Federal Reserve also has the authority to take enforcement action against any bank holding company that commits any unsafe or unsound practice, or violates certain laws, regulations or conditions imposed in writing by the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve generally prohibits a bank holding company from declaring or paying a cash dividend that would impose undue pressure on the capital of subsidiary banks or would be funded only through borrowing or other arrangements which might adversely affect a

12  

Table of Contents  

bank holding company’s financial position. Under the Federal Reserve policy, a bank holding company is not permitted to continue its existing rate of cash dividends on its common stock unless its net income is sufficient to fully fund each dividend and its prospective rate of earnings retention appears consistent with its capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition.

 

The Commissioner is empowered to regulate certain acquisitions of North Carolina banks and bank holding companies, issue cease and desist orders for violations of North Carolina banking laws, and promulgate rules necessary to effectuate the purposes of those banking laws.

 

Regulatory authorities have cease and desist powers over bank holding companies and their nonbank subsidiaries where their actions would constitute a serious threat to the safety, soundness or stability of a subsidiary bank. Those authorities may compel holding companies to invest additional capital into banking subsidiaries upon acquisitions or in the event of significant loan losses or rapid growth of loans or deposits.

 

The United States Congress and the North Carolina General Assembly have periodically considered and adopted legislation that has impacted the Company.

 

Supervision and Regulation of the Bank

 

Federal banking regulations applicable to all depository financial institutions, among other things: (i) provide federal bank regulatory agencies with powers to prevent unsafe and unsound banking practices; (ii) restrict preferential loans by banks to “insiders” of banks; (iii) require banks to keep information on loans to major shareholders and executive officers; and (iv) bar certain director and officer interlocks between financial institutions.

 

As a state-chartered bank, the Bank is subject to the provisions of the North Carolina banking statutes and to regulation by the Commissioner. The Commissioner has a wide range of regulatory authority over the activities and operations of the Bank, and the Commissioner’s staff conducts periodic examinations of the Bank and its affiliates to ensure compliance with state banking laws and regulations and to assess the safety and soundness of the Bank. Among other things, the Commissioner regulates the merger of state-chartered banks, the payment of dividends, loans to officers and directors, recordkeeping, types and amounts of loans and investments, and the establishment of branches. The Commissioner also has cease and desist powers over state-chartered banks for violations of state banking laws or regulations and for unsafe or unsound conduct that is likely to jeopardize the interest of depositors.

 

The dividends that may be paid by the Bank to the Company are subject to legal limitations under North Carolina law. In addition, under Federal Reserve regulations, a dividend cannot be paid by the Bank if it would be less than well-capitalized after the dividend. The Federal Reserve may also prevent the payment of a dividend by the Bank if it determines that the payment would be an unsafe and unsound banking practice. The ability of the Company to pay dividends to its shareholders is largely dependent on the dividends paid to the Company by the Bank.

 

The Federal Reserve is authorized to approve conversions, mergers, and assumptions of deposit liability transactions between insured banks and uninsured banks or institutions, and to prevent capital or surplus diminution in such transactions if the resulting, continuing, or assumed bank is an insured member bank. First Bank is a member of the Federal Reserve System, and accordingly the Federal Reserve also conducts periodic examinations of the Bank to assess its safety and soundness and its compliance with banking laws and regulations, and it has the power to implement changes to, or restrictions on, the Bank’s operations if it finds that a violation is occurring or is threatened. In addition, the Federal Reserve monitors the Bank’s compliance with several banking statutes, such as the Depository Institution Management Interlocks Act and the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977.

 

13  

Table of Contents  

Small Business Lending Fund

 

In December 2010, the U.S. Treasury announced the creation of the Small Business Lending Fund (“SBLF”) program, which was established under the Small Business Jobs Act of 2010. The SBLF was created to encourage lending to small businesses by providing capital to qualified community banks at favorable rates.

 

Interested financial institutions were required to submit an application and a small business lending plan. Less than half of the financial institutions that applied for the SBLF were approved. We were one of the institutions approved, and on September 1, 2011, we completed the sale of $63.5 million of Series B Preferred Stock to the Treasury under the SBLF (“SBLF stock”). The initial dividend rate on SBLF stock was 5%. The terms of the stock provided that our dividend rate could decrease to as low as 1% for a period of time depending on our success in meeting certain loan growth targets to small businesses. Based on our increases in small business lending, we achieved the minimal dividend rate of 1% as of March 31, 2013. The increase in the amount of small business loans remained at a level corresponding to a 1% dividend rate at September 30, 2013, at which point the terms of the preferred stock provided that the dividend rate remained fixed until March 1, 2016. On March 1, 2016, the contractual dividend rate was set to increase to 9%. The Company redeemed $32 million of the SBLF stock in June 2015 and the remaining $31.5 million in October 2015, which ended our participation in the SBLF. See Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements for more information.

 

FDIC Insurance

 

As a member of the FDIC, the Bank’s deposits are insured by the FDIC up to a maximum amount, which is currently $250,000 per depositor. For this protection, each insured bank pays a quarterly statutory assessment (which is currently based on average total assets less average tangible equity) and is subject to the rules and regulations of the FDIC.

 

We recognized approximately $2.4 million, $2.0 million, and $2.4 million in FDIC insurance expense in 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. FDIC insurance expense includes deposit insurance assessments and Financing Corporation (“FICO”) assessments related to outstanding FICO bonds. As discussed in more detail below related to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (“Dodd-Frank Act”), on April 26, 2016, the FDIC adopted a final rule that changed the way banks with less than $10 billion in assets would be assessed FDIC insurance once the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) reached a ratio of 1.15%. The DIF reached 1.15% at June 30, 2016 and thus the rule was triggered. Accordingly, the Bank’s FDIC insurance expense assessment methodology changed in the second half of 2016 and resulted in a decrease in the Bank’s FDIC insurance expense of approximately 25% compared to the prior rate, or $550,000 annually. In 2017, our FDIC insurance expense increased due to the acquisitions of Carolina Bank and Asheville Savings Bank.

 

Legislative and Regulatory Developments

 

The most significant recent legislative and regulatory developments impacting the Company are discussed below.

 

Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010

 

On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act became law. The Dodd-Frank Act has had and will continue to have a broad impact on the financial services industry, including significant regulatory and compliance changes including, among other things,

· enhanced authority over troubled and failing banks and their holding companies;
· increased capital and liquidity requirements;
· increased regulatory examination fees; and
· specific provisions designed to improve supervision and safety and soundness by imposing restrictions and limitations on the scope and type of banking and financial activities.

 

14  

Table of Contents  

In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act established a new framework for systemic risk oversight within the financial system that will be enforced by new and existing federal regulatory agencies, including the Financial Stability Oversight Council (“FSOC”), the Federal Reserve, the Office of Comptroller of the Currency, the FDIC, and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau. The following description briefly summarizes aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act that could impact the Company, both currently and prospectively.

 

Deposit Insurance.   The Dodd-Frank Act made permanent the $250,000 deposit insurance limit for insured deposits, which was an increase from the previous limit of $100,000. Amendments to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act also revised the assessment base against which an insured depository institution’s deposit insurance premiums paid to the FDIC’s DIF will be calculated. Under the amendments, which became effective on April 1, 2011, the FDIC assessment base is no longer the institution’s deposit base, but rather its average consolidated total assets less its average tangible equity. The Dodd-Frank Act also changed the minimum designated reserve ratio of the DIF, increasing the minimum from 1.15% to 1.35% of the estimated amount of total insured deposits, and eliminating the requirement that the FDIC pay dividends to depository institutions when the reserve ratio exceeds certain thresholds by September 30, 2020. On April 26, 2016, the FDIC adopted a final rule that would change the way banks with less than $10 billion in assets are assessed FDIC insurance once the DIF reaches a ratio of 1.15%. It was estimated that the change would lower assessment rates for a significant majority of banks with less than $10 billion in total assets. The DIF reached 1.15% at June 30, 2016 and thus the rule was triggered. Accordingly, the Bank’s FDIC insurance expense assessment methodology changed in the second half of 2016. For the Bank, the changes resulted in a decrease in FDIC insurance expense of approximately 25% compared to the prior rate, or $550,000 annually.

 

Trust Preferred Securities.   The Dodd-Frank Act prohibits bank holding companies from including in their regulatory Tier I capital hybrid debt and equity securities issued on or after May 19, 2010. Among the hybrid debt and equity securities included in this prohibition are trust preferred securities, which we have issued in the past in order to raise additional Tier I capital and otherwise improve our regulatory capital ratios. Although we may continue to include our existing trust preferred securities as Tier I capital because they were issued prior to May 19, 2010, the prohibition on the use of these securities as Tier I capital may limit our ability to raise capital in the future.

 

The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau. The Dodd-Frank Act created a new, independent federal agency called the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”), which is granted broad rulemaking, supervisory and enforcement powers under various federal consumer financial protection laws, including the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, Truth in Lending Act, Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, Fair Credit Reporting Act, Fair Debt Collection Act, the Consumer Financial Privacy provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and certain other statutes. The CFPB has examination and primary enforcement authority with respect to depository institutions with $10 billion or more in assets. Depository institutions with less than $10 billion in assets, such as the Bank, are subject to rules promulgated by the CFPB but are examined and supervised by federal banking regulators for consumer compliance purposes. The CFPB has authority to prevent unfair, deceptive or abusive practices in connection with the offering of consumer financial products.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act also authorized the CFPB to establish certain minimum standards for the origination of residential mortgages, including a determination of the borrower's ability to repay. Among other things, the rules adopted by the CFPB require banks to: (i) develop and implement procedures to ensure compliance with a “reasonable ability to repay” test and identify whether a loan meets a new definition for a “qualified mortgage,” in which case a rebuttable presumption exists that the creditor extending the loan has satisfied the reasonable ability to repay test; (ii) implement new or revised disclosures, policies and procedures for originating and servicing mortgages including, but not limited to, pre-loan counseling, early intervention with delinquent borrowers and specific loss mitigation procedures for loans secured by a borrower's principal residence; (iii) comply with additional restrictions on mortgage loan originator hiring and compensation; (iv) comply with new disclosure requirements and standards for appraisals and certain financial products; and (v) maintain escrow accounts for higher-priced mortgage loans for a longer period of time. It is our policy not to make predatory loans and to determine borrowers’ ability to repay, but the law and related rules create the potential for increased liability with respect to our lending and loan investment activities. They increase our cost of doing business and ultimately, may prevent us from making certain loans and cause us to reduce the average percentage rate or the points and fees on loans that we do make.

 

15  

Table of Contents  

The Dodd-Frank Act also permits states to adopt consumer protection laws and standards that are more stringent than those adopted at the federal level and, in certain circumstances, permits state attorney generals to enforce compliance with both the state and federal laws and regulations. Compliance with any such new regulations established by the CFPB and/or states could reduce our revenue, increase our cost of operations, and limit our ability to expand into certain products and services.

 

Debit Card Interchange Fees.   The Dodd-Frank Act gave the Federal Reserve the authority to establish rules regarding interchange fees charged for electronic debit transactions by payment card issuers having assets over $10 billion and to enforce a new statutory requirement that such fees be reasonable and proportional to the actual cost of a transaction to the issuer. Effective October 1, 2011, the Federal Reserve set new caps on interchange fees at $0.21 per transaction, plus an additional five basis-point charge per transaction to help cover fraud losses. An additional $0.01 per transaction is allowed if certain fraud-monitoring controls are in place. While we are not directly subject to these rules so long as our assets do not exceed $10 billion, our activities as a debit card issuer may nevertheless be indirectly impacted by the change in the applicable debit card market caused by these regulations, which may require us to match any new lower fee structure implemented by larger financial institutions in order to remain competitive in the future. Nevertheless, to date, the Company has not noted any significant indirect negative effects of the interchange fee caps that are applicable to the larger financial institutions.

 

Increased Capital Standards and Enhanced Supervision.   The Dodd-Frank Act required the federal banking agencies to establish minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements for banks and bank holding companies. These new standards are to be no less strict than existing regulatory capital and leverage standards applicable to insured depository institutions and may, in fact, become higher once the agencies promulgate the new standards. Compliance with heightened capital standards may reduce our ability to generate or originate revenue-producing assets and thereby restrict revenue generation from banking and non-banking operations. See discussion of the new capital requirements established by the federal banking agencies under “Recent Amendments to Regulatory Capital Requirement under Basel III” below.

 

Transactions with Affiliates.   The Dodd-Frank Act enhances the requirements for certain transactions with affiliates under Section 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, including an expansion of the definition of “covered transactions,” and an increase in the amount of time for which collateral requirements regarding covered transactions must be maintained.

 

Transactions with Insiders.   The Dodd-Frank Act expands insider transaction limitations through the strengthening of loan restrictions to insiders and the expansion of the types of transactions subject to the various limits, including derivative transactions, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements and securities lending and borrowing transactions. The Dodd-Frank Act also places restrictions on certain asset sales to and from an insider of an institution, including requirements that such sales be on market terms and, in certain circumstances, receive the approval of the institution’s board of directors.

 

Enhanced Lending Limits.   The Dodd-Frank Act strengthens the existing limits on a depository institution’s credit exposure to one borrower. Federal banking law limits a national bank’s ability to extend credit to one person or group of related persons to an amount that does not exceed certain thresholds. The Dodd-Frank Act expands the scope of these restrictions to include credit exposure arising from derivative transactions, repurchase agreements and securities lending and borrowing transactions. It also will eventually prohibit state-chartered banks, including the Bank, from engaging in derivative transactions unless the state lending limit laws take into account credit exposure to such transactions.

 

Corporate Governance.   The Dodd-Frank Act addresses many corporate governance and executive compensation matters that affects most U.S. publicly traded companies, including the Company. The Dodd-Frank Act:

· grants shareholders of U.S. publicly traded companies an advisory vote on executive compensation;
· enhances independence requirements for compensation committee members;
· requires companies listed on national securities exchanges to adopt clawback policies for incentive-based compensation plans applicable to executive officers; and

16  

Table of Contents  
· provides the SEC with authority to adopt proxy access rules that would allow shareholders of publicly traded companies to nominate candidates for election as directors and require such companies to include such nominees in its proxy materials.

 

The Volcker Rule . Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act, known as the “Volcker Rule,” prohibits any bank, bank holding company, or affiliate (referred to collectively as “banking entities”) from engaging in two types of activities: “proprietary trading” and the ownership or sponsorship of private equity or hedge funds that are referred to as “covered funds.” Proprietary trading is, in general, trading in securities on a short-term basis for a banking entity's own account. Funds subject to the ownership and sponsorship prohibition are those not required to register with the Securities and Exchange Commission because they have only accredited investors or no more than 100 investors. In December 2013, our primary federal regulator, the Federal Reserve, together with other federal banking agencies, the FDIC, the SEC and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, finalized a regulation to implement the Volcker Rule. In January 2014, the same agencies adopted interim final regulations that permitted certain banking entities to retain several types of investment that were to otherwise be prohibited under the Volcker Rule. The Volcker Rule became effective in July 2015, with staggered dates in effect for banks to exit prohibited investments. The Company has evaluated our securities portfolio and has determined that we do not hold any covered funds.

 

Many of the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act remain subject to implementation over the course of several years. While we do not currently expect the final requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act to have a material adverse impact on the Company, we do expect them to negatively impact our profitability, require changes to certain of our business practices, including limitations on fee income opportunities, and impose more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage requirements upon the Company. These changes may also require us to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make any changes necessary to comply with the new statutory and regulatory requirements.

 

Incentive Compensation . The Dodd-Frank Act requires the federal bank regulators and the SEC to establish joint regulations or guidelines prohibiting incentive-based payment arrangements at specified regulated entities having at least $1 billion in total assets that encourage inappropriate risks by providing an executive officer, employee, director or principal stockholder with excessive compensation, fees, or benefits or that could lead to material financial loss to the entity. In addition, these regulators must establish regulations or guidelines requiring enhanced disclosure to regulators of incentive-based compensation arrangements. The agencies proposed such regulations in April 2011. However, the 2011 proposal was replaced with a new proposal in May 2016, which makes explicit that the involvement of risk management and control personnel includes not only compliance, risk management and internal audit, but also legal, human resources, accounting, financial reporting and finance roles responsible for identifying, measuring, monitoring or controlling risk-taking. A final rule had not been adopted as of December 31, 2017.

 

In June 2010, the Federal Reserve, along with other bank regulatory agencies, issued a comprehensive final guidance on incentive compensation policies intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of banking organizations do not undermine the safety and soundness of such organizations by encouraging excessive risk-taking. The guidance, which covers all employees that have the ability to materially affect the risk profile of an organization, either individually or as part of a group, is based upon the key principles that a banking organization’s incentive compensation arrangements should (i) provide incentives that do not encourage risk-taking beyond the organization’s ability to effectively identify and manage risks, (ii) be compatible with effective internal controls and risk management, and (iii) be supported by strong corporate governance, including active and effective oversight by the organization’s board of directors.

 

Regulatory Capital Requirement under Basel III

 

In July 2013, the federal banking agencies approved amendments to their regulatory capital rules to conform U.S. regulatory capital rules with the international regulatory standards agreed to by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in the accord referred to as “Basel III.” The revisions established new higher capital ratio requirements, narrowed the definitions of capital, imposed new operating restrictions on banking organizations with insufficient capital buffers and increased the risk weighting of certain assets. The new capital requirements applied to all banks,

17  

Table of Contents  

savings associations, bank holding companies with more than $1 billion in total consolidated assets, such as the Company and the Bank, and all savings and loan holding companies regardless of asset size. The rules became effective for institutions with assets over $250 billion and internationally active institutions in January 2014 and became effective for all other institutions in January 2015. The following discussion summarizes the changes that had the most effect on the Company and the Bank.

 

· New and Increased Capital Requirements.  The regulations established a new capital measure called “Common Equity Tier I Capital” consisting of common stock and related surplus, retained earnings, accumulated other comprehensive income and, subject to certain adjustments, minority common equity interests in subsidiaries. Unlike the previous rules which excluded unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale debt securities from regulatory capital, the amended rules generally require accumulated other comprehensive income to flow through to regulatory capital unless a one-time, irrevocable opt-out election is made in the first regulatory reporting period under the new rule. Depository institutions and their holding companies were required to maintain Common Equity Tier I Capital equal to 4.5% of risk-weighted assets starting in 2015.

 

The regulations also increased the required ratio of Tier I Capital to risk-weighted assets from 4% to 6% effective January 1, 2015. Tier I Capital consists of Common Equity Tier I Capital plus Additional Tier I Capital which includes non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock. Cumulative preferred stock (other than cumulative preferred stock issued to the Treasury under the TARP Capital Purchase Program or the Small Business Lending Fund) no longer qualifies as Additional Tier I Capital. Trust preferred securities and other non-qualifying capital instruments issued prior to May 19, 2010 by bank and thrift holding companies with less than $15 billion in assets as of December 31, 2009, such as the Company, may continue to be included in Tier I Capital, but these instruments will be phased out over 10 years beginning in 2016 for all other banking organizations. These non-qualified capital instruments, however, may be included in Tier II Capital which could also include qualifying subordinated debt.

 

· Changes to Prompt Corrective Action Capital Categories.   The Prompt Corrective Action rules, effective January 1, 2015, incorporated the Common Equity Tier I Capital requirement and raised the capital requirements for certain capital categories. In order to be adequately capitalized for purposes of the prompt corrective action rules, a banking organization is now required to have at least an 8% Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio, a 6% Tier I Risk-Based Capital Ratio, a 4.5% Common Equity Tier I Risk Based Capital Ratio and a 4% Tier I Leverage Ratio.  To be well capitalized, a banking organization is required to have at least a 10% Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio, an 8% Tier I Risk-Based Capital Ratio, a 6.5% Common Equity Tier I Risk-Based Capital Ratio, a 5% Tier I Leverage Ratio, and is not subject to any order or written directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure.

 

· Capital Buffer Requirement. In addition to increased capital requirements, depository institutions and their holding companies are required to maintain a capital buffer of at least 2.5% of risk-weighted assets over and above the minimum risk-based capital requirements. Institutions that do not maintain the required capital buffer will become subject to progressively more stringent limitations on the percentage of earnings that can be paid out in dividends or used for stock repurchases and on the payment of discretionary bonuses to senior executive management. The capital buffer requirement is being phased in over a four-year period beginning in 2016.  The capital buffer requirement effectively raises the minimum required risk-based capital ratios to 7% Common Equity Tier I Capital, 8.5% Tier I Capital and 10.5% Total Capital on a fully phased-in basis. The capital buffer requirement for the Company began to be phased in beginning January 1, 2016, at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets, increasing each year until fully implemented at 2.5% on January 1, 2019.

 

· Additional Deductions from Capital. Banking organizations are required to deduct goodwill and certain other intangible assets, net of associated deferred tax liabilities, from Common Equity Tier I Capital. Deferred tax assets arising from temporary timing differences that cannot be realized through net operating loss (“NOL”) carrybacks will continue to be deducted. Deferred tax assets that can be realized through NOL carrybacks are now not deducted but will be subject to 100% risk weighting. Defined benefit pension fund assets, net of any

18  

Table of Contents  

associated deferred tax liability, are now deducted from Common Equity Tier I Capital unless the banking organization has unrestricted and unfettered access to such assets. Reciprocal cross-holdings of capital instruments in any other financial institutions are now deducted from capital, not just holdings in other depository institutions.  For this purpose, financial institutions are broadly defined to include securities and commodities firms, hedge and private equity funds and non-depository lenders. Banking organizations are now also required to deduct non-significant investments (less than 10% of outstanding stock) in other financial institutions to the extent these exceed 10% of Common Equity Tier I Capital subject to a 15% of Common Equity Tier I Capital cap.  Greater than 10% investments must be deducted if they exceed 10% of Common Equity Tier I Capital.  If the aggregate amount of certain items excluded from capital deduction due to a 10% threshold exceeds 17.65% of Common Equity Tier I Capital, the excess must be deducted. 

 

· Changes in Risk-Weightings.   The amended regulations continue to follow the previous capital rules which assign a 50% risk-weighting to “qualifying mortgage loans” which generally consist of residential first mortgages with an 80% loan-to-value ratio (or which carry mortgage insurance that reduces the bank’s exposure to 80%) that are not more than 90 days past due. All other mortgage loans continue to have a 100% risk weight. The revised regulations apply a 250% risk-weighting to mortgage servicing rights, deferred tax assets that cannot be realized through NOL carrybacks and investments in the capital instruments of other financial institutions that are not deducted from capital. The revised regulations also created a new 150% risk-weighting category for nonaccrual loans and loans that are more than 90 days past due and for “high volatility commercial real estate loans,” which are credit facilities for the acquisition, construction or development of real property other than for certain community development projects, agricultural land and one- to four-family residential properties or commercial real projects where: (i) the loan-to-value ratio is not in excess of interagency real estate lending standards; and (ii) the borrower has contributed capital equal to not less than 15% of the real estate’s “as completed” value before the loan was made.

 

The final rules became effective for the Company and the Bank on January 1, 2015.

 

We believe that both the Company and the Bank will continue to meet all capital adequacy requirements under the fully phased-in final rules.

 

See “Capital Resources and Shareholders’ Equity” under Item 7 below for further discussion of regulatory capital requirements.

 

Liquidity Requirements

 

Historically, the regulation and monitoring of bank and bank holding company liquidity has been addressed as a supervisory matter, without required formulaic measures. Liquidity risk management has become increasingly important since the 2008 financial crisis. The Basel III liquidity framework requires banks and bank holding companies to measure their liquidity against specific liquidity tests that, although similar in some respects to liquidity measures historically applied by banks and regulators for management and supervisory purposes, going forward would be required by regulation. One test, referred to as the liquidity coverage ratio (“LCR”), is designed to ensure that the banking entity maintains an adequate level of unencumbered high-quality liquid assets equal to the entity’s expected net cash outflow for a 30-day time horizon (or, if greater, 25% of its expected total cash outflow) under an acute liquidity stress scenario. The other test, referred to as the net stable funding ratio (“NSFR”), is designed to promote more medium- and long-term funding of the assets and activities of banking entities over a one-year time horizon. These requirements will incent banking entities to increase their holdings of Treasury securities and other sovereign debt as a component of assets and increase the use of long-term debt as a funding source.

 

In September 2014, the federal bank regulators approved final rules implementing the LCR for advanced approaches banking organizations (i.e., banking organizations with $250 billion or more in total consolidated assets or $10 billion or more in total on-balance sheet foreign exposure) and a modified version of the LCR for bank holding companies with at least $50 billion in total consolidated assets that are not advanced approach banking organizations, neither of

19  

Table of Contents  

which would apply to the Company or the Bank. The federal bank regulators have not yet proposed rules to implement the NSFR or addressed the scope of bank organizations to which it will apply.

 

Financial Privacy and Cybersecurity

 

The federal banking regulators have adopted rules that limit the ability of banks and other financial institutions to disclose non-public information about consumers to non-affiliated third parties. These limitations require disclosure of privacy policies to consumers and, in some circumstances, allow consumers to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to a non-affiliated third party. These regulations affect how consumer information is transmitted through diversified financial companies and conveyed to outside vendors. In addition, consumers may also prevent disclosure of certain information among affiliated companies that is assembled or used to determine eligibility for a product or service, such as that shown on consumer credit reports and asset and income information from applications. Consumers also have the option to direct banks and other financial institutions not to share information about transactions and experiences with affiliated companies for the purpose of marketing products or services.

 

In March 2015, federal regulators issued two related statements regarding cybersecurity. One statement indicates that financial institutions should design multiple layers of security controls to establish lines of defense and to ensure that their risk management processes also address the risk posed by compromised customer credentials, including security measures to reliably authenticate customers accessing Internet-based services of the financial institution. The other statement indicates that a financial institution’s management is expected to maintain sufficient business continuity planning processes to ensure the rapid recovery, resumption and maintenance of the institution’s operations after a cyber-attack involving destructive malware. A financial institution is also expected to develop appropriate processes to enable recovery of data and business operations and address rebuilding network capabilities and restoring data if the institution or its critical service providers fall victim to this type of cyber-attack. The Company has multiple Information Security Programs that reflect the requirements of this guidance. If, however, we fail to observe the regulatory guidance in the future, we could be subject to various regulatory sanctions, including financial penalties.

 

Anti-Money Laundering and the USA Patriot Act

 

A major focus of governmental policy on financial institutions in recent years has been aimed at combating money laundering and terrorist financing. The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 (the “USA Patriot Act”) substantially broadened the scope of United States anti-money laundering laws and regulations by imposing significant new compliance and due diligence obligations on financial institutions, creating new crimes and penalties and expanding the extra-territorial jurisdiction of the United States.

 

On May 11, 2016, the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (“FinCEN”) issued new anti-money laundering (“AML”) rules governing corporate entities doing business with banks and other financial institutions that are subject to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act. The AML rules impose significant due diligence obligations on financial institutions with respect to opening of new accounts and the monitoring of existing accounts. Under the AML rules, a financial institution must identify persons owning or controlling 25% or more of a “legal entity,” whenever the legal entity opens a new account at the bank. The financial institution must also identify an individual who has substantial management authority at the legal entity, such as a CEO, CFO, or managing partner. These new AML rules become effective in May 2018.

 

The AML rules codify within the FinCEN regulations the “pillars” that must be included in a financial institutions AML compliance program. Regulators previously communicated their expectations with respect to four of these pillars: (1) the development of internal policies, procedures, and control; (2) the designation of a compliance officer; (3) the establishment of an ongoing employee training program; and (4) the implementation of an independent audit function to test programs. The new beneficial ownership requirement establishes a fifth pillar. Among other things, this new pillar includes the necessity to monitor and update the beneficial ownership of a legal entity, including the need to subject corporate borrowers to due diligence requests from financial institutions for certifications with

20  

Table of Contents  

respect to their beneficial owners. Failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing, or to comply with all of the relevant laws or regulations, could have serious legal and reputational consequences for the institution, including causing applicable bank regulatory authorities not to approve merger or acquisition transactions when regulatory approval is required or to prohibit such transactions even if approval is not required.

 

Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulation

 

The United States has imposed economic sanctions that affect transactions with designated foreign countries, nationals and others which are administered by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”). Failure to comply with these sanctions could have serious legal and reputational consequences, including causing applicable bank regulatory authorities not to approve merger or acquisition transactions when regulatory approval is required or to prohibit such transactions even if approval is not required.

 

Tax Cuts and Jobs Act

 

U.S. tax reform legislation was signed into law in December 2017 and made broad and complex changes to the U.S. Internal Revenue Code. The primary impact on our 2017 financial results was associated with the effect of reducing the U.S. statutory tax rate from 35% to 21% on our deferred tax balances as of December 31, 2017. We were in a net deferred tax liability position at December 31, 2017 and recorded a $1.3 million benefit in the fourth quarter by lowering the net deferred liability and reducing income tax expense by the $1.3 million amount in the fourth quarter of 2017.

 

Beginning January 1, 2018, we will apply a federal tax rate of 21% to our taxable earnings. Other provisions of U.S. tax reform not effective until January 1, 2018, include, but are not limited to: 1) provisions reducing the dividends received deduction; 2) essentially eliminating U.S. federal income taxes on dividends from foreign subsidiaries; 3) retaining an element of current inclusion of certain earnings of controlled foreign corporations; 4) eliminating the corporate alternative minimum tax ("AMT") and 5) changing how existing AMT credits will be realized. Although we continue to evaluate the impact of the tax reform, we don’t expect the changes, other than the change in the statutory tax rate, will significantly impact our Company.

 

Neither the Company nor the Bank can predict what other legislation might be enacted or what other regulations or assessments might be adopted.

 

Available Information

 

We maintain a corporate Internet site at www.LocalFirstBank.com, which contains a link within the “Investor Relations” section of the site to each of our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including our annual reports on Form 10-K, our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, our current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These filings are available, free of charge, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission. These filings can also be accessed at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website located at www.sec.gov. Information included on our Internet site is not incorporated by reference into this annual report.

 

21  

Table of Contents  

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors

 

An investment in our common stock involves certain risks. Before you invest in our common stock, you should be aware that there are various risks, including those described below, which could affect the value of your investment in the future. The trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment. The risk factors described in this section, as well as any cautionary language in this report, provide examples of risks, uncertainties and events that could have a material adverse effect on our business, including our operating results and financial condition. In addition to the risks and uncertainties described below, other risks and uncertainties not currently known to us, or that we currently deem to be immaterial, also may materially or adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. The value or market price of our common stock could decline due to any of these identified or other unidentified risks.

 

Unfavorable economic conditions could adversely affect our business.

 

Our business is subject to periodic fluctuations based on national, regional and local economic conditions. These fluctuations are not predictable, cannot be controlled, and may have a material adverse impact on our operations and financial condition. Our banking operations are primarily locally oriented and community-based. Our retail and commercial banking activities are primarily concentrated within the same geographic footprint. Our markets include most of North Carolina and parts of South Carolina. Worsening economic conditions within our markets could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Accordingly, we expect to continue to be dependent upon local business conditions as well as conditions in the local residential and commercial real estate markets we serve. Unfavorable changes in unemployment, real estate values, interest rates and other factors could weaken the economies of the communities we serve. In recent years, economic growth and business activity across a wide range of industries has been slow and uneven and there can be no assurance that economic conditions will continue to improve, and these conditions could worsen. In addition, oil price volatility, the level of U.S. debt and global economic conditions have had a destabilizing effect on financial markets. Weakness in any of our market areas could have an adverse impact on our earnings, and consequently our financial condition and capital adequacy.

 

If our goodwill becomes impaired, we may be required to record a significant charge to earnings.

 

We have goodwill recorded on our balance sheet as an asset with a carrying value as of December 31, 2017 of $233.1 million. Under generally accepted accounting principles, goodwill is required to be tested for impairment at least annually and between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount.  The test for goodwill impairment involves comparing the fair value of a company’s reporting units to their respective carrying values.  We have three reporting units – 1) First Bank with $221.4 million in goodwill, 2) First Bank Insurance with $7.4 million in goodwill, and 3) SBA activities, including SBA Complete and our SBA lending division, with $4.3 million in goodwill. The price of our common stock is one of several factors available for estimating the fair value of our reporting units and is most closely associated with our First Bank reporting unit. Subject to the results of other valuation techniques, if the price of our common stock falls below book value, it could indicate that a portion of our goodwill is impaired.  Accordingly, for this reason or other reasons that indicate that the goodwill at any of our reporting units is impaired, we may be required to record a significant charge to earnings in our financial statements during the period in which any impairment of our goodwill is determined, which could have a negative impact on our results of operations.

 

New capital rules that became effective in 2015 generally require insured depository institutions and their holding companies to hold more capital. The impact of the new rules on our financial condition and operations is uncertain but could be materially adverse.

 

On January 1, 2015, new rules under Basel III that substantially amended the regulatory risk-based capital rules applicable to the Company and the Bank became effective. These new rules will be fully phased in by January 1, 2019.

 

22  

Table of Contents  

The rules include certain new and higher risk-based capital and leverage requirements than those previously in place. Specifically, the following minimum capital requirements apply to us at December 31, 2017:

· a new common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 5.75% (fully phased-in requirement of 7%);
· a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 7.25% (fully phased-in requirement of 8.5%);
· a total risk-based capital ratio of 9.25% (fully phased-in requirement of 10.5%); and
· a leverage ratio of 4%.

 

In general, the rules have had the effect of increasing capital requirements by increasing the risk weights on certain assets, including high volatility commercial real estate, certain loans past due 90 days or more or in nonaccrual status, mortgage servicing rights not includable in common equity tier 1 capital, equity exposures, and claims on securities firms, that are used in the denominator of the three risk-based capital ratios.

 

In addition, in the current economic and regulatory environment, bank regulators may impose capital requirements that are more stringent than those required by applicable existing regulations. The application of more stringent capital requirements for us could, among other things, result in lower returns on equity, require the raising of additional capital, and result in regulatory actions if we were to be unable to comply with such requirements. Implementation of changes to asset risk weightings for risk-based capital calculations, items included or deducted in calculating regulatory capital or additional capital conservation buffers, could result in management modifying our business strategy and could limit our ability to make distributions, including paying dividends or buying back our shares.

 

We might be required to raise additional capital in the future, but that capital may not be available or may not be available on terms acceptable to us when it is needed.

 

We are required to maintain adequate capital levels to support our operations. In the future, we might need to raise additional capital to support growth, absorb loan losses, or meet more stringent capital requirements. Our ability to raise additional capital will depend on conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside our control, and on our financial performance. Accordingly, we cannot be certain of our ability to raise additional capital in the future if needed or on terms acceptable to us. If we cannot raise additional capital when needed, our ability to conduct our business could be materially impaired.

 

We may issue additional shares of stock or equity derivative securities that will dilute the percentage ownership interest of existing shareholders and may dilute the book value per share of our common stock and adversely affect the terms on which we may obtain additional capital.

 

Our authorized capital includes 40,000,000 shares of common stock and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock. As of December 31, 2017, we had 29,639,374 shares of common stock outstanding and had reserved for issuance 38,689 shares underlying options that are or may become exercisable at an average price of $16.09 per share. In addition, as of December 31, 2017, we had the ability to issue 809,690 shares of common stock pursuant to options and restricted stock under our existing equity compensation plans and 261,446 contingently issuable shares that are tied to performance goals associated with a corporate acquisition.

 

Subject to applicable NASDAQ rules, our board generally has the authority, without action by or vote of the shareholders, to issue all or part of any authorized but unissued shares of stock for any corporate purpose. Such corporate purposes could include, among other things, issuances of equity-based incentives under or outside of our equity compensation plans, issuances of equity in business combination transactions, and issuances of equity to raise additional capital to support growth or to otherwise strengthen our balance sheet. Any issuance of additional shares of stock or equity derivative securities will dilute the percentage ownership interest of our shareholders and may dilute the book value per share of our common stock. Shares we issue in connection with any such offering will increase the total number of outstanding shares and may dilute the economic and voting ownership interest of our existing shareholders.

 

23  

Table of Contents  

 

The soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect us.

 

Our ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions. Financial services companies are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. We have exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and we routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks, and investment banks. Defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial services companies, or the financial services industry generally, have led to market-wide liquidity problems and could lead to losses or defaults by us or by other institutions. We can make no assurance that any such losses would not materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

We are subject to extensive regulation, which could have an adverse effect on our operations.

 

We are subject to extensive regulation and supervision from the North Carolina Commissioner of Banks and the Federal Reserve. This regulation and supervision is intended primarily for the protection of the FDIC insurance fund and our depositors and borrowers, rather than for holders of our equity securities. In the past, our business has been materially affected by these regulations. This trend is likely to continue in the future.

 

Regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the imposition of restrictions on operations, the classification of our assets and the determination of the level of allowance for loan losses. Changes in the regulations that apply to us, or changes in our compliance with regulations, could have a material impact on our operations.

 

Financial reform legislation enacted by the U.S. Congress, and further changes in regulation to which we are exposed, will result in additional new laws and regulations that are expected to increase our costs of operations.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act has and will continue to significantly change bank regulatory structure and affect lending, deposit, investment, and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act requires various federal agencies to adopt a broad range of new rules and regulations, and to prepare numerous studies and reports for Congress. The federal agencies are given significant discretion in drafting and implementing the rules and regulations, and consequently, many of the details and much of the impact of the Dodd-Frank Act may not be known for many months or years. See “Legislative and Regulatory Developments – Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010” above for additional information regarding the Dodd-Frank Act.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act also created the CFPB and gave it broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. Additionally, the CFPB has examination and enforcement authority over all banks and savings institutions with more than $10 billion in assets.

 

Proposals for further regulation of the financial services industry are continually being introduced in the United States Congress. The agencies regulating the financial services industry also periodically adopt changes to their regulations. It is possible that additional legislative proposals may be adopted or regulatory changes may be made that would have an adverse effect on our business. In addition, it is expected that such regulatory changes will increase our operating and compliance cost. We can provide no assurance regarding the manner in which new laws and regulations will affect us.

 

We are subject to interest rate risk, which could negatively impact earnings.

 

Net interest income is the most significant component of our earnings. Our net interest income results from the difference between the yields we earn on our interest-earning assets, primarily loans and investments, and the rates that we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities, primarily deposits and borrowings. When interest rates change, the yields we earn on our interest-earning assets and the rates we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities do not necessarily move in tandem with each other because of the difference between their maturities and repricing

24  

Table of Contents  

characteristics. This mismatch can negatively impact net interest income if the margin between yields earned and rates paid narrows. Interest rate environment changes can occur at any time and are affected by many factors that are outside our control, including inflation, recession, unemployment trends, the Federal Reserve’s monetary policy, domestic and international disorder and instability in domestic and foreign financial markets.

 

Our allowance for loan losses may not be adequate to cover actual losses.

 

Like all financial institutions, we maintain an allowance for loan losses to provide for probable losses caused by customer loan defaults. The allowance for loan losses may not be adequate to cover actual loan losses, and in this case additional and larger provisions for loan losses would be required to replenish the allowance. Provisions for loan losses are a direct charge against income.

 

We establish the amount of the allowance for loan losses based on historical loss rates, as well as estimates and assumptions about future events. Because of the extensive use of estimates and assumptions, our actual loan losses could differ, possibly significantly, from our estimate. We believe that our allowance for loan losses is adequate to provide for probable losses, but it is possible that the allowance for loan losses will need to be increased for credit reasons or that regulators will require us to increase this allowance. Either of these occurrences could materially and adversely affect our earnings and profitability.

 

In addition, the measure of our allowance for loan losses is dependent on the adoption of new accounting standards. The Financial Accounting Standards Board issued an Accounting Standards Update related to a new credit impairment model, the Current Expected Credit Loss ("CECL") model, which will become effective on January 1, 2020 for the Company. This new model requires financial institutions to estimate and develop a provision for credit losses at origination for the lifetime of the loan, as opposed to reserving for probable incurred losses up to the balance sheet date. Under the CECL model, credit deterioration will be reflected in the income statement in the period of origination or acquisition of the loan, with changes in expected credit losses due to further credit deterioration or improvement reflected in the periods in which the expectation changes. Accordingly, the CECL model will likely require financial institutions like the Company to increase their allowances for loan losses. Moreover, the CECL model will likely create more volatility in our level of allowance for loan losses.

 

We may make future acquisitions, which could dilute current shareholders’ stock ownership and expose us to additional risks.

 

In accordance with our strategic plan, we evaluate opportunities to acquire other banks and branch locations to expand the Company. As a result, we may engage in acquisitions and other transactions that could have a material effect on our operating results and financial condition, including short and long-term liquidity. Our acquisition activities could require us to issue a significant number of shares of common stock or other securities and/or to use a substantial amount of cash, other liquid assets, and/or incur debt. In addition, if goodwill recorded in connection with our potential future acquisitions were determined to be impaired, then we would be required to recognize a charge against our earnings, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations during the period in which the impairment was recognized.

 

Our acquisition activities could involve a number of additional risks, some of which are described in more detail elsewhere in this report and include:

 

  ·   the possibility that expected benefits may not materialize in the timeframe expected or at all, or may be more costly to achieve;
  ·   incurring the time and expense associated with identifying and evaluating potential acquisitions and merger partners and negotiating potential transactions, resulting in management’s attention being diverted from the operation of our existing business;
  ·   using inaccurate estimates and judgments to evaluate credit, operations, management, and market risks with respect to the target institution or assets;

 

25  

Table of Contents  

  ·   incurring the time and expense required to integrate the operations and personnel of the combined businesses;
  ·   the possibility that we will be unable to successfully implement integration strategies, due to challenges associated with integrating complex systems, technology, banking centers, and other assets of the acquired bank in a manner that minimizes any adverse effect on customers, suppliers, employees, and other constituencies;
  ·   the possibility of regulatory approval for the acquisition being delayed, impeded, restrictively conditioned or denied due to existing or new regulatory issues surrounding the Company, the target institution or the proposed combined entity as a result of, among other things, issues related to anti-money laundering/Bank Secrecy Act compliance, fair lending laws, fair housing laws, consumer protection laws, unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or practices regulations, or the Community Reinvestment Act, and the possibility that any such issues associated with the target institution, which we may or may not be aware of at the time of the acquisition, could impact the combined entity after completion of the acquisition;
  ·   the possibility that the acquisition may not be timely completed, if at all;
  ·   creating an adverse short-term effect on our results of operations; and
  ·   losing key employees and customers as a result of an acquisition that is poorly received.

If we do not successfully manage these risks, our acquisition activities could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition, including short- and long-term liquidity.

 

Future acquisitions may be delayed, impeded, or prohibited due to regulatory issues.

 

Future acquisitions by the Company, particularly those of financial institutions, are subject to approval by a variety of federal and state regulatory agencies (collectively, “regulatory approvals”). The process for obtaining these required regulatory approvals has become substantially more difficult in recent years. Regulatory approvals could be delayed, impeded, restrictively conditioned or denied due to existing or new regulatory issues we have, or may have, with regulatory agencies, including, without limitation, issues related to anti-money laundering/Bank Secrecy Act compliance, fair lending laws, fair housing laws, consumer protection laws, unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or practices regulations, Community Reinvestment Act issues, and other similar laws and regulations. We may fail to pursue, evaluate or complete strategic and competitively significant acquisition opportunities as a result of our inability, or perceived or anticipated inability, to obtain regulatory approvals in a timely manner, under reasonable conditions or at all. Difficulties associated with potential acquisitions that may result from these factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, and, in turn, our financial condition and results of operations.

 

We may be exposed to difficulties in combining the operations of acquired businesses into our own operations, which may prevent us from achieving the expected benefits from our acquisition activities.

 

We may not be able to fully achieve the strategic objectives and operating efficiencies that we anticipate in our acquisition activities. Inherent uncertainties exist in integrating the operations of an acquired business. In addition, the markets and industries in which the Company and our potential acquisition targets operate are highly competitive. We may lose customers or the customers of acquired entities as a result of an acquisition. We also may lose key personnel from the acquired entity as a result of an acquisition. We may not discover all known and unknown factors when examining a company for acquisition during the due diligence period. These factors could produce unintended and unexpected consequences for us. Undiscovered factors as a result of acquisition, pursued by non-related third party entities, could bring civil, criminal, and financial liabilities against us, our management, and the management of those entities acquired. These factors could contribute to the Company not achieving the expected benefits from its acquisitions within desired time frames.

 

26  

Table of Contents  

 

In the normal course of business, we process large volumes of transactions involving millions of dollars. If our internal controls fail to work as expected, if our systems are used in an unauthorized manner, or if our employees subvert our internal controls, we could experience significant losses.

 

We process large volumes of transactions on a daily basis and are exposed to numerous types of operational risk. Operational risk includes the risk of fraud by persons inside or outside the Company, the execution of unauthorized transactions by employees, errors relating to transaction processing and systems and breaches of the internal control system and compliance requirements. This risk also includes potential legal actions that could arise as a result of an operational deficiency or as a result of noncompliance with applicable regulatory standards.

 

We establish and maintain systems of internal operational controls that provide us with timely and accurate information about our level of operational risk. Although not foolproof, these systems have been designed to manage operational risk at appropriate, cost-effective levels. Procedures exist that are designed to ensure that policies relating to conduct, ethics, and business practices are followed. From time to time, losses from operational risk may occur, including the effects of operational errors. We continually monitor and improve our internal controls, data processing systems, and corporate-wide processes and procedures, but there can be no assurance that future losses will not occur.

 

We face a risk of noncompliance and enforcement action with the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-money laundering statutes and regulations.

 

The federal Bank Secrecy Act, the Patriot Act and other laws and regulations require financial institutions, among other duties, to institute and maintain effective anti-money laundering programs and file suspicious activity and currency transaction reports as appropriate. The federal Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, established by the Treasury to administer the Bank Secrecy Act, is authorized to impose significant civil money penalties for violations of those requirements and has recently engaged in coordinated enforcement efforts with the individual federal banking regulators, as well as the U.S. Department of Justice, Drug Enforcement Administration and Internal Revenue Service. There is also increased scrutiny of compliance with the rules enforced by the OFAC. Federal and state bank regulators also have begun to focus on compliance with Bank Secrecy Act and anti-money laundering regulations. If our policies, procedures and systems are deemed deficient or the policies, procedures and systems of the financial institutions that we have already acquired or may acquire in the future are deficient, we would be subject to liability, including fines and regulatory actions such as restrictions on our ability to pay dividends and the necessity to obtain regulatory approvals to proceed with certain aspects of our business plan, including our acquisition plans, which would negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. Failure to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing could also have serious reputational consequences for us.

 

Federal, state and local consumer lending laws restrict our ability to originate certain mortgage loans and increase our risk of liability with respect to such loans and increase our cost of doing business.

 

Federal, state and local laws have been adopted that are intended to eliminate certain lending practices considered “predatory.” These laws prohibit practices such as steering borrowers away from more affordable products, selling unnecessary insurance to borrowers, repeatedly refinancing loans and making loans without a reasonable expectation that the borrowers will be able to repay the loans irrespective of the value of the underlying property. Over the past several years, the CFPB issued several rules on mortgage lending, notably a rule requiring all home mortgage lenders to determine a borrower’s ability to repay the loan. Loans with certain terms and conditions and that otherwise meet the definition of a “qualified mortgage” may be protected from liability to a borrower for failing to make the necessary determinations. We may find it necessary to tighten our mortgage loan underwriting standards in response to the CFPB rules, which may constrain our ability to make loans consistent with our business strategies. It is our policy not to make predatory loans and to determine borrowers’ ability to repay, but the law and related rules create the potential for increased liability with respect to our lending and loan investment activities. They increase our cost of doing business and, ultimately, may prevent us from making certain loans and cause us to reduce the average percentage rate or the points and fees on loans that we do make.

 

27  

Table of Contents  

We are subject to federal and state fair lending laws, and failure to comply with these laws could lead to material penalties.

 

Federal and state fair lending laws and regulations, such as the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act, impose nondiscriminatory lending requirements on financial institutions. The Department of Justice, CFPB and other federal and state agencies are responsible for enforcing these laws and regulations. Private parties may also have the ability to challenge an institution’s performance under fair lending laws in private class action litigation. A successful challenge to our performance under the fair lending laws and regulations could adversely impact our rating under the Community Reinvestment Act and result in a wide variety of sanctions, including the required payment of damages and civil money penalties, injunctive relief, imposition of restrictions on or delays in approving merger and acquisition activity and restrictions on expansion activity, which could negatively impact our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Negative public opinion regarding our Company and the financial services industry in general, could damage our reputation and adversely impact our earnings.

 

Reputation risk, or the risk to our business, earnings and capital from negative public opinion regarding our Company and the financial services industry in general, is inherent in our business. Negative public opinion can result from actual or alleged conduct in any number of activities, including lending practices, corporate governance and acquisitions, and from actions taken by government regulators and community organizations in response to those activities. Negative public opinion can adversely affect our ability to keep and attract clients and employees and can expose us to litigation and regulatory action. Although we have taken steps to minimize reputation risk in dealing with our clients and communities, this risk will always be present given the nature of our business.

 

We could experience a loss due to competition with other financial institutions.

 

We face substantial competition in all areas of our operations from a variety of different competitors, both within and beyond our principal markets, many of which are larger and may have more financial resources. Such competitors primarily include national, regional and internet banks within the various markets in which we operate. We also face competition from many other types of financial institutions, including, without limitation, thrifts, credit unions, finance companies, brokerage firms, insurance companies and other financial intermediaries, such as online lenders and banks. The financial services industry could become even more competitive as a result of legislative and regulatory changes and continued consolidation. In addition, as customer preferences and expectations continue to evolve, technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for nonbanks to offer products and services traditionally provided by banks, such as automatic transfer and automatic payment systems. Banks, securities firms and insurance companies can merge under the umbrella of a financial holding company, which can offer virtually any type of financial service, including banking, securities underwriting, insurance (both agency and underwriting) and merchant banking. Many of our competitors have fewer regulatory constraints and may have lower cost structures. Additionally, due to their size, many competitors may be able to achieve economies of scale and, as a result, may offer a broader range of products and services as well as better pricing for those products and services than we can.

 

Our ability to compete successfully depends on a number of factors, including, among other things:

 

· the ability to develop, maintain, and build upon long-term customer relationships based on top quality service, high ethical standards, and safe, sound assets;
· the ability to expand our market position;
· the scope, relevance, and pricing of products and services offered to meet customer needs and demands;
· the rate at which we introduce new products and services relative to our competitors;
· customer satisfaction with our level of service; and
· industry and general economic trends.

 

28  

Table of Contents  

Failure to perform in any of these areas could significantly weaken our competitive position, which could adversely affect our growth and profitability, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Failure to keep pace with technological change could adversely affect our business.

 

The financial services industry is continually undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. The effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to better serve customers and to reduce costs. Our future success depends, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands, as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. We may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our customers. Failure to successfully keep pace with technological change affecting the financial services industry could have a material adverse impact on our business and, in turn, our financial condition and results of operations.

 

New lines of business or new products and services may subject us to additional risk.

 

From time to time, we may implement new lines of business or offer new products and services within existing lines of business. There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts, particularly in instances where the markets are not fully developed. In developing and marketing new lines of business and/or new products and services, we may invest significant time and resources. Initial timetables for the introduction and development of new lines of business and/or new products or services may not be achieved and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible. External factors, such as compliance with regulations, competitive alternatives, and shifting market preferences, may also impact the successful implementation of a new line of business and/or a new product or service. Furthermore, any new line of business and/or new product or service could have a significant impact on the effectiveness of our system of internal controls. Failure to successfully manage these risks in the development and implementation of new lines of business and/or new products or services could have a material adverse effect on our business and, in turn, our financial condition and results of operations.

 

In May 2016, we completed the acquisition of SBA Complete. SBA Complete is a consulting firm that specializes in consulting with financial institutions across the country related to SBA loan origination and servicing. We leveraged the expertise assumed in the acquisition of SBA Complete to launch our own SBA lending division in the third quarter of 2016. These are both relatively new lines of business for the Bank with unique operational, control and accounting risks, which if not properly managed, could result in losses for our Company.

 

Consumers may decide not to use banks to complete their financial transactions.

 

Technology and other changes are allowing parties to complete financial transactions through alternative methods that historically have involved banks. For example, consumers can now maintain funds that would have historically been held as bank deposits in brokerage accounts, mutual funds or general-purpose reloadable prepaid cards. Consumers can also complete transactions such as paying bills and/or transferring funds directly without the assistance of banks. The process of eliminating banks as intermediaries, known as “disintermediation,” could result in the loss of fee income, as well as the loss of customer deposits and the related income generated from those deposits. The loss of these revenue streams and the lower cost of deposits as a source of funds could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our reported financial results are impacted by management’s selection of accounting methods and certain assumptions and estimates.

 

Our accounting policies and methods are fundamental to the way we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. Our management must exercise judgment in selecting and applying many of these accounting policies and methods so they comply with generally accepted accounting principles and reflect management’s

29  

Table of Contents  

judgment of the most appropriate manner to report our financial condition and results. In some cases, management must select the accounting policy or method to apply from two or more alternatives, any of which may be reasonable under the circumstances, yet may result in reporting materially different results than would have been reported under a different alternative.

 

Certain accounting policies are critical to presenting our financial condition and results. They require management to make difficult, subjective or complex judgments about matters that are uncertain. Materially different amounts could be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions or estimates. These critical accounting policies include: the allowance for loan losses; intangible assets; and the fair value and discount accretion of acquired loans.

 

There can be no assurance that we will continue to pay cash dividends .

 

Although we have historically paid cash dividends, there is no assurance that we will continue to pay cash dividends. Future payment of cash dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will be dependent upon our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, economic conditions, and such other factors as the board may deem relevant.

 

Future sales of our stock by our shareholders or the perception that those sales could occur may cause our stock price to decline.

 

Although our common stock is listed for trading in The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol FBNC, the trading volume in our common stock is lower than that of other larger financial services companies. A public trading market having the desired characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends on the presence in the marketplace of willing buyers and sellers of our common stock at any given time. This presence depends on the individual decisions of investors and general economic and market conditions over which we have no control. Given the relatively low trading volume of our common stock, significant sales of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that those sales may occur, could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline or to be lower than it otherwise might be in the absence of those sales or perceptions.

 

Our business continuity plans or data security systems could prove to be inadequate, resulting in a material interruption in, or disruption to, our business and a negative impact on our results of operations.

 

We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business. Our daily operations depend on the operational effectiveness of our technology. We rely on our systems to accurately track and record our assets and liabilities. Any failure, interruption or breach in security of our computer systems or outside technology, whether due to severe weather, natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism, criminal activity, cyber-attacks or other factors, could result in failures or disruptions in general ledger, deposit, loan, customer relationship management, and other systems leading to inaccurate financial records. This could materially affect our business operations and financial condition. While we have disaster recovery and other policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of any failure, interruption or security breach of our information systems, there can be no assurance that any such failures, interruptions, or security breaches will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed. The occurrence of any failures, interruptions or security breaches of our information systems could damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

 

In addition, the Bank provides its customers the ability to bank online and through mobile banking. The secure transmission of confidential information over the Internet is a critical element of online and mobile banking. While we use qualified third party vendors to test and audit our network, our network could become vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses, phishing schemes and other security issues. The Bank may be required to spend significant capital and other resources to alleviate problems caused by security breaches or computer viruses. To the extent that the Bank’s activities or the activities of its customers involve the storage and transmission of confidential information, security breaches and viruses could expose the Bank to claims, litigation, and other potential

30  

Table of Contents  

liabilities. Any inability to prevent security breaches or computer viruses could also cause existing customers to lose confidence in the Bank’s systems and could adversely affect its reputation and its ability to generate deposits.

 

Additionally, we outsource the processing of our core data system, as well as other systems such as online banking, to third party vendors. Prior to establishing an outsourcing relationship, and on an ongoing basis thereafter, management monitors key vendor controls and procedures related to information technology, which includes reviewing reports of service auditor’s examinations. If our third party provider encounters difficulties or if we have difficulty in communicating with such third party, it will significantly affect our ability to adequately process and account for customer transactions, which would significantly affect our business operations.

 

We rely on certain external vendors.

We are reliant upon certain external vendors to provide products and services necessary to maintain our day-to-day operations. Accordingly, our operations are exposed to risk that these vendors will not perform in accordance with applicable contractual arrangements or service level agreements. We maintain a system of policies and procedures designed to monitor vendor risks including, among other things, (i) changes in the vendor’s organizational structure, (ii) changes in the vendor’s financial condition and (iii) changes in the vendor’s support for existing products and services. While we believe these policies and procedures help to mitigate risk, and our vendors are not the sole source of service, the failure of an external vendor to perform in accordance with applicable contractual arrangements or the service level agreements could be disruptive to our operations, which could have a material adverse impact on our business and its financial condition and results of operations.

 

We are subject to losses due to errors, omissions or fraudulent behavior by our employees, clients, counterparties or other third parties.

 

We are exposed to many types of operational risk, including the risk of fraud by employees and third parties, clerical recordkeeping errors and transactional errors. Our business is dependent on our employees as well as third-party service providers to process a large number of increasingly complex transactions. We could be materially and adversely affected if employees, clients, counterparties or other third parties caused an operational breakdown or failure, either as a result of human error, fraudulent manipulation or purposeful damage to any of our operations or systems.

 

In deciding whether to extend credit or to enter into other transactions with clients and counterparties, we may rely on information furnished to us by or on behalf of clients and counterparties, including financial statements and other financial information, which we do not independently verify. We also may rely on representations of clients and counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information and, with respect to financial statements, on reports of independent auditors. For example, in deciding whether to extend credit to clients, we may assume that a client’s audited financial statements conform with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) and present fairly, in all material respects, the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the client. Our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively affected to the extent we rely on financial statements that do not comply with GAAP or are materially misleading, any of which could be caused by errors, omissions, or fraudulent behavior by our employees, clients, counterparties, or other third parties.

 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

 

None

 

Item 2. Properties

 

The main offices of the Company and the Bank are located in a three-story building in the central business district of Southern Pines, North Carolina and is owned by the Bank. The building houses administrative facilities. The Bank’s Operations Division, including customer accounting functions, offices for information technology operations, and offices for loan operations, are housed in two one-story steel frame buildings in Troy, North Carolina. Both of these buildings are

31  

Table of Contents  

owned by the Bank. At December 31, 2017, the Company operated 104 bank branches. The Company owned all of its bank branch premises except nine branch offices for which the land and buildings are leased and 12 branch offices for which the land is leased but the building is owned. The Bank also leases five mortgage loan production offices and five other office locations for administrative functions. There are no options to purchase or lease additional properties. The Company considers its facilities adequate to meet current needs and believes that lease renewals or replacement properties can be acquired as necessary to meet future needs.

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

 

Various legal proceedings may arise in the ordinary course of business and may be pending or threatened against the Company and its subsidiaries. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is involved in any pending legal proceedings that management believes are material to the Company or its consolidated financial position. If an exposure were to be identified, it is the Company’s policy to establish and accrue appropriate reserves during the accounting period in which a loss is deemed to be probable and the amount is determinable.

 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosure

 

Not applicable.

 

PART II

 

Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Stock, Related Shareholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

Our common stock trades on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol FBNC. Table 22, included in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis” below, sets forth the high and low market prices of our common stock as traded by the brokerage firms that maintain a market in our common stock and the dividends declared for the periods indicated. We paid a cash dividend of $0.08 per share for each quarter of 2017. For the foreseeable future, it is our current intention to continue to pay regular cash dividends on a quarterly basis. See “Business - Supervision and Regulation” above and Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements for a discussion of other regulatory restrictions on the Company’s payment of dividends. As of December 31, 2017, there were approximately 2,000 shareholders of record and another 8,000 shareholders whose stock is held in “street name.”

 

32  

Table of Contents  

 

Additional Information Regarding the Registrant’s Equity Compensation Plans

 

At December 31, 2017, the Company had two equity-based compensation plans. The Company’s 2014 Equity Plan is the only plan under which new grants of equity-based awards are possible.

 

The following table presents information as of December 31, 2017 regarding shares of the Company’s stock that may be issued pursuant to the Company’s equity-based compensation plans. At December 31, 2017, the Company had no warrants or stock appreciation rights outstanding under any compensation plans.

 

    As of December 31, 2017
    (a)   (b)   (c)
Plan category   Number of securities to
be issued upon exercise
of outstanding options,
warrants and rights
  Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
  Number of securities available for
future issuance under equity
compensation plans (excluding
securities reflected in column (a))
Equity compensation
plans approved by
security holders (1)
    38,689     $ 16.09       809,690  
Equity compensation
plans not approved by
security holders
                 
Total     38,689     $ 16.09       809,690  

_________________

(1) Consists of (A) the Company’s 2014 Equity Plan, which is currently in effect; and (B) the Company’s 2007 Equity Plan, each of which was approved by our shareholders.

 

33  

Table of Contents  

 

Performance Graph

 

The performance graph shown below compares the Company’s cumulative total return to shareholders for the five-year period commencing December 31, 2012 and ending December 31, 2017, with the cumulative total return of the Russell 2000 Index (reflecting overall stock market performance of small-capitalization companies), and an index of banks with between $1 billion and $5 billion in assets, as constructed by SNL Securities, LP (reflecting changes in banking industry stocks). The graph and table assume that $100 was invested on December 31, 2012 in each of the Company’s common stock, the Russell 2000 Index, and the SNL Bank Index, and that all dividends were reinvested.

 

First Bancorp

Comparison of Five-Year Total Return Performances (1)

Five Years Ending December 31, 2017

 

 

 

    Total Return Index Values (1)
December 31,
 
    2012     2013     2014     2015     2016     2017  
First Bancorp   $ 100.00       132.52       149.90       154.87       227.84       299.37  
Russell 2000     100.00       138.82       145.62       139.19       168.85       193.58  
SNL Index-Banks between $1 billion and $5 billion     100.00       145.41       152.04       170.20       244.85       261.04  

 

Notes:

 

(1) Total return indices were provided from an independent source, SNL Securities LP, Charlottesville, Virginia, and assume initial investment of $100 on December 31, 2012, reinvestment of dividends, and changes in market values. Total return index numerical values used in this example are for illustrative purposes only.

34  

Table of Contents  

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

Pursuant to authorizations by the Company’s board of directors, the Company has from time to time repurchased shares of common stock in private transactions and in open-market purchases. The most recent board authorization was announced on July 30, 2004 and authorized the repurchase of 375,000 shares of the Company’s stock. The Company did not repurchase any shares of its common stock during the quarter ended December 31, 2017.

 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Period   Total Number of Shares
Purchased (2)
    Average Price
Paid Per Share
    Total Number of Shares
Purchased as Part of
Publicly Announced Plans
or Programs (1)
    Maximum Number of Shares
That May Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans or Programs
(1)
 
Month #1 (October 1, 2017 to October 31, 2017)         $             214,241  
Month #2 (November 1, 2017 to November 30, 2017)                       214,241  
Month #3 (December 1, 2017 to December 31, 2017)                       214,241  
Total         $             214,241  

___________________

(1) All shares available for repurchase are pursuant to publicly announced share repurchase authorizations. On July 30, 2004, the Company announced that its board of directors had approved the repurchase of 375,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. The repurchase authorization does not have an expiration date. There are no plans or programs the Company has determined to terminate prior to expiration, or under which the Company does not intend to make further purchases.

 

(2) The table above does not include shares that were used by option holders to satisfy the exercise price of the call options issued by the Company to its employees and directors pursuant to the Company’s stock option plans. In December 2017, 872 shares of our common stock, with a market price of $37.90 per share, were used to satisfy an exercise of options.

 

Item 6. Selected Consolidated Financial Data

 

Table 1 on page 68 of this report sets forth the selected consolidated financial data for the Company.

 

35  

Table of Contents  

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis is intended to assist readers in understanding our results of operations and changes in financial position for the past three years. This review should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes beginning on page 86 of this report and the supplemental financial data contained in Tables 1 through 22 included with this discussion and analysis beginning on page 68 of this report.

 

Overview - 2017 Compared to 2016

 

We reported net income per diluted common share of $1.82 in 2017, a 36.8% increase compared to 2016. The increased earnings were primarily due to the Company’s acquisitions of Carolina Bank and Asheville Savings Bank, with loans increasing 49.1% and deposits increasing 49.5% year over year.

 

Financial Highlights                  
($ in thousands except per share data)   2017     2016     Change  
                   
Earnings                        
   Net interest income   $ 164,711       123,380       33.5%  
   Provision for loan losses - non-covered     723       (23 )     n/m  
   Noninterest income     48,908       25,551       91.4%  
   Noninterest expenses     145,157       106,821       35.9%  
   Income before income taxes     67,739       42,133       60.8%  
   Income tax expense     21,767       14,624       48.8%  
   Net income     45,972       27,509       67.1%  
   Preferred stock dividends           (175 )        
   Net income available to common shareholders   $ 45,972       27,334       68.2%  
                         
Net income per common share                        
   Basic   $ 1.82       1.37       32.8%  
   Diluted     1.82       1.33       36.8%  
                         
Balances At Year End                        
   Assets   $ 5,547,037       3,614,862       53.5%  
   Loans     4,042,369       2,710,712       49.1%  
   Deposits     4,406,955       2,947,353       49.5%  
                         
Ratios                        
   Return on average assets     1.00%       0.80%          
   Return on average common equity     8.62%       7.73%          
   Net interest margin (taxable-equivalent)     4.08%       4.03%          

 

n/m — not meaningful

 

The following is a more detailed discussion of our results for 2017 compared to 2016:

 

For the year ended December 31, 2017, we reported net income available to common shareholders of $46.0 million, or $1.82 per diluted common share, an increase of 36.8% in earnings per share from the $27.3 million, or $1.33 per diluted common share, in 2016. The higher earnings in 2017 were primarily the result of the growth of the Company, including two acquisitions completed in 2017, as well as other initiatives that increased profitability.

 

On March 3, 2017, we acquired Carolina Bank Holdings, Inc., the parent company of Carolina Bank, which operated eight branches and three mortgage loan offices, primarily in the Triad region of North Carolina. As of the acquisition date, Carolina Bank had total assets of $682 million, including $497 million in loans and $585 million in deposits.

 

On October 1, 2017, we acquired ASB Bancorp, Inc., the parent company of Asheville Savings Bank, SSB, headquartered in Asheville, North Carolina, which operated through 13 branches in the Asheville area. As of the acquisition date, Asheville Savings Bank reported total assets of approximately $798 million, including $606 million in loans and $679 million in deposits.

 

36  

Table of Contents  

Net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2017 amounted to $164.7 million, a 33.5% increase from the $123.4 million recorded in 2016. The increase in net interest income was primarily due to the acquisitions of Carolina Bank and Asheville Savings Bank, as well as higher amounts of loans outstanding as a result of organic growth. Also, see the section entitled “Net Interest Income” for additional information.

 

Our net interest margin (tax-equivalent net interest income divided by average earning assets) was 4.08% for 2017 compared to 4.03% for 2016. Asset yields have increased primarily as a result of three Federal Reserve interest rate increases during the past year. Funding costs have also increased, but to a lesser degree.

 

We recorded a provision for loan losses of $0.7 million in 2017 compared to a negative provision for loan losses (reduction of the allowance for loan losses) of $23,000 in 2016. The low level of provision for loan losses in both years was primarily due to stable and improving loan quality. Our nonperforming assets to total assets ratio was 0.96% at December 31, 2017 compared to 1.64% at December 31, 2016. We experienced net loan charge-offs of $1.2 million in 2017, compared to $3.7 million in 2016. Annualized net charge-offs to average loans for the year ended December 31, 2017 amounted to 0.04%, compared to 0.14% for 2016.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2017, noninterest income amounted to $48.9 million compared to $25.6 million for 2016. The primary reason for the increase in core noninterest income in 2017 was the acquisition of Carolina Bank and Asheville Savings Bank, as well as income derived from the Company’s SBA consulting fees and SBA loan sale gains, which began during the middle of 2016. See the section entitled “Noninterest Income” for additional information.

 

Noninterest expenses for the year ended December 31, 2017 amounted to $145.2 million compared to $106.8 million in 2016. The increase in noninterest expenses in 2017 related primarily to the Company’s acquisition of Carolina Bank and Asheville Savings Bank. Also impacting expenses were other growth initiatives, including continued growth of the Company’s SBA consulting firm and SBA lending division, as well as the acquisition of an insurance agency during the third quarter of 2017. See the section entitled “Noninterest Expense” for additional information.

 

The Company’s effective tax rate for 2017 was 32.1% compared to 34.7% in 2016. The lower effective tax rate was due to the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, which was signed into law in December 2017. The impact to the Company of revaluing its net deferred tax liability was to reduce income tax expense by approximately $1.3 million in the fourth quarter of 2017. The Company expects to be favorably impacted in 2018 by the reduction in the federal tax rate, with a projected effective tax rate of approximately 21%.

 

Total assets at December 31, 2017 amounted to $5.5 billion, a 53.5% increase from a year earlier. Total loans at December 31, 2017 amounted to $4.0 billion, a 49.1% increase from a year earlier, and total deposits amounted to $4.4 billion at December 31, 2017, a 49.5% increase from a year earlier.

 

In addition to the growth realized from the acquisitions of Carolina Bank in March 2017 and Asheville Savings Bank in October 2017, the Company experienced strong organic loan and deposit growth during 2017. For 2017, organic loan growth (i.e. excluding loan balances assumed from Carolina Bank and Asheville Savings Bank) amounted to $228.0 million, or 8.4%. For 2017, organic deposit growth amounted to $195.1 million, or 6.6%. The strong growth was a result of ongoing internal initiatives to enhance loan and deposit growth, including the Company’s recent expansion into higher growth markets. The organic loan growth noted above has been driven by the recently-entered North Carolina markets of Charlotte, Raleigh, and the Triad.

 

37  

Table of Contents  

Overview - 2016 Compared to 2015

 

We reported net income per diluted common share of $1.33 in 2016, a 2.3% increase compared to 2015. The increased earnings were primarily due to the Company’s growth, with loans increasing 7.6% and deposits increasing 4.8% year over year.

 

Financial Highlights                  
($ in thousands except per share data)   2016     2015     Change  
                   
Earnings                        
   Net interest income   $ 123,380       119,747       3.0%  
   Provision for loan losses - non-covered     2,109       2,008       5.0%  
   Provision (reversal) for loan losses - covered     (2,132 )     (2,788 )     (23.5% )
   Noninterest income     25,551       18,764       36.2%  
   Noninterest expenses     106,821       98,131       8.9%  
   Income before income taxes     42,133       41,160       2.4%  
   Income tax expense     14,624       14,126       3.5%  
   Net income     27,509       27,034       1.8%  
   Preferred stock dividends     (175 )     (603 )        
   Net income available to common shareholders   $ 27,334       26,431       3.4%  
                         
Net income per common share                        
   Basic   $ 1.37       1.34       2.2%  
   Diluted     1.33       1.30       2.3%  
                         
Balances At Year End                        
   Assets   $ 3,614,862       3,362,065       7.5%  
   Loans     2,710,712       2,518,926       7.6%  
   Deposits     2,947,353       2,811,285       4.8%  
                         
Ratios                        
   Return on average assets     0.80%       0.82%          
   Return on average common equity     7.73%       8.04%          
   Net interest margin (taxable-equivalent)     4.03%       4.13%          

 

The following is a more detailed discussion of our results for 2016 compared to 2015:

 

For the year ended December 31, 2016, we reported net income available to common shareholders of $27.3 million, or $1.33 per diluted common share, an increase of 3.4% compared to the $26.4 million, or $1.30 per diluted common share, for the year ended December 31, 2015. The higher earnings were primarily the result of loan and deposit growth, as well as other initiatives that increased profitability.

 

Net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2016 amounted to $123.4 million, a 3.0% increase from the $119.7 million recorded in 2015. The higher net interest income was primarily due to growth in our loans outstanding. Also, see the section entitled “Net Interest Income” for additional information.

 

Our net interest margin (tax-equivalent net interest income divided by average earning assets) was 4.03% for 2016 compared to 4.13% for 2015. The lower margin in 2016 compared to 2015 was primarily due to lower loan yields, which were impacted by the continued low interest rate environment.

 

We recorded a negative total provision for loan losses (reduction of the allowance for loan losses) on our covered and non-covered loans of $23,000 in 2016 compared to a negative provision for loan losses of $780,000 in 2015. For periods prior to the third quarter of 2016, our provision for loan losses was calculated separately between covered loans and non-covered loans, with covered loans being those loans subject to FDIC loss share agreements. Upon the termination of the FDIC loss share agreements on September 22, 2016, all loans became classified as non-covered. For the year 2016, the provision for loan losses on non-covered loans did not vary significantly from 2015, amounting

38  

Table of Contents  

to $2.1 million in 2016 compared to $2.0 million for 2015. For the portion of the year our loss share agreements were in effect in 2016, we recorded a negative provision for loan losses on covered loans of $2.1 million compared to a $2.8 million negative provision for loan losses in 2015. The lower negative provision for loan losses on covered loans in 2016 was due to lower covered loan recoveries.

 

Our overall provision for loan loss levels were impacted by continued improvement in asset quality. Nonperforming assets amounted to $59.1 million at December 31, 2016, a decrease of 33.8% from the $89.3 million one year earlier. Our nonperforming assets to total assets ratio was 1.64% at December 31, 2016 compared to 2.66% at December 31, 2015. Annualized net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans for the twelve months ended December 31, 2016 was 0.14% compared to 0.46% for 2015.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2016, noninterest income amounted to $25.6 million compared to $18.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increases in noninterest income are primarily the result of the following strategic initiatives:

 

· On January 1, 2016, we acquired Bankingport, Inc., an insurance agency located in Sanford, North Carolina, which is primarily responsible for the increases in commissions from financial product sales in the accompanying tables.

 

· On May 5, 2016, we completed the acquisition of SBA Complete, a firm that specializes in providing consulting services for financial institutions across the country related to SBA loan origination and servicing. We recorded $3.2 million in SBA consulting fees from the date of the acquisition through December 31, 2016.

 

· In the third quarter of 2016, we leveraged the expertise assumed in our SBA Complete acquisition to launch a national SBA lending division. This division offers SBA loans to small business owners throughout the United States. In the second half of 2016, this division originated $24.8 million of SBA loans and earned $1.4 million from gains on the sales of the guaranteed portions of these loans.

 

Partially offsetting the above-noted increases in noninterest income was higher indemnification asset expense in 2016 compared to 2015. Indemnification asset expense relates to write-offs of an indemnification asset associated with two FDIC loss share agreements. For 2016, the Company recorded $10.3 million in indemnification asset expense compared to $8.6 million in 2015. The 2016 amount includes a $5.7 million charge associated with the early termination of the loss share agreements that occurred in September 2016.

 

Noninterest expenses for the year ended December 31, 2016 amounted to $106.8 million compared to $98.1 million recorded in 2015. The primary reason for the increase was the costs associated with the growth initiatives previously discussed.

 

Total assets at December 31, 2016 amounted to $3.6 billion, a 7.5% increase from a year earlier. Total loans at December 31, 2016 amounted to $2.7 billion, a 7.6% increase from a year earlier, and total deposits amounted to $2.9 billion at December 31, 2016, a 4.8% increase from a year earlier.

 

The $192 million increase in our loans at December 31, 2016 compared to a year earlier is primarily related to ongoing internal initiatives to drive loan growth, including our expansion into higher growth markets.

 

Total deposits increased $136 million at December 31, 2016 compared to December 31, 2015, which was driven by a $175 million increase, or 8.3%, in checking, money market and savings accounts. Retail time deposits declined by $99 million, or 15.8%, over this same period, while deposits obtained from brokers increased $60 million, or 78.6%.

 

For the periods presented until the September 2016 termination of the FDIC loss share agreements, the Company’s results of operations were significantly affected by FDIC loss share agreements related to two FDIC-assisted failed

39  

Table of Contents  

bank acquisitions. In the discussion above and in the accompanying tables, the term “covered” is used to describe assets that were included in FDIC loss share agreements, while the term “non-covered” refers to the assets not included in a loss share arrangement. As previously discussed, all loss share agreements were terminated in the third quarter of 2016 and thus the entire loan portfolio is now classified as non-covered. Certain prior period disclosures will continue to present the breakout of the loan portfolio between covered and non-covered.

 

Certain covered loans continued to have an unaccreted discount associated with them at the time of transfer to non-covered status. Such loans that experience favorable changes in credit quality compared to what was expected at the acquisition date, including loans that pay off, will continue to result in positive adjustments to interest income being recorded over the life of the respective loan – also referred to as loan discount accretion.

 

For periods prior to the termination, because favorable changes in covered assets resulted in lower expected FDIC claims, and unfavorable changes in covered assets resulted in higher expected FDIC claims, the FDIC indemnification asset was adjusted to reflect those expectations. The net increase or decrease in the indemnification asset was reflected within noninterest income, with the net impact being that pretax income was generally only impacted by 20% of the income or expense associated with provisions for loan losses on covered loans, discount accretion, and losses from covered foreclosed properties.

 

Outlook for 2018

 

We generally believe that the outlook for 2018 is favorable. We expect the national economy, as well as our local economies, to continue to improve, with unemployment rates remaining at low levels. We believe that the recent tax reform is likely to result in future economic growth, and the lower statutory tax rate will benefit our Company.

 

The Federal Reserve has increased short-term interest rates by 125 basis points since late 2015, with more increases projected. Longer-term interest rates, while still low, have begun to increase. Generally, higher interest rates can be favorable for banks like us. We are able to earn higher yields on our interest-earning assets, while our funding costs may reprice at a lag to the interest rate changes in the market, and potentially not to the full amount of the rate increases. However interest rates on loans continue to be impacted by intense competition, and we are beginning to experience pressure on the rates we pay on deposits. Thus the stability of our net interest margin is uncertain.

 

With several consecutive years of significantly improved trends of nonperforming assets and lower loan charge-offs compared to the recessionary years, we again recorded low levels of provisions for loan losses in 2017, which brought our overall allowance for loan loss level down significantly following the elevated amounts we maintained during and immediately following the recession. As stated in Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements, from January 1, 2018 through February 28, 2018, we have recorded net loan recoveries of $3.3 million. With other asset quality measures expected to remain stable, we currently expect our levels of provisions for loan losses to remain low in 2018.

 

Excluding our two whole-bank acquisitions in 2017, we experienced solid organic loan and deposit growth in 2017. Our local economies have continued to improve, and we experienced positive results from our recent expansion into the larger and higher growth markets in North Carolina. With our expanded market areas due to acquisitions and other strategic initiatives, we expect to experience continued loan and deposit growth in 2018.

 

40  

Table of Contents  

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

The accounting principles we follow and our methods of applying these principles conform with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and with general practices followed by the banking industry. Certain of these principles involve a significant amount of judgment and may involve the use of estimates based on our best assumptions at the time of the estimation. The allowance for loan losses, intangible assets, and the fair value and discount accretion of acquired loans are three policies we have identified as being more sensitive in terms of judgments and estimates, taking into account their overall potential impact to our consolidated financial statements.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

Due to the estimation process and the potential materiality of the amounts involved, we have identified the accounting for the allowance for loan losses and the related provision for loan losses as an accounting policy critical to our consolidated financial statements. The provision for loan losses charged to operations is an amount sufficient to bring the allowance for loan losses to an estimated balance considered adequate to absorb losses inherent in the portfolio.

 

Our determination of the adequacy of the allowance is based primarily on a mathematical model that estimates the appropriate allowance for loan losses. This model has two components. The first component involves the estimation of losses on individually evaluated “impaired loans.” A loan is considered to be impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable we will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the original loan agreement. A loan is specifically evaluated for an appropriate valuation allowance if the loan balance is above a prescribed evaluation threshold (which varies based on credit quality, accruing status, troubled debt restructured status, purchased credit impaired status, and type of collateral) and the loan is determined to be impaired. The estimated valuation allowance is the difference, if any, between the loan balance outstanding and the value of the impaired loan as determined by either 1) an estimate of the cash flows that we expect to receive from the borrower discounted at the loan’s effective rate, or 2) in the case of a collateral-dependent loan, the fair value of the collateral.

 

The second component of the allowance model is an estimate of losses for all loans not considered to be impaired loans (“general reserve loans”). General reserve loans are segregated into pools by loan type and risk grade and estimated loss percentages are assigned to each loan pool based on historical losses.  The historical loss percentages are then adjusted for any environmental factors used to reflect changes in the collectability of the portfolio not captured by historical data.

 

The reserves estimated for individually evaluated impaired loans are then added to the reserve estimated for general reserve loans. This becomes our “allocated allowance.” The allocated allowance is compared to the actual allowance for loan losses recorded on our books and any adjustment necessary for the recorded allowance to absorb losses inherent in the portfolio is recorded as a provision for loan losses. The provision for loan losses is a direct charge to earnings in the period recorded. Any remaining difference between the allocated allowance and the actual allowance for loan losses recorded on our books is our “unallocated allowance.”

 

Purchased loans are recorded at fair value at the acquisition date. Therefore, amounts deemed uncollectible at the acquisition date represent a discount to the loan value and become a part of the fair value calculation. Subsequent decreases in the amount expected to be collected result in a provision for loan losses with a corresponding increase in the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent increases in the amount expected to be collected are accreted into income over the life of the loan and this accretion is referred to as “loan discount accretion.”

 

Within the purchased loan portfolio, loans are deemed purchased credit impaired at acquisition if the bank believes it will not be able to collect all contractual cash flows. Performing loans with an unamortized discount or premium that are not deemed purchased credit impaired are considered to be purchased performing loans. Purchased credit impaired loans are individually evaluated as impaired loans, as described above, while purchased performing loans are

41  

Table of Contents  

evaluated as general reserve loans. For purchased performing loan pools, any computed allowance that is in excess of remaining net discounts is a component of the allocated allowance.

 

Although we use the best information available to make evaluations, future material adjustments may be necessary if economic, operational, or other conditions change. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review our allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require us to recognize additions to the allowance based on the examiners’ judgment about information available to them at the time of their examinations.

 

For further discussion, see “Nonperforming Assets” and “Summary of Loan Loss Experience” below.

 

Intangible Assets

 

Due to the estimation process and the potential materiality of the amounts involved, we have also identified the accounting for intangible assets as an accounting policy critical to our consolidated financial statements.

 

When we complete an acquisition transaction, the excess of the purchase price over the amount by which the fair market value of assets acquired exceeds the fair market value of liabilities assumed represents an intangible asset. We must then determine the identifiable portions of the intangible asset, with any remaining amount classified as goodwill. Identifiable intangible assets associated with these acquisitions are generally amortized over the estimated life of the related asset, whereas goodwill is tested annually for impairment, but not systematically amortized. Assuming no goodwill impairment, it is beneficial to our future earnings to have a lower amount assigned to identifiable intangible assets and higher amount of goodwill as opposed to having a higher amount considered to be identifiable intangible assets and a lower amount classified as goodwill.

 

The primary identifiable intangible asset we typically record in connection with a whole bank or bank branch acquisition is the value of the core deposit intangible, whereas when we acquire an insurance agency or a consulting firm, as we did in 2016 and 2017, the primary identifiable intangible asset is the value of the acquired customer list. Determining the amount of identifiable intangible assets and their average lives involves multiple assumptions and estimates and is typically determined by performing a discounted cash flow analysis, which involves a combination of any or all of the following assumptions: customer attrition/runoff, alternative funding costs, deposit servicing costs, and discount rates. We typically engage a third party consultant to assist in each analysis. For the whole bank and bank branch transactions recorded to date, the core deposit intangibles have generally been estimated to have a life ranging from seven to ten years, with an accelerated rate of amortization. For insurance agency acquisitions, the identifiable intangible assets related to the customer lists were determined to have a life of ten to fifteen years, with amortization occurring on a straight-line basis. For the SBA consulting firm we acquired in 2016, the identifiable intangible asset related to the customer list was determined to have a life of approximately seven years, with amortization occurring on a straight-line basis.

 

Subsequent to the initial recording of the identifiable intangible assets and goodwill, we amortize the identifiable intangible assets over their estimated average lives, as discussed above. In addition, on at least an annual basis, goodwill is evaluated for impairment by comparing the fair value of our reporting units to their related carrying value, including goodwill. We have three reporting units – 1) First Bank with $221.4 million in goodwill, 2) First Bank Insurance with $7.4 million in goodwill, and 3) SBA activities, including SBA Complete and our SBA lending division, with $4.3 million in goodwill. If the carrying value of a reporting unit were ever to exceed its fair value, we would determine whether the implied fair value of the goodwill, using a discounted cash flow analysis, exceeded the carrying value of the goodwill. If the carrying value of the goodwill exceeded the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment loss would be recorded in an amount equal to that excess. Performing such a discounted cash flow analysis would involve the significant use of estimates and assumptions.

 

In our 2017 goodwill impairment evaluation, we concluded that the goodwill for each of our reporting units was not impaired.

 

42  

Table of Contents  

We review identifiable intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Our policy is that an impairment loss is recognized, equal to the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and its fair value, if the sum of the expected undiscounted future cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset. Estimating future cash flows involves the use of multiple estimates and assumptions, such as those listed above.

 

Fair Value and Discount Accretion of Acquired Loans

 

We consider the determination of the initial fair value of acquired loans and the subsequent discount accretion of the purchased loans to involve a high degree of judgment and complexity.

 

We determine fair value accounting estimates of newly assumed assets and liabilities in accordance with relevant accounting guidance. However, the amount that we realize on these assets could differ materially from the carrying value reflected in our financial statements, based upon the timing of collections on the acquired loans in future periods. Because of inherent credit losses and interest rate marks associated with acquired loans, the amount that we record as the fair values for the loans is generally less than the contractual unpaid principal balance due from the borrowers, with the difference being referred to as the “discount” on the acquired loans. For non-impaired purchased loans, we accrete the discount over the lives of the loans in a manner consistent with the guidance for accounting for loan origination fees and costs.

 

For purchased credit-impaired (“PCI”) loans, the excess of the cash flows initially expected to be collected over the fair value of the loans at the acquisition date (i.e., the accretable yield) is accreted into interest income over the estimated remaining life of the loans using the effective yield method, provided that the timing and the amount of future cash flows is reasonably estimable. Accordingly, such loans are not classified as nonaccrual and they are considered to be accruing because their interest income relates to the accretable yield recognized under accounting for PCI loans and not to contractual interest payments. The difference between the contractually required payments and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition, considering the impact of prepayments, is referred to as the nonaccretable difference.

 

Subsequent to an acquisition, estimates of cash flows expected to be collected are updated periodically based on updated assumptions regarding default rates, loss severities, and other factors that are reflective of current market conditions. If there is a decrease in cash flows expected to be collected, the provision for loan losses is charged, resulting in an increase to the allowance for loan losses. If the Company has a probable increase in cash flows expected to be collected, we will first reverse any previously established allowance for loan losses and then increase interest income as a prospective yield adjustment over the remaining life of the loan. The impact of changes in variable interest rates is recognized prospectively as adjustments to interest income.

 

Merger and Acquisition Activity

 

As previously discussed, in January 2016, we acquired an insurance agency in Sanford, North Carolina, and in May 2016, we acquired a firm specializing in origination and servicing of SBA loans. In July 2016, we exchanged our seven bank branches located in Virginia to another community bank in return for six of their North Carolina branches. In 2017, we completed two full-bank acquisitions – Carolina Bank and Asheville Savings Bank. Also in 2017, we completed the acquisition of another insurance agency headquartered in Albemarle, North Carolina.

 

See Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding these acquisitions.

 

FDIC Indemnification Asset

 

As previously discussed, in 2009 and 2011, we acquired substantially all of the assets and liabilities of two failed banks in FDIC-assisted transactions. For each transaction, we entered into two loss share agreements with the FDIC, which provided the Bank significant loss protection from losses experienced on the loans and foreclosed real estate. One of these loss share agreements expired in July 2014 and one agreement expired in April 2016. On September 22, 2016,

43  

Table of Contents  

we reached a mutual agreement with the FDIC to terminate all loss share agreements, with all future losses and recoveries associated with these failed bank assets being fully borne by the Bank.

 

ANALYSIS OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Net interest income, the “spread” between earnings on interest-earning assets and the interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities, constitutes the largest source of our earnings. Other factors that significantly affect operating results are the provision for loan losses, noninterest income such as service fees and noninterest expenses such as salaries, occupancy expense, equipment expense and other overhead costs, as well as the effects of income taxes.

 

Net Interest Income

 

Net interest income on a reported basis amounted to $164.7 million in 2017, $123.4 million in 2016, and $119.7 million in 2015. For internal purposes and in the discussion that follows, we evaluate our net interest income on a tax-equivalent basis by adding the tax benefit realized from tax-exempt securities to reported interest income. Net interest income on a tax-equivalent basis amounted to $167.3 million in 2017, $125.4 million in 2016, and $121.4 million in 2015. Management believes that analysis of net interest income on a tax-equivalent basis is useful and appropriate because it allows a comparison of net interest amounts in different periods without taking into account the different mix of taxable versus non-taxable investments that may have existed during those periods. The following is a reconciliation of reported net interest income to tax-equivalent net interest income.

 

    Year ended December 31,  
($ in thousands)   2017     2016     2015  
Net interest income, as reported   $ 164,711       123,380       119,747  
Tax-equivalent adjustment     2,590       2,054       1,634  
Net interest income, tax-equivalent   $ 167,301       125,434       121,381  

 

Table 2 analyzes net interest income on a tax-equivalent basis. Our net interest income on a tax-equivalent basis increased by 33.4% in 2017 and increased by 3.3% in 2016. There are two primary factors that cause changes in the amount of net interest income we record – 1) changes in our loans and deposits balances and 2) our net interest margin. “Net interest margin” is a ratio we use to measure the spread between the yield on our earning assets and the cost of our funding and is calculated by dividing tax-equivalent net interest income by average earning assets.

 

The increase in net interest income in 2017 compared to 2016 was primarily due to growth in our loans outstanding (acquired and organic), with a five basis point increase in our net interest margin also contributing to the increase.

 

For 2017, average loans increased $817.6 million, or 31.4%, with interest income earned on loans increasing by $42.4 million over 2016. Average deposits also increased significantly at 30.7%, but interest expense on deposits only increased by $2.4 million over 2016.

 

Our net interest margin increased from 4.03% in 2016 to 4.08% in 2017. Asset yields increased primarily as a result of three Federal Reserve interest rate increases during the past year. Funding costs also increased, but to a lesser degree.

 

Increases in asset yields were partially offset by increased funding costs in 2017. The average interest rate paid on our interest bearing deposits increased from 0.24% in 2016 to 0.28% in 2017, which is mainly due to a higher level of brokered deposits over the past year, which are generally more expensive than retail deposits. Our average borrowings also increased in 2017 by $116.2 million, or 55.4%, with interest expense on borrowings increasing $2.7 million over 2016. The higher reliance on brokered deposits and borrowings was due primarily to strong loan growth that outpaced core funding growth.

 

The increase in net interest income in 2016 compared to 2015 was due to growth in our loans outstanding, the positive impact of which was partially offset by a 10 basis point decline in our net interest margin.

44  

For 2016, average loans increased $168.7 million, or 6.9%, with interest income earned on loans increasing by $3.4 million over 2015, while average deposits also had good growth at 5.2%.

 

Our net interest margin declined from 4.13% in 2015 to 4.03% in 2016. Lower asset yields were the primary factor causing the decline in the net interest margin in 2016, as the yield we earned on our interest-earning assets declined from 4.37% in 2015 to 4.28% in 2016. Steadily declining loan yields caused by the continued low interest rate environment and competition for loans were the primary factors in this decline.

 

For 2016, the declines in asset yields were partially offset by lower liability costs, as we were able to progressively lower interest rates on maturing time deposits that were originated in prior periods. The average interest rate paid on our interest bearing deposits declined from 0.26% in 2015 to 0.24% in 2016. Also, for 2016, shifts in the funding mix of our liabilities have had a positive impact on our net interest margin. As calculated from Table 2, the average amount of our lower cost deposits, comprised of checking accounts (non-interest bearing and interest bearing), money market accounts and savings accounts, increased from $2.0 billion in 2015 to $2.2 billion in 2016, an increase of 10%, while the average amount of our higher cost funding, comprised of time deposits, remained stable at approximately $0.7 billion over that same period.

 

The net interest margin for all periods benefited, by varying amounts, from the net accretion of purchase accounting premiums/discounts associated with acquisitions. As can be seen in the table below, we recorded $7.3 million in 2017, $4.5 million in 2016, and $4.8 million in 2015, in net accretion of purchase accounting premiums/discounts that increased net interest income.

 

($ in thousands)   Year Ended
December 31,
2017
    Year Ended
December 31,
2016
    Year Ended
December 31,
2015
 
                   
Interest income – increased by accretion of loan discount   $ 7,076       4,451       4,751  
Interest expense – reduced by premium amortization of deposits     384       77        
Interest expense – increased by discount accretion of borrowings     (148 )            
     Impact on net interest income   $ 7,312       4,528       4,751  

 

The biggest component of the purchase accounting adjustments in each year was loan discount accretion, which amounted to $7.1 million in 2017, $4.5 million in 2016, and $4.8 million in 2015. In 2017, the increase in loan discount accretion is primarily due to the loan discounts recorded in the acquisitions of Carolina Bank and Asheville Savings Bank. During 2017, we recorded an additional $20.7 million in loan discounts related to these acquisitions. Unaccreted loan discount increased from $12.7 million at December 31, 2016 to $26.9 million at December 31, 2017. Unaccreted loan discount declined from $20.8 million at January 1, 2015 to $12.7 million at December 31, 2016. We expect loan discount accretion to increase in 2018 as a result of the newly acquired loan portfolios being held by the Bank for a full-year.

 

Table 3 presents additional detail regarding the estimated impact that changes in loan and deposit volumes and changes in the interest rates we earned/paid had on our net interest income in 2016 and 2017. In 2017, we acquired Carolina Bank and Asheville Savings Bank, which significantly increased our volumes for loans and deposits. For 2017, higher loan volume positively impacted interest income by $38.6 million, and higher loan interest rates positively impacted interest income by $3.8 million, with the combined effect driving the total increase in interest income of $46.9 million. Higher volumes and higher rates paid on deposits drove an increase of $2.4 million in interest expense. A higher level of borrowings and higher rates paid on those borrowings in 2017 also contributed significantly to the $5.1 million increase in interest expense. The higher level of borrowings was necessary in 2017 in order to fund our organic loan growth, which outpaced deposit growth. Overall, as the table indicates, net interest income on a tax-equivalent basis grew $41.9 million in 2017.

 

For 2016, higher loan volume positively impacted interest income by $8.0 million, while lower loan interest rates negatively impacted interest income by $4.6 million, with the net effect driving the total increase in interest income of $4.8 million. A higher level of borrowings in 2016 was the primary factor causing the $0.7 million increase in

45  

interest expense. The higher level of borrowings was necessary in 2016 in order to fund the loan growth, which outpaced deposit growth. Overall, as the table indicates, net interest income on a tax-equivalent basis grew $4.1 million in 2016.

 

See additional information regarding net interest income in the section entitled “Interest Rate Risk.”

 

Provision for Loan Losses

 

The provision for loan losses charged to operations is an amount sufficient to bring the allowance for loan losses to an estimated balance considered appropriate to absorb probable losses inherent in our loan portfolio. Management’s determination of the adequacy of the allowance is based on our level of loan growth, an evaluation of the loan portfolio, current economic conditions, historical loan loss experience and other risk factors.

 

For 2017, we recorded total provision for loan losses of $723,000. In 2016, we recorded total negative provisions for loan losses (reduction of allowance for loan losses) of $23,000. For 2015, our total provisions for loan losses were $780,000.

 

For periods prior to the third quarter 2016 termination of our loss share agreements, we computed and presented the provision for loan losses related to covered loans separately from that of our non-covered loans. Generally, we had recorded provisions for loan losses on non-covered loans as a result of net charge-offs and loan growth, while significant recoveries in our previously covered loan portfolios resulted in negative provisions for loan losses. Upon the termination of the loss share agreements, all loans became classified as non-covered and the allowance for loan losses balances were combined into a single amount and no longer computed separately.

 

We recorded $0.7 million, $2.1 million, and $2.0 million in provisions for loan losses related to non-covered loans for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. These relatively low amounts were the result of a prolonged period of stable and improving loan quality trends, which resulted in lower provisions for loan losses that were needed to adjust our allowance for loan losses to the appropriate amount. This was because our allowance for loan loss model utilizes the net charge-offs experienced in the most recent years as a significant component of estimating the current allowance for loan losses that is necessary. Thus, older years (and parts thereof) systematically age out and are excluded from the analysis as time goes on. In 2015, periods of high net charge-offs we experienced during the peak of the recession dropped out of the analysis and were replaced by the more modest levels of net charge-offs recently experienced. This had the impact of bringing our overall allowance for loan loss level down to a more normalized level following the elevated amounts we maintained during and immediately following the recession. This same situation continued in 2016 and 2017 and was further impacted by net charge-offs that declined significantly in 2016 and again in 2017. These factors combined to result in a provision for non-covered loan losses that only slightly increased to $2.1 million in 2016 and decreased to $0.7 million in 2017 despite higher loan growth in both periods. As stated in Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements, from January 1, 2018 through February 28, 2018, we have recorded net loan recoveries of $3.3 million. With other asset quality measures expected to remain stable, we currently expect our levels of provisions for loan losses to remain low in 2018.

 

As it relates to covered loans, we recorded a negative provision for loan losses (reduction of allowance for loan losses) of $2.1 million in 2016 and $2.8 million in 2015. The negative provisions in 2015 and 2016 resulted from lower levels of covered nonperforming loans, declining levels of total covered loans, and several large recoveries received that resulted in having net loan recoveries (recoveries, net of charge-offs) of $1.7 million in 2016 and $2.3 million in 2015.

 

Total net charge-offs (covered and non-covered) for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, were $1.2 million, $3.7 million, and $11.3 million, respectively.

 

Net-charge offs of non-covered loans were $1.2 million, $5.4 million, and $13.6 million for 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. The declining amount of non-covered net-charge offs in recent years is reflective of improving economic conditions and lower levels of our highest-risk loans.

 

46  

Net charge-offs (recoveries) of covered loans were ($1.7 million) and ($2.3 million) in 2016 and 2015, respectively, with several large recoveries significantly impacting 2015 and 2016.

 

As seen in Table 14, in 2017, 2016 and 2015, net charge-offs were highest in our residential first mortgages, which is reflective of the size of our residential first mortgage portfolio and continued challenging economic conditions in some of our more rural market areas. In 2013 and 2014, net charge-offs were highest in loans classified as “real estate – construction, land development & other land loans.”  This category of loans is primarily comprised of land acquisition and development loans and other types of lot loans.  These types of loans were particularly hard hit by the decline in real estate development and property values that occurred in the recession. 

 

See “Nonperforming Assets” below for further discussion of our asset quality, which impacts our provisions for loan losses.

 

See the section entitled “Allowance for Loan Losses and Loan Loss Experience” below for a more detailed discussion of the allowance for loan losses. The allowance is monitored and analyzed regularly in conjunction with our loan analysis and grading program, and adjustments are made to maintain an adequate allowance for loan losses.

 

Noninterest Income

 

Our noninterest income amounted to $48.9 million in 2017, $25.6 million in 2016, and $18.8 million in 2015.

 

As shown in Table 4, core noninterest income excludes gains from acquisitions, foreclosed property write-downs and losses, indemnification asset income (expense), securities gains or losses, and other miscellaneous gains and losses. Core noninterest income amounted to $49.3 million in 2017, a 40.9% increase from the $35.0 million recorded in 2016. The 2016 core noninterest income of $35.0 million was a 19.3% increase from the $29.3 million recorded in 2015.

 

See Table 4 and the following discussion for an understanding of the components of noninterest income.

 

For most categories of noninterest income, our acquisitions of Carolina Bank in March 2017 and Asheville Savings Bank in October 2017 had the effect of increasing noninterest income in 2017 in comparison to 2016.

 

Service charges on deposit accounts amounted to $11.9 million, $10.6 million, and $11.6 million in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. In 2017, the increase is primarily due to the aforementioned acquisitions. In 2017, 2016 and 2015, fewer instances of fees earned from customers overdrawing their accounts negatively impacted this line item, as well as more customers meeting the requirements to have the monthly services charges waived on their checking accounts.

 

Other service charges, commissions and fees amounted to $14.6 million in 2017, a 22.6% increase from the $11.9 million earned in 2016. The 2016 amount of $11.9 million was 9.2% higher than the $10.9 million earned in 2015. This category of noninterest income includes items such as electronic payment processing revenue (which includes fees related to credit card transactions by merchants and customers and fees earned from debit card transactions), ATM charges, safety deposit box rentals, fees from sales of personalized checks, and check cashing fees. The increase in this line item in 2017 was due to a combination of the Carolina Bank and Asheville Savings Bank acquisitions, as well as growth in interchange fees from debit and credit cards. In both 2017 and 2016, increased debit card usage by our customers has increased income, as we earn a small fee each time our customers make a debit card transaction. Interchange income from credit cards has also increased due to growth in the number and usage of credit cards, which we believe is a result of increased promotion of this product.

 

Fees from presold mortgages amounted to $5.7 million in 2017, $2.0 million in 2016, and $2.5 million in 2015. In 2017, the increases were primarily due to the acquisition of Carolina Bank in March 2017, which had a significant mortgage loan operation. In 2016, fewer mortgage loan originations resulted in decreases in these fees. Also, fewer

47  

mortgage loans were sold to the secondary market in 2016 compared to 2015 due to our decision to hold more loans for investment in order to offset declines in our residential mortgage loan portfolio.

 

Commissions from sales of insurance and financial products amounted to $5.3 million in 2017, $3.8 million in 2016, and $2.6 million in 2015. This line item includes commissions we receive from two primary sources - 1) commissions from the sales of investment, annuity, and long term care insurance products, and 2) commissions from the sale of property and casualty insurance. The following table presents the contribution of each source to the total amount recognized in this line item:

 

    For the year ended December 31,  
($ in thousands)   2017     2016     2015  
Commissions earned from:                        
Sales of investments, annuities, and long term care insurance   $ 2,152       2,027       1,934  
Sales of property and casualty insurance     3,148       1,763       646  
          Total   $ 5,300       3,790       2,580  

 

As can be seen in the above table, sales of property and casualty insurance increased significantly in 2016 and again in 2017, which is due to our January 1, 2016 acquisition of Bankingport, Inc., an insurance agency located in Sanford, North Carolina and our September 1, 2017 acquisition of Bear Insurance Services, an insurance agency headquartered in Albemarle, North Carolina (see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information). Sales of investments, annuities and long term care insurance did not vary significantly among the years presented.

 

Another primary reason for the increases in core noninterest income in 2017 and 2016 was the addition of SBA consulting fees and SBA loan sale gains during the last half of 2016. As previously discussed, on May 5, 2016, we completed the acquisition of a firm that specializes in consulting with financial institutions across the country related to SBA loan origination and servicing (see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information). We recorded $3.2 million in SBA consulting fees related to this business from the date of the acquisition through December 31, 2016. In the third quarter of 2016, we leveraged the expertise we gained from personnel assumed in the SBA Complete acquisition and launched a national SBA lending division offering SBA loans to small business owners throughout the United States. The SBA division originated $24.8 million in loans in 2016 and earned $1.4 million from gains on the sales of the guaranteed portions of these loans for 2016. In 2017, we recorded $4.0 million in SBA consulting fees and $5.5 million in gains on the sales of SBA loans. The SBA division originated $95.4 million in loans in 2017.

 

Table 4 shows earnings from bank-owned life insurance income were $2.3 million in 2017, $2.1 million in 2016, and $1.7 million in 2015. In 2017, we acquired approximately $23 million in bank-owned life insurance from Carolina Bank and Asheville Savings Bank, increasing our income for this line item. In the fourth quarter of 2015, we purchased $15.0 million in bank-owned life insurance on certain officers of our Company, which increased our income for this line item in 2016.

 

Noninterest income not considered to be “core” resulted in net reductions to total noninterest income of $0.4 million in 2017, $9.4 million in 2016, and $10.6 million in 2015. The components of non-core noninterest income are shown in Table 4 and the significant components thereof are discussed below.

 

We recorded net losses on non-covered foreclosed properties of $0.5 million in 2017, $1.5 million in 2016, and $2.5 million in 2015. These losses have resulted from ongoing declines in property values for certain types of properties.

 

Prior to the termination of the loss share agreements in September 2016, we recorded $0.9 million and $1.0 million of net gains on covered foreclosed properties in 2016 and 2015, respectively. Most of our covered foreclosed properties were along the coast of North Carolina. The market value for properties in that area recovered significantly following the recession and resulted in the gains experienced in 2015 and 2016.

48  

 

For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, indemnification asset expense amounted to $10.3 million and $8.6 million, respectively. Historically, indemnification asset income (expense) was recorded to reflect additional (or decreased) amounts that were expected to be received from the FDIC during the period related to covered assets. The three primary items that resulted in recording indemnification asset income (expense) were 1) loan discount accretion resulting from improved borrower repayment prospects, which generally resulted in indemnification expense, 2) provisions (reversals) for loan losses on covered loans, which resulted in indemnification income (expense) and 3) foreclosed property gains (losses) on covered assets, which resulted in indemnification expense (income). The higher indemnification asset expense in 2016 resulted from the write-off of the remaining indemnification asset of $5.7 million when we terminated the FDIC loss share agreements. The following table presents the sources of indemnification income (expense) for the periods noted.

 

    For the year ended December 31,  
($ in millions)   2016     2015  
Indemnification asset expense associated with loan discount accretion income   $ (2.0 )     (5.6 )
Indemnification asset income (expense) associated with loan losses (recoveries), net     (1.6 )     (2.3 )
Indemnification asset income (expense) associated with foreclosed property losses (gains)     (0.7 )     (0.4 )
Indemnification asset expense associated with termination of loss share agreements     (5.7 )     ̶  
Other sources of indemnification asset income (expense)     (0.3 )     (0.3 )
Total indemnification asset income (expense)   $ (10.3 )     (8.6 )

 

In 2017, we recorded losses on sales of securities of $0.2 million. Securities gains (losses) were insignificant for 2016 and 2015.

 

“Other gains (losses), net” for the 2017, 2016 and 2015 periods presented represent the net effects of miscellaneous gains and losses that are non-routine in nature. In 2016, the Company recorded a net gain of $1.5 million as a result of a branch exchange transaction with First Community Bank (see Note 2 of the consolidated financial statements for additional discussion).

 

Noninterest Expenses

 

Total noninterest expenses totaled $145.2 million, $106.8 million, and $98.1 million for 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Table 5 presents the components of our noninterest expense during the past three years. The primary reason for the growth in noninterest expense in 2017 and 2016 was associated with our growth initiatives, including several acquisitions, including Carolina Bank and Asheville Savings Bank, and market expansion. Line items with the largest fluctuations are further discussed below.

 

Total personnel expense increased from $62.1 million in 2016 to $81.2 million in 2017, an increase of $19.1 million, or 30.8%. Within personnel expense, salaries expense increased $15.5 million in 2017 and employee benefits expense increased by $3.6 million in 2017. The primary reason for these increases in personnel expense is due to the additional personnel assumed in the Carolina Bank and Asheville Savings Bank acquisitions. Also, in 2017, we have added personnel due to the continued growth of the SBA consulting firm and our SBA national lending division. Additionally, salary expense for the fourth quarter of 2017 was also impacted by approximately $1.1 million related to one-time bonuses granted to a majority of the Company’s employees. Effective January 1, 2018, the Company increased its 401k match from effectively a 100% match up to 4% of an employee’s salary contribution to a 100% match up to 6% of an employee’s salary contribution. The higher match is expected to have an approximately $0.8 million impact on employee benefits expense.

 

Total personnel expense increased from $56.8 million in 2015 to $62.1 million in 2016, an increase of $5.3 million, or 9.3%. Within personnel expense, salaries expense increased $3.6 million in 2016 and employee benefits expense increased by $1.7 million in 2016. The primary reason for these increases in 2016 in personnel expense was the aforementioned growth initiatives in 2016, including acquisitions of an insurance agency and an SBA consulting firm, as well as the creation of an SBA lending division and our expansion into the Triad region of North Carolina.

 

Net occupancy expenses amounted to $9.7 million in 2017, $7.8 million in 2016, and $7.4 million in 2015. The increases in 2017 and 2016 were related to the aforementioned acquisitions and expansion initiatives.

 

49  

Equipment related expenses amounted to $4.5 million, $3.6 million, and $3.7 million, in 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively, with the increase in 2017 being attributed to the 2017 acquisitions.

 

Merger and acquisition expenses amounted to $8.1 million in 2017 and $1.4 million in 2016 compared to none in 2015. The 2017 amount was primarily comprised of professional fees and severance costs incurred in our acquisitions of Carolina Bank and Asheville Savings Bank. In 2016, the amount was comprised of professional fees incurred for our various acquisitions, including Bankingport, SBA Complete, our branch exchange, and our agreement to acquire Carolina Bank that was announced in 2016.

 

Intangible amortization expense increased from $1.2 million in 2016 to $4.2 million in 2017 due to the addition of $22.5 million in amortizable intangible assets recorded in connection with the acquisitions of Carolina Bank, Asheville Savings Bank, and Bear Insurance Services. Intangible amortization expense increased from $0.7 million in 2015 to $1.2 million in 2016. The increase was due to the additional amortizable intangible assets recorded in connection with the acquisitions of Bankingport and SBA Complete and the branch exchange transaction with First Community Bank.

 

FDIC insurance expense amounted to $2.4 million in 2017, $2.0 million in 2016, and $2.4 million in 2015. The insurance premium rate charged by the FDIC is based on several variable factors that can result in fluctuations from year to year. As previously discussed, a change in the methodology for assessing banks with $10 billion or less in total assets was implemented as of July 1, 2016 due to the deposit insurance fund reaching a targeted minimum level. This change was the biggest factor in the lower expense in 2016. The increase in 2017 was due to the acquisitions of Carolina Bank and Asheville Savings Bank.

 

Outside consultant expense amounted to $2.5 million in 2017, and $1.7 million in both 2016 and 2015. The increase in 2017 related to various operational activities.

 

Data processing expenses amounted to $2.9 million, $2.0 million, and $1.9 million in 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. In 2017, our expense was higher due to the acquisitions of Carolina Bank and Asheville Savings Bank. For a period of time following each acquisition until a systems conversion, the Bank incurs the expense of running two data processing systems. For Carolina Bank, this period was from March 3, 2017 to August 4, 2017. For Asheville Savings Bank, this period is from October 1, 2017 to March 16, 2018.

 

Marketing expense increased to $2.5 million in 2017, from $2.0 million in 2016 and $1.7 million in 2015. In 2017, we increased our promotional efforts, primarily in our new and expanded market areas.

 

Non-credit losses amounted $0.9 million in 2017, $1.2 million in 2016, and $0.3 million in 2015. The increase in 2016 was primarily due to higher debit card and credit card fraud losses. In 2017, we incurred fewer losses as we rolled out new debit and credit cards in late 2016 and 2017, which had additional fraud-resistant security features.

 

Income Taxes

 

Table 6 presents the components of income tax expense and the related effective tax rates. We recorded income tax expense of $21.8 million in 2017, $14.6 million in 2016, and $14.1 million in 2015. Our effective tax rates were 32.1% for 2017, 34.7% for 2016, and 34.3% for 2015. Due to the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act that was signed into law on December 22, 2017, our federal statutory income tax rate was reduced from 35% to 21%. Accordingly, we revalued our net deferred tax liability and reduced income tax expense by $1.3 million, which reduced our effective tax rate for 2017.

 

The slight increase in effective tax rate in 2016 was due to nondeductible intangible and merger and acquisition expenses incurred related to corporate acquisitions and the branch exchange transaction in 2016.

 

Our effective tax rate has generally declined in recent years due to higher amounts of tax-exempt income, primarily bank-owned life insurance income, and lower statutory income tax rates in North Carolina. North Carolina

50  

implemented decreases to its state income tax rate for corporations from 5.0% in 2015 to 4.0% in 2016 to 3.0% in 2017. We expect our effective tax rate to be approximately 21.0% in 2018.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

We recorded stock-based compensation expense of $1.1 million, $0.7 million, and $0.7 million, for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. The increase in this expense from 2016 to 2017 was due to retention-based restricted stock grants made to certain officers during the year. See Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements for more information regarding stock-based compensation.

 

51  

 

ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND CHANGES IN FINANCIAL CONDITION

 

Overview

 

At December 31, 2017, our total assets amounted to $5.5 billion, a 53.5% increase from 2016. As previously discussed, our significant growth is due to the acquisition of Carolina Bank and Asheville Savings Bank in 2017. The following table presents detailed information regarding the nature of changes in our loans and deposits in 2016 and 2017:

 

($ in thousands)   Balance at
beginning of
period
    Internal
growth,
net (1)
    Growth from
Acquisitions
(2) (3)
    Transfer due
to Expiration
&
Termination
of Loss Share
Agreements
    Balance at
end of
period
    Total
percentage
growth
    Internal
percentage
growth (1)
 
2017                                          
Loans outstanding   $ 2,710,712       227,955       1,103,702             4,042,369       49.1%       8.4%  
                                                         
Deposits – Noninterest-bearing     756,003       159,493       280,665             1,196,161       58.2%       21.1%  
Deposits – Interest-bearing checking     635,431       13,847       234,976             884,254       39.2%       2.2%  
Deposits – Money market     683,680       23,013       276,129             982,822       43.8%       3.4%  
Deposits – Savings     209,074       (5,174 )     250,960             454,860       117.6%       -2.5%  
Deposits – Brokered time     136,466       57,554       45,639             239,659       75.6%       42.2%  
Deposits – Internet time           (3,253 )     11,248             7,995       n/m       n/m  
Deposits – Time >$100,000 – retail     287,939       (12,631 )     72,554             347,862       20.8%       -4.4%  
Deposits – Time <$100,000 – retail     238,760       (37,765 )     92,347             293,342       22.9%       -15.8%  
        Total deposits   $ 2,947,353       195,084       1,264,518             4,406,955       49.5%       6.6%  
                                                         
2016                                                        
Loans – Non-covered   $ 2,416,285       196,789       1,514       96,124       2,710,712       12.2%       8.1%  
Loans – Covered     102,641       (6,517 )           (96,124 )           -100.0%       -6.3%  
     Total loans outstanding     2,518,926       190,272       1,514             2,710,712       7.6%       7.6%  
                                                         
Deposits – Noninterest-bearing     659,038       90,807       6,158             756,003       14.7%       13.8%  
Deposits – Interest-bearing checking     626,878       12,793       (4,240 )           635,431       1.4%       2.0%  
Deposits – Money market     636,692       55,987       (8,999 )           683,680       7.4%       8.8%  
Deposits – Savings     186,616       14,263       8,195             209,074       12.0%       7.6%  
Deposits – Brokered time     76,412       60,054                   136,466       78.6%       78.6%  
Deposits – Time >$100,000 – retail     329,819       (33,164 )     (8,716 )           287,939       -12.7%       -10.1%  
Deposits – Time <$100,000 – retail     295,830       (41,751 )     (15,319 )           238,760       -19.3%       -14.1%  
        Total deposits   $ 2,811,285       158,989       (22,921 )           2,947,353       4.8%       5.7%  

 

 

(1) For 2016, excludes the impact of the transfer of loans from covered status to non-covered status on April 1, 2016 due to the expiration of one loss-sharing agreement and the termination of all remaining loss share agreements on September 22, 2016. For 2016 and 2017, excludes the impact of acquisitions in the year of acquisition, but includes growth or declines in acquired operations after the date of acquisition.
(2) For 2016, we completed a branch exchange with First Community Bank, headquartered in Bluefield, Virginia. We exchanged our seven branches in Virginia for six of First Community Bank’s branches in North Carolina, acquiring $152.2 million in loans and $111.3 million in deposits, while selling $150.6 million in loans and $134.3 million in deposits. This column represents the net difference in what we received compared to what we sold.
(3) For the 2017 period, we acquired Carolina Bank, which had $497.5 million in loans and $585.4 million in deposits. We also acquired Asheville Savings Bank, which had $606.2 million in loans and $679.1 million in deposits.

n/m – not meaningful

 

As derived from the table above, in 2017, our total loans outstanding increased $1.3 billion, or 49.1%. The loan growth from acquisitions is due to our acquisition of Carolina Bank in March 2017, which had $497.5 million in loans on the date of acquisition, and our acquisition of Asheville Savings Bank in October 2017, which had $606.2 million in loans on the date of acquisition. Carolina Bank operated through eight branches predominately in the Triad region of North Carolina, and Asheville Savings Bank operated through 13 branches in the Asheville area of North Carolina. We expect these acquisitions to complement our strategic initiatives in these attractive and high-growth markets. Internal growth in our loan portfolio amounted to $228.0 million, or 8.4%. Internal loan growth has been primarily

52  

Table of Contents  

driven by our recent expansion into high-growth markets and the hiring of experienced bankers in these areas. We expect continued growth in our loan portfolio for 2018.

 

In 2016, our total loan growth was 7.6%. As derived from the table above, we experienced internal growth in our non-covered loan portfolio of $196.8 million, or 8.1%. We terminated our FDIC loss share agreements on September 22, 2016 and thus, all loans were transferred to non-covered status on that date.

 

During 2017, we experienced an increase in total deposits of $1.5 billion, or 49.5%. In 2017, we acquired $585.4 million in deposits from the Carolina Bank acquisition and $679.1 million in deposits from the Asheville Savings Bank acquisition. Net internal deposit growth amounted to $195.1 million, or 6.6%. We experienced internal growth of $191.2 million in our core deposit accounts, compared to net declines of $50.4 million in our retail time deposits, excluding brokered and internet deposits. Total brokered deposits amounted to $239.7 million at December 31, 2017, which is a 75.6% increase from the $136.5 million outstanding a year earlier. We increased our reliance of brokered deposits in 2017 to assist in funding the strong organic loan growth we experienced during 2017.

 

During 2016, we experienced a net increase in total deposits of $136.1 million, or 4.8%. Net internal deposit growth amounted to $159.0 million, or 5.7%, which was partially offset by the impact of our branch exchange in which we sold $23 million more in deposits than we purchased. Our internal growth arose from significant growth in our low-cost core deposit accounts (checking, money market and savings), which was partially offset by declines in our time deposit accounts. We experienced internal growth of $173.9 million in our core deposit accounts, compared to net declines of $74.9 million in retail time deposits, excluding brokered deposits. Total brokered deposits amounted to $136.5 million at December 31, 2016, which is a 78.6% increase from the $76.4 million outstanding a year earlier. We increased our holding of brokered deposits in 2016 in order to fund the strong loan growth experienced.

 

Our overall liquidity was substantially the same at December 31, 2017 compared to a year earlier. Our liquid assets (cash and securities) as a percentage of our total deposits and borrowings was 20.0% at December 31, 2017 compared to 19.8% at December 31, 2016.

 

At December 31, 2017, our nonperforming assets to total assets ratio was 0.96% compared to 1.64% at December 31, 2016. The decrease is primarily due to improved economic conditions, on-going resolution of nonperforming assets and improving credit quality.

 

Distribution of Assets and Liabilities

 

Table 7 sets forth the percentage relationships of significant components of our balance sheet at December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015.

 

Our balance sheet mix has remained relatively stable over the past three years. On the asset side, there have been no significant changes, with net loans comprising 73%-74% of total assets and interest-earning assets ranging from 88%-91%. Intangible assets increased from 2% of total assets in 2015 and 2016 to 5% as of December 31, 2017, primarily as a result of our two whole-bank acquisitions in 2017, in which we recorded a total of $153.9 million in goodwill and $18.6 million in other intangible assets.

 

On the liability side, in 2016 and 2017, we obtained additional borrowings to help fund the loan growth that we experienced during those years that increased its percentage from 5% to 7%. Deposits decreased from 84% of total liabilities and shareholder’s equity at December 31, 2015 to 80% at December 31, 2017.

 

Shareholders’ equity increased from 10% of total liabilities and shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2015 and 2016 to 12% at December 31, 2017 due to the common stock issued in connection with our 2017 acquisitions.

 

53  

Table of Contents  

Securities

 

Information regarding our securities portfolio as of December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 is presented in Tables 8 and 9.

 

The composition of the investment securities portfolio reflects our investment strategy of maintaining an appropriate level of liquidity while providing a relatively stable source of income. The investment portfolio also provides a balance to interest rate risk and credit risk in other categories of the balance sheet while providing a vehicle for the investment of available funds, furnishing liquidity, and supplying securities to pledge as required collateral for certain deposits. We obtain fair values for the vast majority of our investment securities from a third-party investment recordkeeper, who specializes in securities purchases and sales, recordkeeping, and valuation. This recordkeeper provides us with a third-party report that contains an evaluation of internal controls that includes testwork of securities valuation. We further test the values we receive by comparing the values for a significant sample of securities to another third-party valuation service on a quarterly basis.

 

Total securities amounted to $461.8 million, $329.0 million, and $320.2 million at December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. The increase in securities in 2017 was partially due to $49.4 million in securities acquired in the acquisition of Carolina Bank in March 2017. Also, we sold $95.0 million in securities that we acquired from Asheville Savings Bank in October 2017 and then subsequently purchased $150 million in mortgage-backed securities in the fourth quarter of 2017. The increase in securities in 2016 was primarily due to purchases of mortgage-backed securities.

 

The majority of our “government-sponsored enterprise” securities carry one maturity date, often with an issuer call feature. At December 31, 2017, of the $13.9 million (carrying value) in government-sponsored enterprise securities, $6.4 million were issued by the Federal Home Loan Bank system, $5.0 million were issued by Fannie Mae, and the remaining $2.5 million were issued by Freddie Mac.

 

Nearly all of our $359.0 million in total mortgage-backed securities have been issued by Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae, Ginnie Mae, or the Small Business Administration, each of which are government-sponsored corporations. Included in the mortgage-backed securities at December 31, 2017, were commercial mortgage-backed securities of $48.6 million that were issued by Ginnie Mae. We have one insignificant “private label” mortgage-backed security that was purchased for Community Reinvestment Act purposes. Mortgage-backed securities vary in their repayment in correlation with the underlying pools of mortgage loans.

 

At December 31, 2017, our $34.2 million investment in corporate bonds was comprised of the following:

 

($ in thousands )

 

Issuer

  Issuer
Ratings
      Maturity Date   Amortized Cost     Fair Value  
Bank of America   BBB+   (1)   1/11/2023   $ 7,000       7,153  
Citigroup   BBB+   (1)   Various     6,035       6,096  
Goldman Sachs   BBB+   (1)   1/22/2023     5,090       5,132  
JP Morgan Chase    A-   (1)   1/25/2023     5,022       5,075  
Financial Institutions, Inc.   BBB-   (2)   4/15/2030     4,000       4,175  
Wells Fargo   A-   (1)   2/13/2023     3,096       3,124  
Eagle Bancorp, Inc.   BBB   (2)   9/1/2024     2,549       2,500  
First Citizens Bancorp (South Carolina) Trust Preferred Security   Not Rated       6/15/2034     1,000       935  
     Total investment in corporate bonds               $ 33,792       34,190  

 

 

  (1) Ratings issued by S&P
  (2) Rating issued by Kroll Bond Rating Agency   

 

We have concluded that any unrealized losses associated with our corporate bonds are due to interest rate considerations and not due to credit concerns.

 

54  

Table of Contents  

We held $118.5 million in securities held to maturity at December 31, 2017, which had a fair value that exceeded their carrying value by $0.5 million. Approximately $63.8 million of the securities held to maturity are mortgage-backed securities that have been issued by either Freddie Mac or Fannie Mae. The remaining $54.7 million in securities held to maturity are comprised almost entirely of municipal bonds issued by state and local governments throughout our market area. We have only two municipal bonds with a denomination of $2 million or greater and we have no significant concentration of bond holdings from one government entity, with the single largest exposure to any one entity being $6.5 million. Management evaluated any unrealized losses on individual securities at each year end and determined them to be of a temporary nature and caused by fluctuations in market interest rates, not by concerns about the ability of the issuers to meet their obligations.

 

At December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, net unrealized losses of $2.2 million, $3.1 million and $1.2 million, respectively, were included in the carrying value of securities classified as available for sale. Management evaluated any unrealized losses on individual securities at each year end and determined them to be of a temporary nature and caused by fluctuations in market interest rates and the overall economic environment, not by concerns about the ability of the issuers to meet their obligations. Net unrealized losses (net of applicable deferred income taxes of $0.5 million, $1.1 million, and $0.5 million) have been reported as part of a separate component of shareholders’ equity (accumulated other comprehensive income) as of December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.

 

The weighted average taxable-equivalent yield for the securities available for sale portfolio was 2.63% at December 31, 2017. The expected weighted average life of the available for sale portfolio using the call date for above-market callable bonds, the maturity date for all other non-mortgage-backed securities, and the expected life for mortgage-backed securities, was 4.9 years.

 

The weighted average taxable-equivalent yield for the securities held to maturity portfolio was 2.98% at December 31, 2017. The expected weighted average life of the held to maturity portfolio using the call date for above-market callable bonds, the expected life for mortgage-backed securities, and the maturity date for all other securities, was 2.8 years.

 

The following table provides the names of issuers for which the Company has investment securities totaling in excess of 10% of shareholders’ equity and the fair value and amortized cost of these investments as of December 31, 2017. All of these securities are issued by government sponsored corporations.

 

($ in thousands)                  
Issuer   Amortized Cost     Fair Value     % of
Shareholders’
Equity
 
Fannie Mae   $ 154,606       153,561       22.3%  
Freddie Mac     107,712       106,722       15.5%  
          Total   $ 262,318       260,283          

 

Loans

 

Table 10 provides a summary of the loan portfolio composition of our total loans at each of the past five year ends.

 

The loan portfolio is the largest category of our earning assets and is comprised of commercial loans, real estate mortgage loans, real estate construction loans, and consumer loans. Substantially all of our entire current loan portfolio is within our 40 county market area, which is located in western, central and eastern North Carolina and three counties in northeastern South Carolina. The diversity of the region’s economic base has historically provided a stable lending environment.

 

As previously discussed, in our acquisitions of failed banks in 2009 and 2011, we entered into loss share agreements with the FDIC, which afforded us significant protection from losses on all loans and other real estate acquired in those acquisitions. Because of the loss protection provided by the FDIC, the financial risk of these loans became significantly different from assets not covered under the loss share agreements, and accordingly, they were presented

55  

Table of Contents  

as “covered loans.” Loans that were not subject to the loss share agreements were presented as “non-covered loans.” All loss share agreements were terminated in 2016 and thus the entire loan portfolio is now classified as non-covered. Certain disclosures will continue to present the historical breakout of the loan portfolio between covered and non-covered.

 

In 2017, loans outstanding increased $1.33 billion, or 49.1% to $4.0 billion. The growth in 2017 can be attributed to the acquisitions of Carolina Bank and Asheville Savings Bank, as well as organic loan growth of $228.0 million. In 2016, loans outstanding increased $192.7 million, or 7.6% to $2.7 billion. The growth in 2016 can be attributed to the recent hiring of experienced lenders, our expansion into high-growth markets, and higher loan demand associated with a growing and recovering economy.

 

The majority of our loan portfolio over the years has been real estate mortgage loans, with loans secured by real estate consistently comprising 88% to 91% of our outstanding loan balances. Except for construction, land development and other land loans, the majority of our “real estate” loans are personal and commercial loans where cash flow from the borrower’s occupation or business is the primary repayment source, with the real estate pledged providing a secondary repayment source.

 

Table 10 presents a five-year history of loans outstanding by type. Residential real estate loans have declined from 34% of total loans at December 31, 2013 to 24% of total loans at December 31, 2017. This decline was due to a combination of factors including consumers refinancing their home loans held by the Bank with long term fixed rate loans, which we typically sell in the secondary market. Additionally, the Carolina Bank loan portfolio assumed during the year had only an 11% mix of residential real estate loans.

 

Commercial real estate loans as a percentage of total loans has increased steadily over the past five years and amounted to 42% of all loans at December 31, 2017. Consistent with our community banking strategy, we have placed emphases on this type of loan growth and hired a number of experienced community bankers, who have originated a significant amount of business loans secured by real estate.

 

Table 11 provides a summary of scheduled loan maturities over certain time periods, with fixed rate loans and adjustable rate loans shown separately. Approximately 15% of our accruing loans outstanding at December 31, 2017 mature within one year and 56% of total loans mature within five years. As of December 31, 2017, the percentages of variable rate loans and fixed rate loans as compared to total performing loans were 38% and 62%, respectively. We intentionally make a blend of fixed and variable rate loans so as to reduce interest rate risk. The mix of fixed rate loans has generally increased over the past several years because many borrowers desire to lock in an interest rate during the historically low interest rate environment that has been in effect. While this presents risk to our Company if interest rates rise, we measure our interest rate risk closely and, as discussed in the section “Interest Rate Risk” below, we do not believe that an increase in interest rates would materially negatively impact our net interest income.

 

Nonperforming Assets

 

Nonperforming assets include nonaccrual loans, troubled debt restructurings, loans past due 90 or more days and still accruing interest, and foreclosed real estate. As a matter of policy we place all loans that are past due 90 or more days on nonaccrual basis, and thus there were no loans at any of the past five year ends that were 90 days past due and still accruing interest.

 

Nonaccrual loans are loans on which interest income is no longer being recognized or accrued because management has determined that the collection of interest is doubtful. Placing loans on nonaccrual status negatively impacts earnings because (i) interest accrued but unpaid as of the date a loan is placed on nonaccrual status is reversed and deducted from interest income, (ii) future accruals of interest income are not recognized until it becomes probable that both principal and interest will be paid and (iii) principal charged-off, if appropriate, may necessitate additional provisions for loan losses that are charged against earnings. In some cases, where borrowers are experiencing

56  

Table of Contents  

financial difficulties, loans may be restructured to provide terms significantly different from the originally contracted terms.

 

Table 12 summarizes our nonperforming assets at the dates indicated. Prior to September 2016, we presented nonperforming assets that were subject to the loss share agreements as “covered” and nonperforming assets that were not subject to the loss share agreements as “non-covered.” Our loss share agreements with the FDIC were terminated in 2016, and as such, all assets are now presented as a singled “non-covered” amount.

 

Due largely to the economic downturn that began in late 2007 and continued to worsen over succeeding years, we experienced significant increases in our non-covered nonperforming assets, with total non-covered nonperforming assets rising steadily from $11 million at December 31, 2007 to a peak of $146 million at September 30, 2012. Nonperforming covered assets assumed from two bank failures amounted to an additional $114 million at September 30, 2012, which resulted in a total of $260 million in nonperforming assets.

 

Since that time, we have benefited from improving economic conditions and also implemented a combination of strategies to reduce nonperforming assets including a 2013 loan sale, loan restructurings, discounted payoffs, and other collection strategies. As a result, we have steadily reduced our level of nonperforming assets over the years, with nonperforming assets amounting to $53.4 million at December 31, 2017. At December 31, 2017, the ratio of nonperforming assets to total assets was 0.96% compared to 1.64% and 2.66% at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

Table 12a presents our nonperforming assets at December 31, 2017 by general geographic region.

 

The following is the composition, by loan type, of all of our nonaccrual loans at each period end:

 

($ in thousands)   At December 31,
2017
    At December 31,
2016
 
Commercial, financial, and agricultural   $ 1,001       1,842  
Real estate – construction, land development, and other land loans     1,822       2,945  
Real estate – mortgage – residential (1-4 family) first mortgages     12,201       16,017  
Real estate – mortgage – home equity loans/lines of credit     2,524       2,355  
Real estate – mortgage – commercial and other     3,345       4,208  
Installment loans to individuals     75       101  
   Total nonaccrual loans   $ 20,968       27,468  
                 

 

The nonaccrual table above generally indicates that we experienced decreases in almost all categories of nonaccrual loans, with the “real estate – mortgage – residential ( 1 - 4 family) first mortgages” category experiencing the largest decline. The decline in nonaccrual loans is due to our on-going focus to resolve our nonperforming loans and improving credit quality.

 

Management routinely monitors the status of certain large loans that, in management’s opinion, have credit weaknesses that could cause them to become nonperforming loans. In addition to the nonperforming loan amounts discussed above, management believes that an estimated $2.5 million of loans that were performing in accordance with their contractual terms at December 31, 2017 have the potential to develop problems depending upon the particular financial situations of the borrowers and economic conditions in general. Management has taken these potential problem loans into consideration when evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2017 (see discussion below).

 

Loans classified for regulatory purposes as loss, doubtful, substandard, or special mention that have not been disclosed in the problem loan amounts and the potential problem loan amounts discussed above do not represent or result from trends or uncertainties that management reasonably expects will materially impact future operating results, liquidity, or capital resources, or represent material credits about which management is aware of any information that causes management to have serious doubts as to the ability of such borrowers to comply with the loan repayment terms.

57  

Table of Contents  

We provide additional information regarding the classification status of our loans in tables contained in Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements. Those tables indicate that from December 31, 2016 to December 31, 2017 our asset quality improved, with total classified and nonaccrual loans decreasing from $98.5 million at December 31, 2016 to $79.4 million at December 31, 2017. This is consistent with our generally improving asset quality trends.

 

Foreclosed real estate includes primarily foreclosed properties. Total foreclosed real estate amounted to $12.6 million, $9.5 million, and $10.0 million at December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. Generally, we have experienced decreases in foreclosed real estate over the past several years primarily due to increased property sales activity, particularly along the North Carolina coast, which is where a significant portion of our foreclosed properties are located, and the improvement in our overall asset quality. In 2017, we acquired $3.1 million and $3.9 million of foreclosed real estate in the acquisitions of Carolina Bank and Asheville Savings Bank, respectively.

 

The following table presents the detail of our foreclosed real estate at each of the past two year ends:

 

$ in thousands

 

  At December 31, 2017     At December 31, 2016  
Vacant land   $ 6,032       3,221  
1-4 family residential properties     4,229       4,345  
Commercial real estate     2,310       1,966  
   Total foreclosed real estate   $ 12,571       9,532  

 

 

Allowance for Loan Losses and Loan Loss Experience

 

The allowance for loan losses is created by direct charges to operations (known as a “provision for loan losses” for the period in which the charge is taken). Losses on loans are charged against the allowance in the period in which such loans, in management’s opinion, become uncollectible. The recoveries realized during the period are credited to this allowance. We consider our procedures for recording the amount of the allowance for loan losses and the related provision for loan losses to be a critical accounting policy. See the heading “Critical Accounting Policies” above for further discussion.

 

The factors that influence management’s judgment in determining the amount charged to operating expense include recent loan loss experience, composition of the loan portfolio, evaluation of probable inherent losses and current economic conditions.

 

We use a loan analysis and grading program to facilitate our evaluation of probable inherent loan losses and the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses. In this program, credit risk grades are assigned by management and tested by an independent third-party consulting firm. The testing program includes an evaluation of a sample of new loans, loans we identify as having potential credit weaknesses, loans past due 90 days or more, loans originated by new loan officers, nonaccrual loans and any other loans identified during previous regulatory and other examinations.

 

We strive to maintain our loan portfolio in accordance with what management believes are conservative loan underwriting policies that result in loans specifically tailored to the needs of our market areas. Every effort is made to identify and minimize the credit risks associated with such lending strategies. We have no foreign loans, few agricultural loans and do not engage in significant lease financing or highly leveraged transactions. Commercial loans are diversified among a variety of industries. The majority of loans captioned in the tables discussed below as “real estate” loans are personal and commercial loans where real estate provides additional security for the loan. Collateral for virtually all of these loans is located within our principal market area.

 

The total allowance for loan losses amounted to $23.3 million at December 31, 2017 compared to $23.8 million at December 31, 2016 and $28.6 million at December 31, 2015.

 

Our allowance for loan loss is a mathematical model with the primary factors impacting this model being loan growth, net charge-off history, and asset quality trends. Our allowance for loan loss model utilizes the net charge-offs

58  

Table of Contents  

experienced in the most recent years as a significant component of estimating the current allowance for loan losses that is necessary. Thus, older years (and parts thereof) systematically age out and are excluded from the analysis as time goes on. In 2015, a prolonged period of stable and improving loan quality trends following the recession resulted in generally lower provisions for loan losses that were needed to adjust our allowance for loan losses to the appropriate amount. This had the impact of bringing our overall allowance for loan loss level on non-covered loans down to a more normalized level, amounting to 1.11% at December 31, 2015, following the elevated amounts we maintained during and immediately following the recession. The impaired loan quality trends were also the primary reason for the provision for loan losses on non-covered loans declining from $7.1 million in 2014 to $2.0 million in 2015. These same factors continued in 2016 and 2017 and were further impacted by net charge-offs that declined significantly, amounting to only $3.7 million in 2016 and $1.2 million in 2017 compared to over $10 million in the immediately preceding years.

 

The ratio of our allowance to total loans was 0.58%, 0.88%, and 1.13% at December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. The decline in this ratio from December 31, 2015 to December 31, 2016 was a result of the factors discussed above that impacted our relatively low levels of provision for loan losses. The decline in 2017 was primarily due to the acquisitions of Carolina Bank and Asheville Savings Bank, which had over $1 billion in total loans. Applicable accounting guidance did not allow us to record an allowance for loan losses upon the acquisition of loans – instead the acquired loans were recorded at their discounted fair value, which included the consideration of any expected losses. No allowance for loan losses will be recorded for the acquired loans until the expected credit losses exceed the remaining unamortized discounts – based on an individual basis for purchased credit impaired loans and on a pooled basis for performing acquired loans. See Critical Accounting Policies above for further discussion. Unaccreted discount, which is available to absorb loan losses, amounted to $26.9 million, $12.7 million, and $15.3 million at December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016, and December 31, 2015, respectively. The ratios of allowance for loan losses plus unaccreted discount were 1.24%, 1.35%, and 1.74% at December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016, and December 31, 2015, respectively.

 

Table 13 sets forth the allocation of the allowance for loan losses at the dates indicated. The amount of the unallocated portion of the allowance for loan losses increased in 2017 due to a higher level of allowance resulting from management qualitative analysis. The allowance for loan losses is available to absorb losses in all categories.

 

Management considers the allowance for loan losses adequate to cover probable loan losses on the loans outstanding as of each reporting date. It must be emphasized, however, that the determination of the allowance using our procedures and methods rests upon various judgments and assumptions about economic conditions and other factors affecting loans. No assurance can be given that we will not in any particular period sustain loan losses that are sizable in relation to the amount reserved or that subsequent evaluations of the loan portfolio, in light of conditions and factors then prevailing, will not require significant changes in the allowance for loan losses or future charges to earnings.

 

In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the allowance for loan losses and losses on foreclosed real estate. Such agencies may require us to recognize additions to the allowance based on the examiners’ judgments about information available to them at the time of their examinations.

 

For the years indicated, Table 14 summarizes our balances of loans outstanding, average loans outstanding, and a detailed rollforward of the allowance for loan losses.

 

Net loan charge-offs of total loans amounted to $1.2 million in 2017, $3.7 million in 2016, and $11.3 million in 2015. Net loan charge-offs of non-covered loans amounted to $1.2 million in 2017, $5.4 million in 2016, and $13.6 million in 2015. The trend of lower net charge-offs is associated with lower levels of nonperforming loans that have been impacted with improvements in the economy and real estate prices.

 

We recorded ($1.7 million), and ($2.3 million) in net charge-offs (recoveries) of covered loans during 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

59  

Table of Contents  

 

Deposits

 

At December 31, 2017, deposits outstanding amounted to $4.41 billion, an increase of $1.46 billion from the $2.95 billion at December 31, 2016. During 2017, we acquired Carolina Bank with $585.4 million in deposits and Asheville Savings Bank with $679.1 million in deposits. We also experienced organic growth totaling $195.1 million in 2017, with the majority of our growth occurring in noninterest-bearing checking accounts. Our higher cost retail time deposits declined by $50.4 million in 2017. Total brokered deposits amounted to $239.7 million at December 31, 2017, which is a 75.6% increase from the $136.5 million outstanding a year earlier. The increased usage of brokered deposits was necessary because of organic loan growth that exceeded deposit growth. This imbalance of growth is largely associated with our recent growth and expansion into the larger markets of North Carolina – Charlotte, Greensboro and Raleigh. When initially entering markets such as these, our experience has been that we are able to capture loan market share faster than deposit market share.

 

At December 31, 2016, deposits outstanding amounted to $2.95 billion, an increase of $136 million from the $2.81 billion at December 31, 2015. Similar to 2017, during 2016 we experienced strong growth in our noninterest-bearing and interest-bearing checking accounts, and declines in our higher cost time deposits.

 

The nature of our deposit growth is illustrated in the table on page 52. The following table reflects the mix of our deposits at each of the past three year ends:

 

    2017   2016   2015
Noninterest-bearing checking accounts   27%   26%   23%
Interest-bearing checking accounts   20%   21%   22%
Money market deposits   22%   23%   23%
Savings deposits   10%   7%   7%
Brokered deposits   6%   5%   3%
Time deposits > $100,000 – retail   8%   10%   12%
Time deposits < $100,000 – retail   7%   8%   10%
    Total deposits   100%   100%   100%

 

Our deposit mix has shifted over the past few years to a heavier concentration in transaction accounts and less concentration in time deposits. The percentages for retail time deposits have declined because of a combination of 1) customers shifting their matured time deposits into checking accounts because of a steadily shrinking gap between the interest rates that the two products pay and 2) because of satisfactory levels of liquidity and the availability of brokered deposits and borrowings, we chose not to match certain promotional time deposit interest rates being offered by local competitors.

 

We routinely engage in activities designed to grow and retain deposits, such as (1) emphasizing relationship banking to new and existing customers, where borrowers are encouraged and normally expected to maintain deposit accounts with us, (2) pricing deposits at rate levels that will attract and/or retain deposits, and (3) continually working to identify and introduce new products that will attract customers or enhance our appeal as a primary provider of financial services.

 

Table 15 presents the average amounts of our deposits and the average yield paid for those deposits for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015.

 

As of December 31, 2017, we held approximately $593.1 million in time deposits of $100,000 or more. Table 16 is a maturity schedule of time deposits of $100,000 or more as of December 31, 2017. This table shows that 70% of our time deposits greater than $100,000 mature within one year.

 

At each of the past three year ends, we have no deposits issued through foreign offices, nor do we believe that we held any deposits by foreign depositors.

 

60  

Table of Contents  

Borrowings

 

Our borrowings outstanding totaled $407.5 million at December 31, 2017, $271.4 million at December 31, 2016, and $186.4 million at December 31, 2015. In 2017, 2016 and 2015, we obtained net new borrowings of $87 million, $85 million and $70 million, respectively, from a low cost funding source to help support our loan growth experienced during the years. Also, during 2017, we acquired Carolina Bank and Asheville Savings Bank. Carolina Bank had $11.5 million in low-cost borrowings, with a fair value of $11.3 million at acquisition date, and $10.3 million in trust preferred security debt, with a fair value of $7.2 million at acquisition date. Asheville Savings Bank had $20.0 million in low-cost borrowings, with a fair value of $20.0 million at acquisition date.

 

Table 2 shows that average borrowings were $325.9 million in 2017, $209.7 million in 2016, and $149.8 million in 2015.

 

At December 31, 2017, the Company had three sources of readily available borrowing capacity – 1) an approximately $936 million line of credit with the FHLB, of which $354 million and $225 million was outstanding at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, 2) a $35 million federal funds line of credit with a correspondent bank, of which none was outstanding at December 31, 2017 or 2016, and 3) an approximately $109 million line of credit through the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond’s (“FRB”) discount window, of which none was outstanding at December 31, 2017 or 2016.

 

Our line of credit with the FHLB can be structured as either short-term or long-term borrowings, depending on the particular funding or liquidity need, and is secured by our FHLB stock and a blanket lien on most of our real estate loan portfolio. For the year ended December 31, 2017, the average amount of FHLB borrowings outstanding was approximately $273.8 million with a weighted average interest rate for the year of 1.19%. The maximum amount of short-term FHLB borrowings outstanding at any month-end during 2017 was $354 million. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the average amount of FHLB borrowings outstanding was approximately $163 million with a weighted average interest rate for the year of 0.75%. The maximum amount of short-term FHLB borrowings outstanding at any month-end during 2016 was $225 million.

 

In addition to any outstanding borrowings from the FHLB that reduce the available borrowing capacity of the line of credit, our borrowing capacity was further reduced by $198 million and $193 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, as a result of our pledging letters of credit backed by the FHLB for public deposits at each of those dates.

 

Our correspondent bank relationship allows us to purchase up to $35 million in federal funds on an overnight, unsecured basis (federal funds purchased). We had no borrowings under this line at December 31, 2017 or 2016. There were no federal funds purchased outstanding at any month-end during 2017 or 2016.

 

We also have a line of credit with the FRB discount window. This line is secured by a blanket lien on a portion of our commercial and consumer loan portfolio (excluding real estate loans). Based on the collateral that we owned as of December 31, 2017, the available line of credit was approximately $109 million. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, we had no borrowings outstanding under this line.

 

In addition to the lines of credit described above, we also had a total of $56.7 million in trust preferred security debt outstanding at December 31, 2017 and 2016. We have initiated three trust preferred security issuances since 2002 totaling $67.0 million, with one of those issuances for $20.6 million being redeemed in 2007. These borrowings each have 30 year final maturities and were structured in a manner that allows them to qualify as capital for regulatory capital adequacy requirements. We may call these debt securities at par on any quarterly interest payment date five years after their issue date. We issued $20.6 million of this debt on October 29, 2002 (which we called in 2007), an additional $20.6 million on December 19, 2003, and $25.8 million on April 13, 2006. The interest rate on these debt securities adjusts on a quarterly basis at a rate of three-month LIBOR plus 2.70% for the securities issued in 2003, and three-month LIBOR plus 1.39% for the securities issued in 2006.

 

61  

Table of Contents  

In 2017, we assumed $10.3 million in trust preferred security debt in our acquisition of Carolina Bank. This borrowing has a 30 year final maturity and was structured in a manner that allows them to qualify for regulatory capital adequacy requirements. These debt securities are currently callable by the Company at par on any quarterly interest payment date. The interest rate on these debt securities adjusts on a quarterly basis of three-month LIBOR plus 2.00%.

 

Liquidity, Commitments, and Contingencies

 

Our liquidity is determined by our ability to convert assets to cash or to acquire alternative sources of funds to meet the needs of our customers who are withdrawing or borrowing funds, and our ability to maintain required reserve levels, pay expenses and operate the Company on an ongoing basis. Our primary liquidity sources are net income from operations, cash and due from banks, federal funds sold and other short-term investments. Our securities portfolio is comprised almost entirely of readily marketable securities which could also be sold to provide cash.

 

As noted above, in addition to internally generated liquidity sources, at December 31, 2017, we had the ability to obtain borrowings from the following three sources – 1) an approximately $936 million line of credit with the FHLB, 2) a $35 million federal funds line with a correspondent bank, and 3) an approximately $109 million line of credit through the FRB’s discount window.

 

Our overall liquidity increased in 2017 compared to 2016. Our liquid assets (cash and securities) as a percentage of our total deposits and borrowings amounted to 19.8% at December 31, 2016 to 20.0% at December 31, 2017.

 

We continue to believe our liquidity sources, including unused lines of credit, are at an acceptable level and remain adequate to meet our operating needs in the foreseeable future. We will continue to monitor our liquidity position carefully and will explore and implement strategies to increase liquidity if deemed appropriate.

 

In the normal course of business we have various outstanding contractual obligations that will require future cash outflows. In addition, there are commitments and contingent liabilities, such as commitments to extend credit, that may or may not require future cash outflows.

 

Table 18 reflects our contractual obligations and other commercial commitments outstanding as of December 31, 2017. Any of our $354 million in outstanding borrowings with the FHLB may be accelerated immediately by the FHLB in certain circumstances, including material adverse changes in our condition or if our qualifying collateral is less than the amount required under the terms of the borrowing agreement.

 

In the normal course of business there are various outstanding commitments and contingent liabilities such as commitments to extend credit, which are not reflected in the financial statements. The following table presents a summary of our outstanding loan commitments as of December 31, 2017:

 

($ in millions)                  
                   
Type of Commitment   Fixed Rate     Variable Rate     Total  
Outstanding closed-end loan commitments   $ 225       456       681  
Unfunded commitments on revolving lines of credit, credit cards and home equity loans     144       513       657  
     Total   $ 369       969       1,338  

 

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, we also had $15.2 million and $12.7 million, respectively, in standby letters of credit outstanding. We had no carrying amount for these standby letters of credit at either of those dates. The nature of the standby letters of credit is that of a guarantee made on behalf of our customers to suppliers of the customers to guarantee payments owed to the supplier by the customer. The standby letters of credit are generally for terms of one year, at which time they may be renewed for another year if both parties agree. The payment of the guarantees would generally be triggered by a continued nonpayment of an obligation owed by the customer to the supplier. The maximum potential amount of future payments (undiscounted) we could be required to make under the guarantees

62  

Table of Contents  

in the event of nonperformance by the parties to whom credit or financial guarantees have been extended is represented by the contractual amount of the financial instruments discussed above. In the event that we are required to honor a standby letter of credit, a note, already executed by the customer, becomes effective providing repayment terms and any collateral. Over the past two years, we have had to honor only a few standby letters of credit, none of which resulted in any loss to the Company. We expect any draws under existing commitments to be funded through normal operations.

 

It has been our experience that deposit withdrawals are generally able to be replaced with new deposits when needed. Based on that assumption, management believes that it can meet its contractual cash obligations and existing commitments from normal operations.

 

We are not involved in any legal proceedings that, in management’s opinion, are likely to have a material effect on the consolidated financial position of the Company.

 

Capital Resources and Shareholders’ Equity

 

Shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2017 amounted to $693.0 million compared to $368.1 million at December 31, 2016 and $342.2 million at December 31, 2015. The two basic components that typically have the largest impact on our shareholders’ equity are net income, which increases shareholders’ equity, and dividends declared, which decrease shareholders’ equity. Additionally, any stock issuances (redemptions) can significantly increase (decrease) shareholders’ equity.

 

In 2017, the most significant factors that impacted our equity were 1) the issuances of $284.2 million of common stock in connection with two bank acquisitions, which increased equity, 2) the $46.0 million net income reported for 2017, which increased equity, and 3) common stock dividends declared of $8.3 million, which reduced equity. With the acquisition of Carolina Bank in March 2017, we assumed a deferred compensation plan for certain members of Carolina Bank’s board of directors that is fully funded by underlying Company stock, which was valued at $7.7 million on the date of acquisition. Subsequent to the acquisition in 2017, approximately $4.1 million of the deferred compensation was paid to the plan participants. See the Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity within the consolidated financial statements for disclosure of other less significant items affecting shareholders’ equity.

 

In 2016, the most significant factors that impacted our equity were 1) the $27.5 million net income reported for 2016, which increased equity, 2) common stock dividends declared of $6.5 million, which reduced equity, and 3) issuances of $5.5 million of common stock in connection with two acquisitions, which increased equity.

 

Also, on December 22, 2016, we exchanged 728,706 shares of preferred stock for the same number of shares of our common stock, which resulted in $7.3 million in shareholders’ equity shifting from preferred stock to common stock, but did not affect our total amount of equity. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, we have no shares of preferred stock outstanding.

 

In 2015, the most significant factors that impacted our equity were 1) the $63.5 million redemption of our Series B Preferred Stock issued to the U.S. Treasury in 2011 under the Small Business Lending Fund, which reduced equity (see Note 19 to our consolidated financial statements), 2) the $27.0 million net income reported for 2015, which increased equity, and 3) common stock dividends declared of $6.3 million, which reduced equity. Another factor negatively impacting equity in 2015 was a $2.7 million decrease in accumulated other comprehensive income that was caused primarily by an increase in our pension liability. The increase in the pension liability was primarily due to underperformance of our pension plan assets during 2015.

 

In addition to shareholders’ equity, we have supplemented our capital in past years with trust preferred security debt issuances, which because of their structure qualify as regulatory capital. This was necessary in past years because our balance sheet growth outpaced the growth rate of our capital. Additionally, we have purchased several bank branches over the years that resulted in our recording intangible assets, which negatively impacted regulatory capital

63  

Table of Contents  

ratios. As discussed in “Borrowings” above, we currently have $56.7 million in trust preferred securities outstanding, all of which qualify as Tier I capital under both current and forthcoming regulatory standards.

 

We are not aware of any recommendations of regulatory authorities or otherwise which, if they were to be implemented, would have a material effect on our liquidity, capital resources, or operations.

 

The Company and the Bank must comply with regulatory capital requirements established by the Federal Reserve. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary, actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

 

Common Equity Tier I capital (“CET1”) is comprised of common stock and related surplus, plus retained earnings, and is reduced by goodwill and other intangible assets, net of associated deferred tax liabilities. Tier I capital is comprised of CET1 capital plus Additional Tier I capital, which for the Company includes non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock and trust preferred securities. Total capital is comprised of Tier I capital plus certain adjustments, the largest of which for the Company and the Bank is the allowance for loan losses. Risk-weighted assets refer to the on- and off-balance sheet exposures of the Company and the Bank, adjusted for their related risk levels using formulas set forth in Federal Reserve regulations.

 

Under the Basel III Capital Rules, the following were the initial minimum capital ratios applicable to the Company and the Bank as of January 1, 2015:

 

· 4.5% CET1 to risk-weighted assets;
· 6.0% Tier I capital (that is, CET1 plus Additional Tier I capital) to risk-weighted assets;
· 8.0% total capital (that is, Tier I capital plus Tier II capital) to risk-weighted assets; and
· 4.0% Tier I leverage ratio (that is Tier I capital) to quarterly average total assets.

 

The Basel III Capital Rules include a “capital conservation buffer,” composed entirely of CET1, on top of these minimum risk-weighted asset ratios. The capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress. Banking institutions with a ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets above the minimum but below the capital conservation buffer will face constraints on dividends, equity repurchases and compensation based on the amount of the shortfall. The implementation of the capital conservation buffer began on January 1, 2016 at 0.625% and will be phased in over a four-year period (increasing by that amount on each subsequent January 1, until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019). Thus, when fully phased-in on January 1, 2019, the Company and the Bank will be required to maintain this additional capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of CET1, resulting in the following minimum capital ratios:

 

· 4.5% CET1 to risk-weighted assets, plus the capital conservation buffer, effectively resulting in a minimum ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 7%;
· 6.0% Tier I capital to risk-weighted assets, plus the capital conservation buffer, effectively resulting in a minimum Tier I capital ratio of at least 8.5%;
· 8.0% total capital to risk-weighted assets, plus the capital conservation buffer, effectively resulting in a minimum total capital ratio of at least 10.5%; and
· 4.0% Tier I leverage ratio

 

In addition to the minimum capital requirements described above, the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action also contains specific capital guidelines for a bank’s classification as “well capitalized.” The current specific guidelines are as follows:

 

· CET1 Capital Ratio of at least 6.50%;
· Tier I Capital Ratio of at least 8.00%;
· Total Capital Ratio of at least 10.00%; and a
· Leverage Ratio of at least 5.00%

 

64  

Table of Contents  

If a bank falls below “well capitalized” status in any of these three ratios, it must ask for FDIC permission to originate or renew brokered deposits. The Bank’s regulatory ratios exceeded the threshold for “well-capitalized” status at December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 – see Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements for a table that presents the Bank’s regulatory ratios.

 

Table 21 presents our regulatory capital ratios as of December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015. All of our capital ratios have significantly exceeded the minimum regulatory thresholds for all periods covered by this report.

 

In this economic environment, our goal is to maintain our capital ratios at levels at least 200 basis points higher than the “well capitalized” thresholds set for banks. At December 31, 2017, our total risk-based capital ratio was 12.50% compared to the 10.00% “well capitalized” threshold.

 

In addition to regulatory capital ratios, we also closely monitor our ratio of tangible common equity to tangible assets (“TCE Ratio”). Our TCE Ratio was 8.23% at December 31, 2017 compared to 8.16% at December 31, 2016.

 

See “Supervision and Regulation” under “Business” above and Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements for discussion of other matters that may affect our capital resources.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Derivative Financial Instruments

 

Off-balance sheet arrangements include transactions, agreements, or other contractual arrangements pursuant to which we have obligations or provide guarantees on behalf of an unconsolidated entity. We have no off-balance sheet arrangements of this kind other than letters of credit and repayment guarantees associated with our trust preferred securities.

 

Derivative financial instruments include futures, forwards, interest rate swaps, options contracts, and other financial instruments with similar characteristics. We have not engaged in significant derivatives activities through December 31, 2017 and have no current plans to do so.

 

Return on Assets and Equity

 

Table 20 shows return on average assets (net income available to common shareholders divided by average total assets), return on average common equity (net income available to common shareholders divided by average common shareholders’ equity), dividend payout ratio (dividends per share divided by net income per common share) and shareholders’ equity to assets ratio (average total shareholders’ equity divided by average total assets) for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2017.

 

Interest Rate Risk (Including Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk – Item 7A.)

 

Net interest income is our most significant component of earnings. Notwithstanding changes in volumes of loans and deposits, our level of net interest income is continually at risk due to the effect that changes in general market interest rate trends have on interest yields earned and paid with respect to our various categories of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. It is our policy to maintain portfolios of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities with maturities and repricing opportunities that will afford protection, to the extent practical, against wide interest rate fluctuations. Our exposure to interest rate risk is analyzed on a regular basis by management using standard GAP reports, maturity reports, and an asset/liability software model that simulates future levels of interest income and expense based on current interest rates, expected future interest rates, and various intervals of “shock” interest rates. Over the years, we have been able to maintain a fairly consistent yield on average earning assets (net interest margin). Over the past five calendar years, our net interest margin has ranged from a low of 4.03% (realized in 2016) to a high of 4.92% (realized in 2013). Up until the end of 2015, the prime rate of interest had remained at 3.25% since 2008. In response to Federal Reserve actions, the prime rate increased to 3.50% on December 17, 2015 and to 3.75% on December 15, 2016. In 2017, the Federal Reserve steadily increased the prime rate three additional times, up to 4.50% (the rate at December 31, 2017). The consistency of the net interest margin is aided by the relatively low level

65  

Table of Contents  

of long-term interest rate exposure that we maintain. At December 31, 2017, approximately 78% of our interest-earning assets are subject to repricing within five years (because they are either adjustable rate assets or they are fixed rate assets that mature) and substantially all of our interest-bearing liabilities reprice within five years.

 

Table 17 sets forth our interest rate sensitivity analysis as of December 31, 2017, using stated maturities for all fixed rate instruments except mortgage-backed securities (which are allocated in the periods of their expected payback) and securities and borrowings with call features that are expected to be called (which are shown in the period of their expected call). As illustrated by this table, at December 31, 2017, we had $1.3 billion more in interest-bearing liabilities that are subject to interest rate changes within one year than earning assets. This generally would indicate that net interest income would experience downward pressure in a rising interest rate environment and would benefit from a declining interest rate environment. However, this method of analyzing interest sensitivity only measures the magnitude of the timing differences and does not address earnings, market value, or management actions. Also, interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest rates, while interest rates on other types may lag behind changes in market rates. In addition to the effects of “when” various rate-sensitive products reprice, market rate changes may not result in uniform changes in rates among all products. For example, included in interest-bearing liabilities subject to interest rate changes within one year at December 31, 2017 are deposits totaling $2.3 billion comprised of checking, savings, and certain types of money market deposits with interest rates set by management. These types of deposits historically have not repriced with, or in the same proportion, as general market indicators.

 

Overall, we believe that in the near term (twelve months), net interest income will not likely experience significant downward pressure from rising interest rates. Similarly, we would not expect a significant increase in near term net interest income from falling interest rates. Generally, when rates change, our interest-sensitive assets that are subject to adjustment reprice immediately at the full amount of the change, while our interest-sensitive liabilities that are subject to adjustment reprice at a lag to the rate change and typically not to the full extent of the rate change. In the short-term (less than six months), this results in us being asset-sensitive, meaning that our net interest income benefits from an increase in interest rates and is negatively impacted by a decrease in interest rates. However, in the twelve-month horizon, the impact of having a higher level of interest-sensitive liabilities lessens the short-term effects of changes in interest rates.

 

The general discussion in the foregoing paragraph applies most directly in a “normal” interest rate environment in which longer-term maturity instruments carry higher interest rates than short-term maturity instruments, and is less applicable in periods in which there is a “flat” interest rate curve. A “flat yield curve” means that short-term interest rates are substantially the same as long-term interest rates. As a result of the prolonged negative/fragile economic environment, the Federal Reserve took steps to suppress long-term interest rates in an effort to boost the housing market, increase employment, and stimulate the economy, which resulted in a flat interest rate curve. A flat interest rate curve is an unfavorable interest rate environment for many banks, including the Company, as short-term interest rates generally drive our deposit pricing and longer-term interest rates generally drive loan pricing. When these rates converge, the profit spread we realize between loan yields and deposit rates narrows, which pressures our net interest margin.

 

While there have been periods in the last few years that the yield curve has steepened somewhat, it currently remains relatively flat. This flat yield curve and the intense competition for high-quality loans in our market areas have limited our ability to charge higher rates on loans, and thus we continue to experience challenges to increasing our loan yields and net interest margin.

 

As it relates to deposits, the Federal Reserve made no changes to the short term interest rates it sets directly from 2008 until mid-December 2015, and since that time we have been able to reprice many of our maturing time deposits at lower interest rates. We were also able to generally decrease the rates we paid on other categories of deposits as a result of declining short-term interest rates in the marketplace and an increase in liquidity that lessened our need to offer premium interest rates. However, as our average funding rate approached zero several years ago, meaningful further declines were not possible. Thus far, the five interest rate increases initiated by the Federal Reserve over the

66  

Table of Contents  

past two years have not resulted in significant competitive pressure to increase deposit rates, but we expect the competitive pressures to increase.

 

As previously discussed in the section “Net Interest Income,” our net interest income has been impacted by certain purchase accounting adjustments related to the acquired banks. The purchase accounting adjustments related to the premium amortization on loans, deposits and borrowings are based on amortization schedules and are thus systematic and predictable. The accretion of the loan discount on acquired loans, which amounted to $7.1 million, $4.5 million, and $4.8 million in 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively, is less predictable and could be materially different among periods. This is because of the magnitude of the discounts that are initially recorded and the fact that the accretion being recorded is dependent on both the credit quality of the acquired loans and the impact of any accelerated loan repayments, including payoffs. If the credit quality of the loans declines, some, or all, of the remaining discount will cease to be accreted into income. If the underlying loans experience accelerated paydowns or improved performance expectations, the remaining discount will be accreted into income on an accelerated basis. In the event of total payoff, the remaining discount will be entirely accreted into income in the period of the payoff. Each of these factors is difficult to predict and susceptible to volatility. The remaining loan discount on acquired loans amounted to $26.9 million at December 31, 2017 compared to $12.7 million at December 31, 2016.

 

Based on our most recent interest rate modeling, which assumes two interest rate increases for 2018 (federal funds rate = 2.00%, prime = 5.00%), we project that our net interest margin for 2018 will remain fairly stable. We expect asset yields to increase, and we also expect that we will experience pressure to increase our deposit rates.

 

We have no market risk sensitive instruments held for trading purposes, nor do we maintain any foreign currency positions. Table 19 presents the expected maturities of our other than trading market risk sensitive financial instruments. Table 19 also presents the estimated fair values of market risk sensitive instruments as estimated in accordance with relevant accounting guidance. Our assets and liabilities have estimated fair values that do not materially differ from their carrying amounts.

 

See additional discussion regarding net interest income, as well as discussion of the changes in the annual net interest margin, in the section entitled “Net Interest Income” above.

 

Inflation

 

Because the assets and liabilities of a bank are primarily monetary in nature (payable in fixed determinable amounts), the performance of a bank is affected more by changes in interest rates than by inflation. Interest rates generally increase as the rate of inflation increases, but the magnitude of the change in rates may not be the same. The effect of inflation on banks is normally not as significant as its influence on those businesses that have large investments in plant and inventories. During periods of high inflation, there are normally corresponding increases in the money supply, and banks will normally experience above average growth in assets, loans and deposits. Also, general increases in the price of goods and services will result in increased operating expenses.

 

Current Accounting Matters

 

We prepare our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with standards established by, among others, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”). Because the information needed by users of financial reports is dynamic, the FASB frequently issues new rules and proposes new rules for companies to apply in reporting their activities. See Note 1(v) to our consolidated financial statements for a discussion of recent rule proposals and changes.

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

 

The information responsive to this Item is found in Item 7 under the caption “Interest Rate Risk.”

67  

Table of Contents  

 

Table 1 Selected Consolidated Financial Data

       
($ in thousands, except per share and nonfinancial data)   Year Ended December 31,  
    2017     2016     2015     2014     2013  
Income Statement Data                                        
Interest income   $ 177,382       130,987       126,655       139,832       147,511  
Interest expense     12,671       7,607       6,908       8,223       10,985  
Net interest income     164,711       123,380       119,747       131,609       136,526  
Provision (reversal) for loan losses     723       (23 )     (780 )     10,195       30,616  
Net interest income after provision     163,988       123,403       120,527       121,414       105,910  
Noninterest income     48,908       25,551       18,764       14,368       23,489  
Noninterest expense     145,157       106,821       98,131       97,251       96,619  
Income before income taxes     67,739       42,133       41,160       38,531       32,780  
Income taxes     21,767       14,624       14,126       13,535       12,081  
Net income     45,972       27,509       27,034       24,996       20,699  
Preferred stock dividends           (175 )     (603 )     (868 )     (895 )
Net income available to common shareholders     45,972       27,334       26,431       24,128       19,804  
                                         
Earnings per common share – basic     1.82       1.37       1.34       1.22       1.01  
Earnings per common share – diluted     1.82       1.33       1.30       1.19       0.98  
                                         
                                         
Per Share Data (Common)                                        
Cash dividends declared – common   $ 0.32       0.32       0.32       0.32       0.32  
Market Price                                        
High     41.76       28.49       19.92       19.65       17.39  
Low     26.47       17.15       15.00       15.55       11.98  
Close     35.31       27.14       18.74       18.47       16.62  
Stated book value – common     23.38       17.66       16.96       16.08       15.30  
Tangible book value – common     14.69       13.85       13.56       12.63       11.81  
                                         
                                         
Selected Balance Sheet Data (at year end)                                        
Total assets   $ 5,547,037       3,614,862       3,362,065       3,218,383       3,185,070  
Loans – non-covered     4,042,369       2,710,712       2,416,285       2,268,580       2,252,885  
Loans – covered (1)                 102,641       127,594       210,309  
Total loans     4,042,369       2,710,712       2,518,926       2,396,174       2,463,194  
Allowance for loan losses     23,298       23,781       28,583       40,626       48,505  
Intangible assets     257,507       79,475       67,171       67,893       68,669  
Deposits     4,406,955       2,947,353       2,811,285       2,695,906       2,751,019  
Borrowings     407,543       271,394       186,394       116,394       46,394  
Total shareholders’ equity     692,979       368,101       342,190       387,699       371,922  
                                         
                                         
Selected Average Balances                                        
Assets   $ 4,590,786       3,422,267       3,230,302       3,219,915       3,208,458  
Loans     3,420,939       2,603,327       2,434,602       2,434,331       2,419,679  
Earning assets     4,101,949       3,108,918       2,936,624       2,907,098       2,805,112  
Deposits     3,696,730       2,827,513       2,687,381       2,723,758       2,779,032  
Interest-bearing liabilities     3,025,401       2,324,823       2,218,246       2,294,330       2,380,747  
Shareholders’ equity     533,205       360,715       376,287       383,055       362,770  
                                         
                                         
Ratios                                        
Return on average assets     1.00%       0.80%       0.82%       0.75%       0.62%  
Return on average common equity     8.62%       7.73%       8.04%       7.73%       6.78%  
Net interest margin (taxable-equivalent basis)     4.08%       4.03%       4.13%       4.58%       4.92%  
Tangible common equity to tangible assets     8.23%       8.16%       8.13%       7.90%       7.46%  
Loans to deposits at year end     91.73%       91.97%       89.60%       88.88%       89.54%  
Allowance for loan losses to total loans     0.58%       0.88%       1.13%       1.70%       1.97%  
Allowance for loan losses to total loans – non-covered (1)     0.58%       0.88%       1.11%       1.69%       1.96%  
Nonperforming assets to total assets at year end     0.96%       1.64%       2.66%       3.54%       4.79%  
Nonperforming assets to total assets – non-covered (1)     0.96%       1.64%       2.37%       3.09%       2.78%  
Net charge-offs to average total loans     0.04%       0.14%       0.46%       0.74%       1.18%  
                                         
                                         
Nonfinancial Data – number of branches     104       88       88       87       96  
Nonfinancial Data – number of employees (FTEs)     1,140       834       812       798       855  

 

  (1) Effective September 22, 2016, all FDIC loss share agreements were terminated, and accordingly, assets previously covered under those agreements became non-covered on that date.

68  

Table of Contents  

Table 2 Average Balances and Net Interest Income Analysis

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2017     2016     2015  

 

 

($ in thousands)

  Average
Volume
    Avg.
Rate
    Interest
Earned
or Paid
    Average
Volume
    Avg.
Rate
    Interest
Earned
or Paid
    Average
Volume
    Avg.
Rate
    Interest
Earned
or Paid
 
Assets                                                                        
Loans (1) (2)   $ 3,420,939       4.79%     $ 163,738     $ 2,603,327       4.66%     $ 121,322     $ 2,434,602       4.84%     $ 117,872  
Taxable securities     302,892       2.74%       8,310       298,083       2.36%       7,034       296,181       2.13%       6,296  
Non-taxable securities (3)     56,065       7.61%       4,267       49,986       7.61%       3,802       52,449       6.60%       3,463  
Short-term investments, primarily overnight funds     322,053       1.14%       3,657       157,522       0.56%       883       153,392       0.43%       658  
Total interest-
earning assets
    4,101,949       4.39%       179,972       3,108,918       4.28%       133,041       2,936,624       4.37%       128,289  
Cash and due from banks     79,025                       59,835                       61,212                  
Bank premises and equipment, net     98,216                       76,418                       75,452                  
Other assets     311,596                       177,096                       157,014                  
Total assets   $ 4,590,786                     $ 3,422,267                     $ 3,230,302                  
                                                                         
Liabilities and Equity                                                                        
Interest-bearing checking accounts   $ 722,286       0.07%     $ 477     $ 583,786       0.06%     $ 360     $ 568,329       0.06%     $ 335  
Money market accounts     825,015       0.19%       1,569       657,211       0.18%       1,160       582,407       0.13%       765  
Savings accounts     385,967       0.19%       715       200,093       0.05%       100       184,821       0.05%       92  
Time deposits >$100,000     504,349       0.79%       4,005       405,220       0.65%       2,654       410,692       0.70%       2,856  
Other time deposits     261,910       0.30%       778       268,854       0.33%       896       322,205       0.39%       1,271  
     Total interest-bearing deposits     2,699,527       0.28%       7,544       2,115,164       0.24%       5,170       2,068,454       0.26%       5,319  
Borrowings     325,874       1.57%       5,127       209,659       1.16%       2,437       149,792       1.06%       1,589  
Total interest- bearing liabilities     3,025,401       0.42%       12,671       2,324,823       0.33%       7,607       2,218,246       0.31%       6,908  
Noninterest-bearing checking accounts     997,203                       712,349                       618,927                  
Other liabilities     34,977                       24,380                       16,842                  
Shareholders’ equity     533,205                       360,715                       376,287                  
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 4,590,786                     $ 3,422,267                     $ 3,230,302                  
Net yield on interest- earning assets and net interest income             4.08%     $ 167,301               4.03%     $ 125,434               4.13%     $ 121,381  
Interest rate spread             3.97%                       3.95%                       4.06%          
                                                                         
Average prime rate             4.10%                       3.51%                       3.26%          

 

(1) Average loans include nonaccruing loans, the effect of which is to lower the average rate shown. Interest earned includes recognized net loan fees (costs) in the amounts of $536, ($457), and ($39) for 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.
(2) Includes accretion of discount on covered loans of $7,076, $4,451, and $4,751 in 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.
(3) Includes tax-equivalent adjustments of $2,590, $2,054, and $1,634 in 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively, to reflect the federal and state tax benefit of the tax-exempt securities (using a 37.6% combined tax rate), reduced by the related nondeductible portion of interest expense.

69  

Table of Contents  

Table 3 Volume and Rate Variance Analysis

    Year Ended December 31, 2017     Year Ended December 31, 2016  
    Change Attributable to           Change Attributable to        

 

 

($ in thousands)

  Changes
in Volumes
    Changes
in Rates
    Total
Increase
(Decrease)
    Changes
in Volumes
    Changes
in Rates
    Total
Increase
(Decrease)
 
Interest income (tax-equivalent):                                                
     Loans   $ 38,618       3,798       42,416       8,016       (4,566 )     3,450  
     Taxable securities     123       1,153       1,276       43       695       738  
     Non-taxable securities     463       2       465       (175 )     514       339  
Short-term investments, primarily overnight funds     1,395       1,379       2,774       20       205       225  
               Total interest income     40,599       6,332       46,931       7,904       (3,152 )     4,752  
                                                 
Interest expense:                                                
     Interest-bearing checking accounts     88       29       117       9       16       25  
     Money market accounts     308       101       409       115       280       395  
     Savings accounts     219       396       615       8             8  
     Time deposits >$100,000     718       633       1,351       (37 )     (165 )     (202 )
     Other time deposits     (22 )     (96 )     (118 )     (194 )     (181 )     (375 )
          Total interest-bearing deposits     1,311       1,063       2,374       (99 )     (50 )     (149 )
     Borrowings     1,590       1,100       2,690       665       183       848  
              Total interest expense     2,901       2,163       5,064       566       133       699  
                                                 
             Net interest income (tax-equivalent)   $ 37,698       4,169       41,867       7,338       (3,285 )     4,053  
                                                 

Changes attributable to both volume and rate are allocated equally between rate and volume variances.

 

Table 4 Noninterest Income

    Year Ended December 31,  
($ in thousands)   2017     2016     2015  
                   
Service charges on deposit accounts   $ 11,862       10,571       11,648  
Other service charges, commissions, and fees     14,610       11,913       10,906  
Fees from presold mortgages     5,695       2,033       2,532  
Commissions from sales of insurance and financial products     5,300       3,790       2,580  
SBA consulting fees     4,024       3,199        
SBA loan sale gains     5,479       1,433        
Bank owned life insurance income     2,321       2,052       1,665  
     Total core noninterest income     49,291       34,991       29,331  
Foreclosed property gains (losses), net – non-covered     (531 )     (1,495 )     (2,504 )
Foreclosed property gains (losses), net – covered           870       1,018  
FDIC Indemnification asset income (expense), net           (10,255 )     (8,615 )
Securities gains (losses), net     (235 )     3       (1 )
Gain on branch sale           1,466        
Other gains (losses), net     383       (29 )     (465 )
          Total   $ 48,908       25,551       18,764  

 

 

70  

Table of Contents  

 

Table 5 Noninterest Expenses

    Year Ended December 31,  
($ in thousands)   2017     2016     2015  
                   
Salaries   $ 66,786       51,252       47,660  
Employee benefits     14,389       10,812       9,134  
     Total personnel expense     81,175       62,064       56,794  
Occupancy expense     9,661       7,838       7,358  
Equipment related expenses     4,480       3,608       3,749  
Merger and acquisition expenses     8,073       1,431        
Amortization of intangible assets     4,240       1,211       722  
Telephone and data lines     2,470       2,311       2,133  
Outside consultants     2,511       1,700       1,677  
Stationery and supplies     2,399       2,066       2,039  
Data processing expense     2,910       2,010       1,935  
FDIC insurance expense     2,350       2,009       2,394  
Marketing expense     2,549       1,999       1,674  
Repossession and collection expenses     1,736       1,934       2,113  
Software license expense     1,969       1,604       1,710  
Legal and audit     1,497       1,408       1,689  
Non-credit losses     887       1,164       360  
Other operating expenses     16,250       12,464       11,784  
          Total   $ 145,157       106,821       98,131  
                         

 

Table 6 Income Taxes

($ in thousands)   2017     2016     2015  
                   
Current     - Federal   $ 11,286       12,827       9,149  
                 - State     1,996       1,679       1,436  
Deferred   - Federal     7,742       16       3,205  
                 - State     743       102       336  
     Total tax expense   $ 21,767       14,624       14,126  
                         
Effective tax rate     32.1%       34.7%       34.3%  
                         

 

71  

Table of Contents  

 

Table 7 Distribution of Assets and Liabilities

    As of December 31,  
    2017     2016     2015  
Assets                  
     Interest-earning assets                        
        Net loans     73 %     74 %     74 %
        Securities available for sale     6       6       5  
        Securities held to maturity     2       4       5  
        Short-term investments     7       6       7  
           Total interest-earning assets     88       90       91  
                         
     Noninterest-earning assets                        
        Cash and due from banks     2       2       2  
        Premises and equipment     2       2       2  
        FDIC indemnification asset                  
        Intangible assets     5       2       2  
        Foreclosed real estate                  
        Bank-owned life insurance     2       2       2  
        Other assets     1       2       1  
           Total assets     100 %     100 %     100 %
                         
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity                        
     Noninterest-bearing checking accounts     22 %     21 %     20 %
     Interest-bearing checking accounts     16       17       19  
     Money market accounts     18       19       19  
     Savings accounts     8       6       5  
     Time deposits of $100,000 or more     11       12       12  
     Other time deposits     5       7       9  
        Total deposits     80       82       84  
     Borrowings     7       7       5  
     Accrued expenses and other liabilities     1       1       1  
        Total liabilities     88       90       90  
                         
Shareholders’ equity     12       10       10  
        Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity     100 %     100 %     100 %
                         
                         

Table 8 Securities Portfolio Composition

 

    As of December 31,
($ in thousands)   2017   2016   2015
Securities available for sale:                        
     Government-sponsored enterprise securities   $ 13,867       17,490       18,972  
     Mortgage-backed securities     295,213       148,065       121,553  
     Corporate bonds     34,190       33,600       24,946  
     Equity securities           174       143  
             Total securities available for sale     343,270       199,329       165,614  
                         
Securities held to maturity:                        
     Mortgage-backed securities     63,829       80,585       102,509  
     State and local governments     54,674       49,128       52,101  
             Total securities held to maturity     118,503       129,713       154,610  
                         
                       Total securities   $ 461,773       329,042       320,224  
                         
                       Average total securities during year   $ 358,957       348,069       348,630  
 

72  

 

Table 9 Securities Portfolio Maturity Schedule

    As of December 31,
    2017
($ in thousands)   Book
Value
  Fair
Value
  Book
Yield (1)
Securities available for sale:                        
                         
   Government-sponsored enterprise securities                        
        Due after one but within five years   $ 14,000       13,867       2.15 %
              Total     14,000       13,867       2.15 %
                         
   Mortgage-backed securities (2)                        
        Due within one year     5       5       3.83 %
        Due after one but within five years     99,169       98,283       2.23 %
        Due after five but within ten years     183,080       181,576       2.65 %
        Due after ten years     15,436       15,349       2.89 %
              Total     297,690       295,213       2.52 %
                         
   Corporate debt securities                        
        Due after one but within five years     1,007       1,038       3.88 %
        Due after five but within ten years     27,785       28,042       3.44 %
        Due after ten years     5,000       5,110       5.57 %
              Total     33,792       34,190       3.77 %
                         
Total securities available for sale                        
        Due within one year     5       5       3.83 %
        Due after one but within five years     114,176       113,188       2.23 %
        Due after five but within ten years     210,865       209,618       2.75 %
        Due after ten years     20,436       20,459       3.55 %
              Total   $ 345,482       343,270       2.63 %
                         
Securities held to maturity:                        
                         
   Mortgage-backed securities (2)                        
        Due after one but within five years   $ 57,485       56,798       1.99 %
        Due after five but within ten years     6,344       6,294       2.50 %
              Total     63,829       63,092       2.04 %
                         
   State and local governments                        
        Due within one year     2,257       2,258       3.30 %
        Due after one but within five years     23,285       23,795       4.22 %
        Due after five but within ten years     23,502       24,219       4.36 %
        Due after ten years     5,630       5,634       2.61 %
              Total securities held to maturity     54,674       55,906       4.08 %
                         
Total securities held to maturity                        
        Due within one year     2,257       2,258       3.30 %
        Due after one but within five years     80,770       80,593       2.63 %
        Due after five but within ten years     29,846       30,513       3.96 %
        Due after ten years     5,630       5,634       2.61 %
              Total   $ 118,503       118,998       2.98 %

 

 

 

(1) Yields on tax-exempt investments have been adjusted to a taxable equivalent basis using a 36.7% tax rate.
(2) Mortgage-backed securities are shown maturing in the periods consistent with their estimated lives based on expected prepayment speeds.
 

73  

 

Table 10 Loan Portfolio Composition

    As of December 31,
    2017   2016   2015   2014   2013
($ in thousands)   Amount     % of
Total
Loans
  Amount     % of
Total
Loans
  Amount     % of
Total
Loans
  Amount     % of
Total
Loans
  Amount     % of
Total
Loans
Commercial, financial, and agricultural   $ 381,130       10 %   $ 261,813       9 %   $ 202,671       8 %   $ 160,878       7 %   $ 168,469       7 %
Real estate – construction, land development & other land loans     539,020       13 %     354,667       13 %     308,969       12 %     288,148       12 %     305,246       12 %
Real estate – mortgage – residential (1-4 family) first mortgages     972,772       24 %     750,679       28 %     768,559       31 %     789,871       33 %     838,862       34 %
Real estate – mortgage – home equity loans / lines of credit     379,978       9 %     239,105       9 %     232,601       9 %     223,500       9 %     227,907       9 %
Real estate – mortgage – commercial and other     1,696,107       42 %     1,049,460       39 %     957,587       38 %     882,127       37 %     855,249       35 %
Installment loans to individuals     74,348       2 %     55,037       2 %     47,666       2 %     50,704       2 %     66,533       3 %
   Loans, gross     4,043,355       100 %     2,710,761       100 %     2,518,053       100 %     2,395,228       100 %     2,462,266       100 %
Unamortized net deferred loan costs (fees)     (986 )             (49 )             873               946               928          
Total loans   $ 4,042,369             $ 2,710,712             $ 2,518,926             $ 2,396,174             $ 2,463,194          
                                                                                 
 

74  

 

Table 11 Loan Maturities

    As of December 31, 2017  
    Due within
one year
    Due after one year but
within five years
    Due after five
years
    Total  
($ in thousands)   Amount     Yield     Amount     Yield     Amount     Yield     Amount     Yield  
Variable Rate Loans:                                                                
Commercial, financial, and agricultural   $ 73,986       5.16 %   $ 40,711       4.87 %   $ 24,838       4.55 %   $ 139,535       4.97 %
   Real estate – construction only     93,609       5.28 %     70,328       4.43 %     38,939       3.81 %     202,876       4.70 %
   Real estate – all other mortgage     117,003       5.22 %     193,909       4.88 %     468,781       4.25 %     779,693       4.55 %
   Real estate – home equity loans/ line of credit     6,225       4.91 %     67,842       4.84 %     292,007       4.53 %     366,074       4.59 %
   Consumer, primarily installment loans to individuals     2,481       5.87 %     26,366       8.94 %     4,613       6.29 %     33,460       8.35 %
          Total at variable rates     293,304       5.22 %     399,156       5.06 %     829,178       4.35 %     1,521,638       4.70 %
                                                                 
Fixed Rate Loans:                                                                
Commercial, financial, and agricultural     33,077       5.91 %     114,038       4.36 %     91,550       3.02 %     238,665       4.06 %
   Real estate – construction only     72,582       3.97 %     45,575       4.53 %     65,057       4.17 %     183,214       4.18 %
   Real estate – all other mortgage     198,749       5.03 %     1,058,772       4.55 %     777,038       4.21 %     2,034,559       4.47 %
   Consumer, primarily installment loans to individuals     4,345       6.38 %     30,909       4.70 %     8,071       9.80 %     43,325       5.82 %
          Total at fixed rates     308,753       4.89 %     1,249,294       4.54 %     941,716       4.14 %     2,499,763       4.43 %
                                                                 
              Subtotal     602,057       5.05 %     1,648,450       4.67 %     1,770,894       4.24 %     4,021,401       4.53 %
Nonaccrual loans     20,968                                           20,968          
                  Total loans   $ 623,025             $ 1,648,450             $ 1,770,894             $ 4,042,369          

 

The above table is based on contractual scheduled maturities. Early repayment of loans or renewals at maturity are not considered in this table.

 

75  

 

Table 12 Nonperforming Assets

    As of December 31,  
($ in thousands)   2017     2016     2015     2014     2013  
                               
Non-covered nonperforming assets (1)                                        
Nonaccrual loans   $ 20,968       27,468       39,994       50,066       41,938  
Restructured loans - accruing     19,834       22,138       28,011       35,493       27,776  
Accruing loans >90 days past due                              
     Total non-covered nonperforming loans     40,802       49,606       68,005       85,559       69,714  
Foreclosed real estate     12,571       9,532       9,188       9,771       12,251  
     Total non-covered nonperforming assets   $ 53,373       59,138       77,193       95,330       81,965  
                                         
Purchased credit impaired loans not included above (2)   $ 23,165                          
                                         
Covered nonperforming assets (1)                                        
Nonaccrual loans   $             7,816       10,508       37,217  
Restructured loans – accruing                 3,478       5,823       8,909  
Accruing loans >90 days past due                              
     Total covered nonperforming loans                 11,294       16,331       46,126  
Foreclosed real estate                 806       2,350       24,497  
     Total covered nonperforming assets   $             12,100       18,681       70,623  
                                         
Total nonperforming assets   $ 53,373       59,138       89,293       114,011       152,588  
                                         
Asset Quality Ratios – All Assets                                        
Nonperforming loans to total loans     1.01 %     1.83 %     3.15 %     4.25 %     4.70 %
Nonperforming assets to total loans and foreclosed real estate     1.32 %     2.17 %     3.53 %     4.73 %     6.10 %
Nonperforming assets to total assets     0.96 %     1.64 %     2.66 %     3.54 %     4.79 %
                                         
Asset Quality Ratios – Based on Non-covered Assets only                                        
Non-covered nonperforming loans to non-covered
Loans
    1.01 %     1.83 %     2.81 %     3.77 %     3.09 %
Non-covered nonperforming assets to non-covered loans and non-covered foreclosed real estate     1.32 %     2.17 %     3.18 %     4.18 %     3.62 %
Non-covered nonperforming assets to total non-covered assets     0.96 %     1.64 %     2.37 %     3.09 %     2.78 %

 

  (1) Covered nonperforming assets consisted of assets that were included in loss share agreements with the FDIC. In 2014, approximately $9.7 million of nonaccrual loans, $2.1 million accruing restructured loans and $3.0 million of foreclosed real estate were transferred from covered to non-covered status upon a scheduled expiration of a FDIC loss-share agreement. In 2016, approximately $7.0 million of nonaccrual loans and $1.6 million of foreclosed real estate were transferred from covered to non-covered status upon expirations/terminations of FDIC loss-share agreements.
  (2) In the March 3, 2017 acquisition of Carolina Bank and the October 1, 2017 acquisition of Asheville Savings Bank, the Company acquired $19.3 million and $9.9 million, respectively, in purchased credit impaired loans in accordance with ASC 310-30 accounting guidance. These loans are excluded from the nonperforming loan amounts.

             

 

76  

 

Table 12a Nonperforming Assets by Geographical Region

    As of December 31, 2017  
($ in thousands)   Total Nonperforming
Loans
    Total Loans     Nonperforming Loans to
Total Loans
 
                   

Nonaccrual loans and

     Troubled Debt Restructurings (1)

                       
Eastern Region (NC)   $ 10,800       812,000       1.3%  
Triangle Region (NC)     10,813       840,000       1.3%  
Triad Region (NC)     8,053       919,000       0.9%  
Charlotte Region (NC)     1,177       265,000       0.4%  
Southern Piedmont Region (NC)     6,765       285,000       2.4%  
Western Region (NC)     243       696,000       0.0%  
South Carolina Region     2,455       135,000       1.8%  
Former Virginia Region     472       2,000       23.6%  
Other     24       88,000       0.0%  
          Total nonaccrual loans and troubled debt restructurings   $ 40,802       4,042,000       1.0%  
                         
Foreclosed Real Estate (1)                        
Eastern Region (NC)   $ 404                  
Triangle Region (NC)     1,798                  
Triad Region (NC)     2,211                  
Charlotte Region (NC)     275                  
Southern Piedmont Region (NC)     865                  
Western Region (NC)     4,480                  
South Carolina Region     559                  
Former Virginia Region     1,979                  
Other                      
          Total foreclosed real estate   $ 12,571                  

 

_____________________________

(1) The counties comprising each region are as follows:

Eastern North Carolina Region - New Hanover, Brunswick, Duplin, Dare, Beaufort, Pitt, Onslow, Carteret

Triangle North Carolina Region - Moore, Lee, Harnett, Chatham, Wake

Triad North Carolina Region - Montgomery, Randolph, Davidson, Rockingham, Guilford, Stanly, Forsyth, Alamance

Southern Piedmont North Carolina Region - Anson, Richmond, Scotland, Robeson, Bladen, Columbus, Cumberland

Western North Carolina Region – Buncombe, Henderson, Madison, McDowell, Transylvania

South Carolina Region - Chesterfield, Dillon, Florence

Former Virginia Region - Wythe, Washington, Montgomery, Roanoke

Charlotte North Carolina Region - Iredell, Cabarrus, Rowan, Mecklenburg

Other includes loans originated on a national basis through the Company’s SBA Lending Division

 

 

77  

Table 13 Allocation of the Allowance for Loan Losses

    As of December 31,  
($ in thousands)   2017     2016     2015     2014     2013  
                               
Commercial, financial, and agricultural   $ 3,111       3,829       4,764       6,911       10,013  
Real estate – construction, land development     2,816       2,691       3,790       8,520       11,373  
Real estate – residential, commercial,
home equity, multifamily
    14,449       15,222       18,282       23,103       24,928  
Installment loans to individuals     950       1,145       1,051       1,916       2,343  
Total allocated     21,326       22,887       27,887       40,450       48,657  
Unallocated     1,972       894       696       176       (152 )
Total   $ 23,298       23,781       28,583       40,626       48,505  
                                         
Allowance for loan losses related to covered loans included above (1)   $             1,799       2,281       4,242  
                                         

 

 

  (1) During 2016, all FDIC loss share agreements were terminated, and accordingly, there were no covered loans at December 31, 2017 and 2016.
 

78  

Table 14 Loan Loss and Recovery Experience

    As of December 31,  
($ in thousands)   2017     2016     2015     2014     2013  
                               
Loans outstanding at end of year   $ 4,042,369       2,710,712       2,518,926       2,396,174       2,463,194  
Average amount of loans outstanding   $ 3,420,939       2,603,327       2,434,602       2,434,331       2,419,679  
                                         
Allowance for loan losses, at
beginning of year
  $ 23,781       28,583       40,626       48,505       46,402  
Provision for loan losses – non-covered     723       2,109       2,008       7,087       18,266  
Provision (reversal) for loan losses - covered           (2,132 )     (2,788 )     3,108       12,350  
Total provision (reversal) for loan losses     723       (23 )     (780 )     10,195       30,616  
      24,504       28,560       39,846       58,700       77,018  
Loans charged off:                                        
Commercial, financial, and agricultural     (1,622 )     (2,033 )     (3,039 )     (5,179 )     (4,667 )
Real estate – construction, land development & other land loans     (589 )     (1,101 )     (3,616 )     (6,071 )     (10,582 )
Real estate – mortgage – residential (1-4 family) first mortgages     (2,641 )     (3,894 )     (5,145 )     (4,050 )     (4,764 )
Real estate – mortgage – home equity loans / lines of credit     (978 )     (1,010 )     (1,117 )     (1,607 )     (3,143 )
Real estate – mortgage – commercial and other     (1,182 )     (1,088 )     (3,103 )     (4,405 )     (7,027 )
Installment loans to individuals     (799 )     (1,288 )     (2,411 )     (1,924 )     (2,253 )
       Total charge-offs     (7,811 )     (10,414 )     (18,431 )     (23,236 )     (32,436 )
                                         
Recoveries of loans previously charged-off:                                        
Commercial, financial, and agricultural     1,311       817       934       149       198  
Real estate – construction, land development & other land loans     2,579       2,690       3,599       3,363       777  
Real estate – mortgage – residential (1-4 family) first mortgages     1,076       1,207       678       646       595  
Real estate – mortgage – home equity loans / lines of credit     333       279       143       100       199  
Real estate – mortgage – commercial and other     1,027       1,286       1,390       446       1,531  
Installment loans to individuals     279       406       424       458       623  
       Total recoveries     6,605       6,685       7,168       5,162       3,923  
            Net charge-offs     (1,206 )     (3,729 )     (11,263 )     (18,074 )     (28,513 )
Allowance removed related to sold loans           (1,050 )                  
Allowance for loan losses, at end of year   $ 23,298       23,781       28,583       40,626       48,505  
                                         
                                         
Covered net recoveries (charge-offs) included  above (1)   $       1,714       2,306       (3,332 )     (12,867 )
                                         
Ratios:                                        
   Net charge-offs as a percent of average loans     0.04%       0.14%       0.46%       0.74%       1.18%  
   Allowance for loan losses as a percent of loans at end of year     0.58%       0.88%       1.13%       1.70%       1.97%  
   Allowance for loan losses as a multiple of net charge-offs     19.32 x     6.38 x     2.54 x     2.25 x     1.70 x
   Provision (reversal) for loan losses as a percent of net charge-offs     59.95%       -0.62%       -6.93%       56.41%       107.38%  
   Recoveries of loans previously charged-off as a percent of loans charged-off     84.56%       64.19%       38.89%       22.22%       12.09%  

 

  (1) On September 22, 2016, all FDIC loss-share agreements were terminated, and accordingly, assets previously covered under those agreements became non-covered on that date.

 

 

79  

Table 15 Average Deposits

 

    Year Ended December 31,
    2017   2016   2015
($ in thousands)   Average
Amount
    Average
Rate
  Average
Amount
    Average
Rate
  Average
Amount
    Average
Rate
                                     
Interest-bearing checking accounts   $ 722,286       0.07 %   $ 583,786       0.06 %   $ 568,329       0.06 %
Money market accounts     825,015       0.19 %     657,211       0.18 %     582,407       0.13 %
Savings accounts     385,967       0.19 %     200,093       0.05 %     184,821       0.05 %
Time deposits >$100,000     504,349       0.79 %     405,220       0.65 %     410,692       0.70 %
Other time deposits     261,910       0.30 %     268,854       0.33 %     322,205       0.39 %
     Total interest-bearing deposits     2,699,527       0.28 %     2,115,164       0.24 %     2,068,454       0.26 %
Noninterest-bearing checking accounts     997,203             712,349             618,927        
     Total deposits   $ 3,696,730       0.20 %   $ 2,827,513       0.18 %   $ 2,687,381       0.20 %
                                                 

 

Table 16 Maturities of Time Deposits of $100,000 or More

 

    As of December 31, 2017  
($ in thousands)   3 Months
or Less
    Over 3 to 6
Months
    Over 6 to 12
Months
    Over 12
Months
    Total  
                                         
Time deposits of $100,000 or more   $ 130,326       106,675       180,891       175,231       593,123  
                                         

 

80  

 

Table 17 Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis

    Repricing schedule for interest-earning assets and interest-bearing
liabilities held as of December 31, 2017
 

 

($ in thousands)

  3 Months
or Less
    Over 3 to 12
Months
    Total Within
12 Months
    Over 12
Months
    Total  
                               
Earning assets:                                        
     Loans (1)   $ 1,300,837       280,500       1,581,337       2,461,032       4,042,369  
     Securities available for sale (2)     26,357       34,242       60,599       282,671       343,270  
     Securities held to maturity (2)     9,728       13,781       23,509       94,994       118,503  
     Short-term investments     375,189             375,189             375,189  
          Total earning assets   $ 1,712,111       328,523       2,040,634       2,838,697       4,879,331  
                                         
     Percent of total earning assets     35.09 %     6.73 %     41.82 %     58.18 %     100.00 %
     Cumulative percent of total earning assets     35.09 %     41.82 %     41.82 %     100.00 %     100.00 %
                                         
Interest-bearing liabilities:                                        
     Interest-bearing checking accounts   $ 884,254             884,254             884,254  
     Money market accounts     984,945             984,945             984,945  
     Savings accounts     454,860             454,860             454,860  
     Time deposits of $100,000 or more     130,326       287,566       417,892       175,231       593,123  
     Other time deposits     82,033       139,017       221,050       72,562       293,612  
     Borrowings     259,704       100,000       359,704       47,839       407,543  
          Total interest-bearing liabilities   $ 2,796,122       526,583       3,322,705       295,632       3,618,337  
                                         
     Percent of total interest-bearing liabilities     77.28 %     14.55 %     91.83 %     8.17 %     100.00 %
Cumulative percent of total interest-
    bearing liabilities
    77.28 %     91.83 %     91.83 %     100.00 %     100.00 %
                                         
Interest sensitivity gap   $ (1,084,011 )     (198,060 )     (1,282,071 )     2,543,065       1,260,994  
Cumulative interest sensitivity gap     (1,084,011 )     (1,282,071 )     (1,282,071 )     1,260,994       1,260,994  
Cumulative interest sensitivity gap
    as a percent of total earning assets
    (22.22 %)     (26.28 %)     (26.28 %)     25.84 %     25.84 %
Cumulative ratio of interest-sensitive
    assets to interest-sensitive liabilities
    61.23 %     61.41 %     61.41 %     134.85 %     134.85 %

 

____________________________________

(1) The three months or less category for loans includes $249,372 in adjustable rate loans that have reached their contractual rate floors. Thus, the interest rates on these loans will not decrease any further. For the majority of these loans, it will take an increase in prime rate of at least 100 basis points before the loans will reprice higher.
(2) Securities available for sale include government-sponsored enterprise securities, mortgage-backed securities, and corporate bonds. Securities held to maturity include mortgage-backed securities and state and local government securities. For fixed rate mortgage-backed securities, the principal is assumed to reprice equally over the average life of the underlying security. All other fixed rate securities are assumed to reprice based on maturity date or call date. Variable rate securities are included in the period in which they are subject to reprice.

 

  

 

81  

 

Table 18 Contractual Obligations and Other Commercial Commitments

    Payments Due by Period ($ in thousands)  
Contractual
Obligations
As of December 31, 2017
  Total     On Demand or Less
than 1 Year
    1-3 Years     4-5 Years     After 5 Years  
Borrowings   $ 407,543       303,000       40,000             64,543  
Operating leases     10,530       1,692       2,706       1,742       4,390  
   Total contractual cash obligations, excluding deposits     418,073       304,692       42,706       1,742       68,933  
                                         
Deposits     4,406,955       4,159,162       192,088       51,399       4,306  
   Total contractual cash obligations, including deposits   $ 4,825,028       4,463,854       234,794       53,141       73,239  

 

 

    Amount of Commitment Expiration Per Period ($ in thousands)  
Other Commercial
Commitments
As of December 31, 2017
  Total
Amounts
Committed
    Less
than 1 Year
    1-3 Years     4-5 Years     After 5 Years  
Credit cards   $ 103,431     51,716     51,715          
Lines of credit and loan commitments     1,234,841       445,790       190,623       218,844       379,584  
Standby letters of credit     15,226       14,221       1,005              
   Total commercial commitments   $ 1,353,498       511,727       243,343       218,844       379,584  
                                         
 

82  

 

Table 19 Market Risk Sensitive Instruments

 

    Expected Maturities of Market Sensitive Instruments Held
at December 31, 2017 Occurring in Indicated Year
             

 

 

($ in thousands)

  2018     2019     2020     2021     2022     Beyond     Total     Average
Interest
Rate
  Estimated
Fair
Value
 
                                                       
Due from banks,
interest-bearing
  $ 375,189                                     375,189       1.50 %   $ 375,189  
Presold mortgages in process of settlement     12,459                                     12,459       4.10 %     12,459  
Debt Securities - at
amortized cost (1) (2)
    72,503       88,911       85,554       71,331       56,633       89,053       463,985       2.73 %     462,268  
Loans – fixed (3) (4)     308,753       212,288       257,424       342,173       437,410       941,715       2,499,763       4.43 %     2,502,689  
Loans – adjustable (3) (4)     293,304       105,067       97,039       106,480       90,570       829,178       1,521,638       4.70 %     1,510,192  
  Total   $ 1,062,208       406,266       440,017       519,984       584,613       1,859,946       4,873,034       4.13 %   $ 4,862,797  
                                                                         
Interest-bearing checking accounts   $ 884,254                                     884,254       0.06 %   $ 884,254  
Money market accounts     984,945                                     984,945       0.21 %     984,945  
Savings accounts     454,860                                     454,860       0.20 %     454,860  
Time deposits     638,942       146,363       45,725       27,710       23,689       4,306       886,735       0.78 %     881,537  
Borrowings – fixed     303,000             40,000                   10,785       353,785       1.43 %     352,995  
Borrowings – adjustable                                   53,758       53,758       3.45 %     44,908  
  Total   $ 3,266,001       146,363       85,725       27,710       23,689       68,849       3,618,337       0.48 %   $ 3,603,499  

 

______________________

 

(1) Tax-exempt securities are reflected at a tax-equivalent basis using a 37.6% tax rate.
(2) Securities with call dates within 12 months of December 31, 2017 that have above market interest rates are assumed to mature at their call date for purposes of this table. Mortgage securities are assumed to mature in the period of their expected repayment based on estimated prepayment speeds.
(3) Excludes nonaccrual loans.
(4) Loans are shown in the period of their contractual maturity.

 

Table 20 Return on Assets and Common Equity

    For the Year Ended December 31,  
    2017     2016     2015  
                   
Return on average assets     1.00%       0.80%       0.82%  
Return on average common equity     8.62%       7.73%       8.04%  
Dividend payout ratio – common shares     17.58%       23.36%       23.88%  
Average shareholders’ equity to average assets     11.61%       10.54%       11.65%  
                         
 

83  

Table 21 Risk-Based and Leverage Capital Ratios

    As of December 31,  
($ in thousands)   2017     2016     2015  
Risk-Based and Leverage Capital                        
Common Equity Tier I capital:                        
     Shareholders’ equity   $ 692,979       368,101       342,190  
     Preferred stock     ̶       ̶       (7,287 )
     Intangible assets, net of deferred tax liability     (240,299 )     (64,496 )     (55,687 )
     Accumulated other comprehensive income adjustments     4,146       5,107       3,550  
               Total Common Equity Tier I capital     456,826       308,712       282,766  
                         
Tier I capital:                        
     Preferred stock     ̶       ̶       7,287  
     Trust preferred securities eligible for Tier I capital treatment     52,054       45,000       45,000  
     Deductions from Tier I capital     (89 )     (349 )      
               Total Tier I leverage capital     508,791       353,363       335,053  
                         
Tier II capital:                        
     Allowable allowance for loan losses     23,298       23,781       28,583  
     Other Tier II capital     818       703       489  
               Tier II capital additions     24,116       24,484       29,072  
Total capital   $ 532,907       377,847       364,125  
                         
Total risk weighted assets   $ 4,262,941       2,828,118       2,519,193  
                         
Adjusted fourth quarter average assets     5,554,545       3,539,363       3,227,166  
                         
Risk-based capital ratios:                        
     Common equity Tier I capital to
       Tier I risk adjusted assets
    10.72%       10.92%       11.22%  
Minimum required under Basel III     5.75%       5.125%       4.50%  
Fully phased-in minimum under Basel III     7.00%       7.00%       7.00%  
                         
       Tier I capital to Tier I risk adjusted assets     11.94%       12.49%       13.30%  
Minimum required under Basel III     7.25%       6.625%       6.00%  
Fully phased-in minimum under Basel III     8.50%       8.50%       8.50%  
                         
     Total risk-based capital to
       Tier II risk-adjusted assets
    12.50%       13.36%       14.45%  
Minimum required under Basel III     9.25%       8.625%       8.00%  
Fully phased-in minimum under Basel III     10.50%       10.50%       10.50%  
                         
Leverage capital ratios:                        
  Tier I leverage capital to
    adjusted fourth quarter average assets
    9.58%       10.17%       10.38%  
Minimum required under Basel III     4.00%       4.00%       4.00%  
Fully phased-in minimum under Basel III     4.00%       4.00%       4.00%  
                         
 

84  

Table 22 Quarterly Financial Summary (Unaudited)

    2017     2016  

($ in thousands except

per share data)

  Fourth
Quarter
    Third
Quarter
    Second
Quarter
    First
Quarter
    Fourth
Quarter
    Third
Quarter
    Second
Quarter
    First
Quarter
 
Income Statement Data                                                
Interest income, taxable equivalent   $ 53,686       45,713       43,520       37,053       33,834       32,789       33,896       32,522  
Interest expense     4,216       3,372       2,911       2,172       1,997       1,901       1,841       1,868  
Net interest income, taxable equivalent     49,470       42,341       40,609       34,881       31,837       30,888       32,055       30,654  
Taxable equivalent, adjustment     610       702       693       585       544       534       517       459  
Net interest income     48,860       41,639       39,916       34,296       31,293       30,354       31,538       30,195  
Provision (reversal) for loan losses     ̶       ̶       ̶       723       ̶       ̶       (281 )     258  
Net interest income after provision for losses     48,860       41,639       39,916       33,573       31,293       30,354       31,819       29,937  
Noninterest income     14,862       12,362       11,875       9,809       9,473       5,157       5,919       5,002  
Noninterest expense     43,617       34,384       35,084       32,072       28,183       27,718       26,147       24,773  
Income before income taxes     20,105       19,617       16,707       11,310       12,583       7,793       11,591       10,166  
Income taxes     5,928       6,531       5,553       3,755       4,228       3,115       3,952       3,329  
Net income     14,177       13,086       11,154       7,555       8,355       4,678       7,639       6,837  
Preferred stock dividends     ̶       ̶       ̶       ̶       ̶       (58 )     (59 )     (58 )
Net income available to common shareholders     14,177       13,086       11,154       7,555       8,355       4,620       7,580       6,779  
                                                                 
Per Common Share Data                                                                
Earnings per common share – basic   $ 0.48       0.53       0.45       0.34       0.41       0.23       0.38       0.34  
Earnings per common share – diluted     0.48       0.53       0.45       0.34       0.40       0.23       0.37       0.33  
Cash dividends declared     0.08       0.08       0.08       0.08       0.08       0.08       0.08       0.08  
Market Price                                                                
High     41.76       34.85       32.27       31.31       28.49       20.33       21.94       19.59  
Low     34.08       29.73       27.50       26.47       19.18       17.42       17.15       17.83  
Close     35.31       34.41       31.26       29.29       27.14       19.79       17.58       18.85  
Stated book value - common     23.38       20.73       20.29       19.85       17.66       17.78       17.64       17.24  
Tangible book value - common     14.69       14.25       14.16       13.53       13.85       13.80       13.80       13.75  
                                                                 
Selected Average Balances                                                                
Assets   $ 5,554,545       4,514,409       4,448,404       3,856,589       3,539,363       3,443,737       3,373,476       3,332,492  
Loans     4,048,224       3,404,862       3,327,391       2,903,279       2,683,493       2,635,707       2,565,791       2,528,317  
Earning assets     4,899,421       4,040,257       3,989,593       3,478,525       3,214,719       3,127,219       3,064,959       3,028,775  
Deposits     4,390,879       3,632,319       3,610,944       3,152,778       2,905,501       2,823,255       2,805,905       2,775,391  
Interest-bearing liabilities     3,618,312       2,958,134       2,944,208       2,580,950       2,380,614       2,319,008       2,296,225       2,303,445  
Shareholders’ equity     699,558       520,432       496,791       426,842       369,037       365,753       358,586       349,484  
                                                                 
Return on average assets     1.01%       1.15%       1.01%       0.79%       0.94%       0.53%       0.90%       0.82%  
Return on average common equity     8.04%       9.98%       9.01%       7.18%       9.17%       5.13%       8.68%       7.97%  
Equity to assets at end of period     12.49%       11.16%       11.06%       11.02%       10.18%       10.32%       10.43%       10.34%  
Tangible equity to tangible assets at end of period     8.23%       7.95%       7.98%       7.79%       8.16%       8.24%       8.39%       8.46%  
Tangible common equity to tangible assets at end of period     8.23%       7.95%       7.98%       7.79%       8.16%       8.03%       8.18%       8.24%  
Average loans to average deposits     92.20%       93.74%       92.15%       92.09%       92.36%       93.36%       91.44%       91.10%  
Average earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities     135.41%       136.58%       135.51%       134.78%       135.04%       134.85%       133.48%       131.49%  
Net interest margin     4.01%       4.16%       4.08%       4.07%       3.94%       3.93%       4.21%       4.07%  
Allowance for loan losses to gross loans     0.58%       0.72%       0.71%       0.72%       0.88%       0.93%       1.00%       1.05%  
Nonperforming loans as a percent of total loans     1.01%       1.27%       1.30%       1.44%       1.83%       2.27%       2.59%       2.83%  
Nonperforming assets as a percent of total assets     0.96%       1.16%       1.21%       1.35%       1.64%       1.98%       2.25%       2.43%  
Net charge-offs (recoveries) as a percent of average total loans     0.13%       -0.07%       -0.06%       0.13%       0.12%       0.06%       0.05%       0.35%  

 

 

85  

 

 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

 

 

First Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 31, 2017 and 2016

 

($ in thousands)   2017     2016  
Assets                
Cash and due from banks, noninterest-bearing   $ 114,301       71,645  
Due from banks, interest-bearing     375,189       234,348  
     Total cash and cash equivalents     489,490       305,993  
                 
Securities available for sale     343,270       199,329  
Securities held to maturity (fair values of $118,998 in 2017 and $130,195 in 2016)     118,503       129,713  
                 
Presold mortgages in process of settlement     12,459       2,116  
                 
Loans     4,042,369       2,710,712  
Allowance for loan losses     (23,298 )     (23,781 )
     Net loans     4,019,071       2,686,931  
                 
Premises and equipment     116,233       75,351  
Accrued interest receivable     14,094       9,286  
Goodwill     233,070       75,042  
Other intangible assets     24,437       4,433  
Foreclosed real estate     12,571       9,532  
Bank-owned life insurance     99,162       74,138  
Other assets     64,677       42,998  
          Total assets   $ 5,547,037     3,614,862  
                 
Liabilities                
Deposits:   Noninterest-bearing checking accounts   $ 1,196,161     756,003  
Interest-bearing checking accounts     884,254       635,431  
Money market accounts     984,945       685,331  
Savings accounts     454,860       209,074  
Time deposits of $100,000 or more     593,123       422,687  
Other time deposits     293,612       238,827  
     Total deposits     4,406,955       2,947,353  
Borrowings     407,543       271,394  
Accrued interest payable     1,235       539  
Other liabilities     38,325       27,475  
       Total liabilities     4,854,058       3,246,761  
                 
Commitments and contingencies (see Note 13)                
                 
Shareholders’ Equity                
Preferred stock, no par value per share.  Authorized: 5,000,000 shares                
     Series C, convertible, issued & outstanding:  none in 2017 and 2016            
Common stock, no par value per share.  Authorized: 40,000,000 shares                
     Issued & outstanding:  29,639,374 shares in 2017 and 20,844,505 shares in 2016     432,794       147,287  
Retained earnings     264,331       225,921  
Stock in rabbi trust assumed in acquisition     (3,581 )      
Rabbi trust obligation     3,581        
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)     (4,146 )     (5,107 )
       Total shareholders’ equity     692,979       368,101  
          Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 5,547,037       3,614,862  

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

86  

Table of Contents  

 

First Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Income

Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

 

($ in thousands, except per share data)   2017     2016     2015  
Interest Income                        
Interest and fees on loans   $ 163,738       121,322       117,872  
Interest on investment securities:                        
     Taxable interest income     8,310       7,034       6,296  
     Tax-exempt interest income     1,677       1,748       1,829  
Other, principally overnight investments     3,657       883       658  
     Total interest income     177,382       130,987       126,655  
                         
Interest Expense                        
Savings, checking and money market accounts     2,761       1,620       1,192  
Time deposits of $100,000 or more     4,005       2,654       2,856  
Other time deposits     778       896       1,271  
Borrowings     5,127       2,437       1,589  
     Total interest expense     12,671       7,607       6,908  
                         
Net interest income     164,711       123,380       119,747  
Provision for loan losses – non-covered     723       2,109       2,008  
Provision (reversal) for loan losses – covered           (2,132 )     (2,788 )
     Total provision (reversal) for loan losses     723       (23 )     (780 )
Net interest income after provision for loan losses     163,988       123,403       120,527  
                         
Noninterest Income                        
Service charges on deposit accounts     11,862       10,571       11,648  
Other service charges, commissions and fees     14,610       11,913       10,906  
Fees from presold mortgage loans     5,695       2,033       2,532  
Commissions from sales of insurance and financial products     5,300       3,790       2,580  
SBA consulting fees     4,024       3,199        
SBA loan sale gains     5,479       1,433        
Bank-owned life insurance income     2,321       2,052       1,665  
Foreclosed property losses, net     (531 )     (625 )     (1,486 )
FDIC indemnification asset income (expense), net           (10,255 )     (8,615 )
Securities gains (losses), net     (235 )     3       (1 )
Gain on branch sale           1,466        
Other gains (losses), net     383       (29 )     (465 )
     Total noninterest income     48,908       25,551       18,764  
                         
Noninterest Expenses                        
Salaries     66,786       51,252       47,660  
Employee benefits     14,389       10,812       9,134  
   Total personnel expense     81,175       62,064       56,794  
Occupancy expense     9,661       7,838       7,358  
Equipment related expenses     4,480       3,608       3,749  
Merger and acquisition expenses     8,073       1,431        
Intangibles amortization     4,240       1,211       722  
Other operating expenses     37,528       30,669       29,508  
     Total noninterest expenses     145,157       106,821       98,131  
                         
Income before income taxes     67,739       42,133       41,160  
Income tax expense     21,767       14,624       14,126  
                         
Net income     45,972       27,509       27,034  
                         
Preferred stock dividends           (175 )     (603 )
                         
Net income available to common shareholders   $ 45,972       27,334       26,431  
                         
Earnings per common share:  Basic   $ 1.82       1.37       1.34  
Earnings per common share:  Diluted     1.82       1.33       1.30  
                         
Dividends declared per common share   $ 0.32       0.32       0.32  
                         
Weighted average common shares outstanding:                        
Basic     25,210,606       19,964,727       19,767,470  
Diluted     25,291,382       20,732,917       20,499,727  

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

87  

Table of Contents  

 

 

First Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

 

 

             
($ in thousands)   2017     2016     2015  
                   
Net income   $ 45,972       27,509       27,034  
Other comprehensive income (loss):                        
Unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale:                        
Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during the period, pretax     639       (1,919 )     (473 )
     Tax (expense) benefit     (234 )     683       184  
Reclassification to realized (gains) losses     235       (3 )     1  
     Tax expense (benefit)     (87 )     1        
Postretirement plans:                        
        Net gain (loss) arising during period     1,601       (557 )     (4,321 )
              Tax (expense) benefit     (593 )     115       1,685  
        Amortization of unrecognized net actuarial (gain) loss     211       202       (79 )
              Tax expense (benefit)     (75 )     (79 )     31  
Other comprehensive income (loss)     1,697       (1,557 )     (2,972 )
 Comprehensive income   $ 47,669       25,952       24,062  

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

 

88  

Table of Contents  

 

First Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity

Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

 

(In thousands, except per share)

  Preferred     Common Stock     Retained     Stock in
rabbit trust
assumed in
    Rabbi
trust
    Accumulated
Other
Compre-
hensive
    Total
Share-
holders’
 
    stock     Shares     Amount     Earnings   acquisition     obligation     Income (Loss)     Equity  
                                                 
Balances, January 1, 2015   $ 70,787       19,710     $ 132,532       184,958       —              (578 )     387,699  
                                                                 
Net income                             27,034                               27,034  
Cash dividends declared ($0.32 per common share)                             (6,329 )                             (6,329 )
Preferred stock redeemed (Series B)     (63,500 )                                                     (63,500 )
Preferred stock dividends                             (603 )                             (603 )
Stock option exercises             7       112                                       112  
Stock withheld for payment of taxes             (3 )     (54 )                                     (54 )
Stock-based compensation             34       803                                       803  
Other comprehensive income (loss)                                                     (2,972 )     (2,972 )
                                                                 
Balances, December 31, 2015     7,287       19,748       133,393       205,060                   (3,550 )     342,190  
                                                                 
Net income                             27,509                               27,509  
Cash dividends declared ($0.32 per common share)                             (6,473 )                             (6,473 )
Preferred stock dividends                             (175 )                             (175 )
Conversion of preferred stock to common stock     (7,287 )     729       7,287                                        
Equity issued pursuant to acquisitions             279       5,509                                       5,509  
Stock option exercises             23       375                                       375  
Stock withheld for payment of taxes             (6 )     (166 )                                     (166 )
Stock-based compensation             72       889                                       889  
Other comprehensive income (loss)                                                     (1,557 )     (1,557 )
                                                                 
Balances, December 31, 2016           20,845       147,287       225,921       —            (5,107 )     368,101  
                                                                 
Net income                             45,972                               45,972  
Cash dividends declared ($0.32 per common share)                             (8,298 )                             (8,298 )
Equity issued pursuant to acquisitions             8,733       284,192               (7,688 )     7,688               284,192  
Payment of deferred fees                                     4,107       (4,107 )              
Stock option exercises             18       287                                       287  
Stock withheld for payment of taxes             (7 )     (231 )                                     (231 )
Stock-based compensation             50       1,259                                       1,259  
Reclassification of accumulated other comprehensive income due to statutory tax changes                             736                       (736 )      
Other comprehensive income (loss)                                                     1,697       1,697  
                                                                 
Balances, December 31, 2017   $       29,639     $ 432,794       264,331       (3,581 )     3,581       (4,146 )     692,979  

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

89  

Table of Contents  

First Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

($ in thousands)   2017     2016     2015  
Cash Flows From Operating Activities                        
Net income   $ 45,972       27,509       27,034  
Reconciliation of net income to net cash provided by operating activities:                        
     Provision (reversal) for loan losses     723       (23 )     (780 )
     Net security premium amortization     2,908       3,341       3,247  
     Loan discount accretion     (7,076 )     (4,451 )     (4,751 )
     Purchase accounting accretion and amortization, net     (236 )            
     FDIC indemnification asset expense, net           10,255       8,615  
     Foreclosed property losses and write-downs, net     531       625       1,486  
     Loss (gain) on securities available for sale     235       (3 )     1  
     Other (gains) losses     (383 )     29       465  
     Decrease in net deferred loan costs     975       922       73  
     Depreciation of premises and equipment     5,493       4,602       4,494  
     Stock-based compensation expense     1,095       714       710  
     Amortization of intangible assets     4,240       1,211       722  
     Fees/gains from sale of presold mortgage and SBA loans     (11,174 )     (3,466 )     (2,532 )
     Originations of presold mortgage loans in process of settlement     (228,871 )     (76,912 )     (97,118 )
     Proceeds from sales of presold mortgage loans in process of settlement     235,493       81,127       101,315  
     Origination of SBA loans for sale     (95,436 )     (24,784 )      
     Proceeds from sales of SBA loans     77,034       20,021        
     Gain on sale of branches           (1,466 )      
     Increase in accrued interest receivable     (1,072 )     (120 )     (246 )
     Decrease (increase) in other assets     6,724       (724 )     (5,062 )
     Increase (decrease) in accrued interest payable     392       (4 )     (101 )
     Increase (decrease) in other liabilities     (10,729 )     2,868       (222 )
          Net cash provided by operating activities     26,838       41,271       37,350  
Cash Flows From Investing Activities                        
     Purchases of securities available for sale     (191,260 )     (114,396 )     (95,822 )
     Purchases of securities held to maturity     (291 )           (857 )
     Proceeds from maturities/issuer calls of securities available for sale     37,974       76,939       86,238  
     Proceeds from maturities/issuer calls of securities held to maturity     22,344       23,368       23,203  
     Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale     140,621       8        
     Purchases of Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan Bank stock, net     (9,947 )     (3,933 )     (9,877 )
     Purchase of bank-owned life insurance                 (15,000 )
     Net increase in loans     (204,631 )     (192,393 )     (138,346 )
     (Payments) proceeds related to FDIC loss share agreements           (1,554 )     6,673  
     Payment to FDIC for termination of loss share agreements           (2,012 )      
     Proceeds from sales of foreclosed real estate     8,647       7,954       9,650  
     Purchases of premises and equipment     (4,659 )     (8,689 )     (5,481 )
     Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment     151       2,025       1,621  
     Proceeds from branch sale           26,211        
     Net cash received (paid) in acquisitions     72,519       (53,640 )      
          Net cash used by investing activities     (128,532 )     (240,112 )     (137,998 )
Cash Flows From Financing Activities                        
     Net increase in deposits     195,468       158,989       115,379  
     Net increase in borrowings     97,263       85,000       70,000  
     Cash dividends paid – common stock     (7,596 )     (6,399 )     (6,309 )
     Cash dividends paid – preferred stock           (233 )     (796 )
     Redemption of preferred stock                 (63,500 )
     Proceeds from stock option exercises     287       375       112  
     Stock withheld for payment of taxes     (231 )     (166 )     (54 )
          Net cash provided by financing activities     285,191       237,566       114,832  
                         
Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents     183,497       38,725       14,184  
Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning of Year     305,993       267,268       253,084  
Cash and Cash Equivalents, End of Year   $ 489,490       305,993       267,268  
                         
Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information:                        
Cash paid during the period for interest   $ 12,239       7,653       7,009  
Cash paid during the period for income taxes     19,537       11,791       13,815  
Non-cash investing and financing transactions:                        
     Foreclosed loans transferred to foreclosed real estate     5,452       8,117       9,009  
     Unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale, net of taxes     553       (1,238 )     (288 )
                         

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.  

90  

Table of Contents  

 

First Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2017

 

 

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

(a) Basis of Presentation - The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of First Bancorp (the “Company”) and its wholly owned subsidiary - First Bank (the “Bank”). The Bank has three wholly owned subsidiaries that are fully consolidated - First Bank Insurance Services, Inc. (“First Bank Insurance”), SBA Complete, Inc. (“SBA Complete”), and First Troy SPE, LLC. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. Subsequent events have been evaluated through the date of filing this Form 10-K.

 

The Company is a bank holding company. The principal activity of the Company is the ownership and operation of the Bank, a state chartered bank with its main office in Southern Pines, North Carolina. The Company is also the parent company for a series of statutory trusts that were formed at various times since 2002 for the purpose of issuing trust preferred debt securities. The trusts are not consolidated for financial reporting purposes; however, notes issued by the Company to the trusts in return for the proceeds from the issuance of the trust preferred securities are included in the consolidated financial statements and have terms that are substantially the same as the corresponding trust preferred securities. The trust preferred securities qualify as capital for regulatory capital adequacy requirements. First Bank Insurance is an agent for property and casualty insurance policies. SBA Complete is a firm that specializes in providing consulting services for financial institutions across the country related to Small Business Administration (“SBA”) loan origination and servicing. First Troy SPE, LLC was formed in order to hold and dispose of certain real estate foreclosed upon by the Bank.

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The most significant estimates made by the Company in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements are the determination of the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of other real estate, the accounting and impairment testing related to intangible assets, and the fair value and discount accretion of acquired loans.

 

(b) Reclassifications - Certain amounts for prior years have been reclassified to conform to the 2017 presentation. The reclassifications had no effect on net income or shareholders’ equity as previously presented, nor did they materially impact trends in financial information.

 

(c) Business Combinations – The Company accounts for business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting. The accounts of an acquired entity are included as of the date of acquisition, and any excess of purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired is capitalized as goodwill. Under this method, all identifiable assets acquired, including purchased loans, and liabilities assumed are recorded at fair value.

 

The Company typically issues common stock and/or pays cash for an acquisition, depending on the terms of the acquisition agreement. The value of common shares issued is determined based on the market price of the stock as of the closing of the acquisition.

 

(d) Cash and Cash Equivalents - The Company considers all highly liquid assets such as cash on hand, noninterest-bearing and interest-bearing amounts due from banks and federal funds sold to be “cash equivalents.”

 

(e) Securities - Debt securities that the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as “held to maturity” and carried at amortized cost. Securities not classified as held to maturity are classified as “available for sale” and carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses being reported as other comprehensive income or loss and reported as a separate component of shareholders’ equity.

 

A decline in the market value of any available for sale or held to maturity security below cost that is deemed to be other than temporary results in a reduction in carrying amount to fair value. The impairment is charged to earnings and a new cost basis for the security is established. Any equity security that is in an unrealized loss position for twelve consecutive months is presumed to be other than temporarily impaired and an impairment charge is recorded unless the amount of the charge is insignificant.

Gains and losses on sales of securities are recognized at the time of sale based upon the specific identification method. Premiums and discounts are amortized into income on a level yield basis, with premiums being amortized to the earliest call date and discounts being accreted to the stated maturity date.

 

91  

 

(f) Premises and Equipment - Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation, computed by the straight-line method, is charged to operations over the estimated useful lives of the properties, which range from 2 to 40 years or, in the case of leasehold improvements, over the term of the lease, if shorter. Maintenance and repairs are charged to operations in the year incurred. Gains and losses on dispositions are included in current operations.

 

(g) Loans – Loans are stated at the principal amount outstanding less any partial charge-offs plus deferred origination costs, net of nonrefundable loan fees. Interest on loans is accrued on the unpaid principal balance outstanding. Net deferred loan origination costs/fees are capitalized and recognized as a yield adjustment over the life of the related loan.

 

The Company does not hold a significant amount of interest-only strips, loans, other receivables, or retained interests in securitizations that can be contractually prepaid or otherwise settled in a way that it would not recover substantially all of its recorded investment.

 

Purchased loans acquired in a business combination are recorded at estimated fair value on their purchase date. No allowance for loan losses is carried over from the seller or otherwise recorded on the purchase date.

 

The Company follows specific accounting guidance related to purchased impaired loans. A loan is considered to be a purchased credit impaired loan when purchased loans have evidence of credit deterioration since origination and it is probable at the date of acquisition that the Company will not collect all contractually required principal and interest payments. Evidence of credit quality deterioration as of the purchase date may include statistics such as past due, risk grade and nonaccrual status. At the acquisition date, when possible, a stream of expected cash flows is estimated and compared to the estimated fair value in order to determine the accretable yield amount, which is then recognized over the life of the loan based on the effective yield method. Throughout the life of the loan, the stream of expected cash flows may change based on actual results of the loan or the assumptions related to the future performance. Subsequent changes of expected cash flows may result in changes to accretable yield if the present value of expected cash flows exceeds the carrying value or an impairment reserve if the present value of expected cash flows is less than the carrying amount.

 

For purchased impaired loans for which the timing and amount of cash flows expected to be collected cannot be reasonably estimated, the Company uses the cost recovery method of income recognition. Under the cost recovery method of income recognition, all cash receipts are initially applied to principal, with interest income being recorded only after the carrying value of the loan has been reduced to zero.

 

For nonimpaired purchased loans, the Company accretes any fair value discount over the life of the loan in a manner consistent with the guidance for accounting for loan origination fees and costs. An allowance for loan losses is recorded for these loans when the estimated credit losses exceed the remaining unamortized discounts, based on pools of similar loans.

 

A loan is placed on nonaccrual status when, in management’s judgment, the collection of interest appears doubtful. The accrual of interest is discontinued on all loans that become 90 days or more past due with respect to principal or interest. The past due status of loans is based on the contractual payment terms. While a loan is on nonaccrual status, the Company’s policy is that all cash receipts are applied to principal. Once the recorded principal balance has been reduced to zero, future cash receipts are applied to recoveries of any amounts previously charged off. Further cash receipts are recorded as interest income to the extent that any interest has been foregone. Loans are removed from nonaccrual status when they become current as to both principal and interest, when concern no longer exists as to the collectability of principal or interest, and when the loan has provided generally six months of satisfactory payment performance. In some cases, where borrowers are experiencing financial difficulties, loans may be restructured to provide terms significantly different from the originally contracted terms. For a nonaccrual loan that has been restructured, if the borrower has six months of satisfactory performance under the restructured terms and it is reasonably assured that the borrower will continue to be able to comply with the restructured terms, the loan may be returned to accruing status. The nonaccrual policy discussed above applies to all loan classifications.

 

A loan is considered to be impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. A loan is specifically evaluated for an appropriate valuation allowance if the loan balance is above a prescribed evaluation threshold

92  

(which varies based on credit quality, accruing status, troubled debt restructured status, and type of collateral) and the loan is determined to be impaired. Impaired loans are measured using either 1) an estimate of the cash flows that the Company expects to receive from the borrower discounted at the loan’s effective rate, or 2) in the case of a collateral-dependent loan, the fair value of the collateral less estimated selling costs. Unless restructured, while a loan is considered to be impaired, the Company’s policy is that interest accrual is discontinued and all cash receipts are applied to principal. Once the recorded principal balance has been reduced to zero, future cash receipts are applied to recoveries of any amounts previously charged off. Further cash receipts are recorded as interest income to the extent that any interest has been foregone. Impaired loans that are restructured are returned to accruing status in accordance with the restructured terms if the Company believes that the borrower will be able to meet the obligations of the restructured loan terms, and the loan has provided generally six months of satisfactory payment performance. The impairment policy discussed above applies to all loan classifications.

 

(h) Presold Mortgages in Process of Settlement - As a part of normal business operations, the Company originates residential mortgage loans that have been pre-approved by secondary investors to be sold on a best efforts basis. The terms of the loans are set by the secondary investors, and the purchase price that the investor will pay for the loan is agreed to prior to the funding of the loan by the Company. Generally within three weeks after funding, the loans are transferred to the investor in accordance with the agreed-upon terms. The Company records gains from the sale of these loans on the settlement date of the sale equal to the difference between the proceeds received and the carrying amount of the loan. The gain generally represents the portion of the proceeds attributed to service release premiums received from the investors and the realization of origination fees received from borrowers that were deferred as part of the carrying amount of the loan. Between the initial funding of the loans by the Company and the subsequent reimbursement by the investors, the Company carries the loans on its balance sheet at the lower of cost or market.

 

(i) Loans Held for Sale – Beginning in 2016, the Company began providing loans guaranteed by the Small Business Administration (“SBA”) for the purchase of businesses, business startups, business expansion, equipment, and working capital. All SBA loans are underwritten and documented as prescribed by the SBA. SBA loans are generally fully amortizing and have maturity dates and amortizations of up to 25 years. The portion of SBA loans originated that are guaranteed and intended for sale on the secondary market are classified as held for sale and are carried at the lower of cost or fair value - there were an insignificant amount of these loans held for sale at December 31, 2017 and 2016. The loan participations are sold and the servicing rights are retained. At the time of the sale, an asset is recorded for the value of the servicing rights and is amortized over the remaining life of the loan on the effective interest method. The servicing asset is included in other assets and the amortization of the servicing asset is included in non-interest expense. Servicing fees are recorded in non-interest income. A gain is recorded for any premium received in excess of the carrying value of the net assets transferred in the sale and is also included in non-interest income. The portion of SBA loans that are retained are also adjusted for a retained discount to reflect the effective interest rate on the retained unguaranteed portion of the loans. The net value of the retained loans is included in the appropriate loan classification for disclosure purposes. These loans are primarily commercial real estate or commercial and industrial.

 

Periodically, the Company originates other types of commercial loans and decides to sell them in the secondary market. The Company carries these loans at the lower of cost or fair value at each reporting date. There were no such loans held for sale as of December 31, 2017 or 2016.

 

(j) Allowance for Loan Losses - The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense. Loans are charged-off against the allowance for loan losses when management believes that the collectability of the principal is unlikely. Recoveries on loans previously charged-off are added back to the allowance. The provision for loan losses charged to operations is an amount sufficient to bring the allowance for loan losses to an estimated balance considered adequate to absorb losses inherent in the portfolio. Management’s determination of the adequacy of the allowance is based on several factors, including:

 

1. Risk grades assigned to the loans in the portfolio,
2. Specific reserves for individually evaluated impaired loans,
3. Current economic conditions, including the local, state, and national economic outlook; interest rate risk; trends in loan volume, mix and size of loans; levels and trends of delinquencies,

93  

4. Historical loan loss experience, and
5. An assessment of the risk characteristics of the Company’s loan portfolio, including industry concentrations, payment structures, changes in property values, and credit administration practices.

 

While management uses the best information available to make evaluations, future adjustments may be necessary if economic and other conditions differ substantially from the assumptions used.

 

In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Bank’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Bank to recognize additions to the allowance based on the examiners’ judgment about information available to them at the time of their examinations.

 

(k) Foreclosed Real Estate - Foreclosed real estate consists primarily of real estate acquired by the Company through legal foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure. The property is initially carried at the lower of cost (generally the loan balance plus additional costs incurred for improvements to the property) or the estimated fair value of the property less estimated selling costs (also see Note 14). If there are subsequent declines in fair value, which is reviewed routinely by management, the property is written down to its fair value through a charge to expense. Capital expenditures made to improve the property are capitalized. Costs of holding real estate, such as property taxes, insurance and maintenance, less related revenues during the holding period, are recorded as expense.

 

(l) Income Taxes - Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Deferred tax assets are reduced, if necessary, by the amount of such benefits that are not expected to be realized based upon available evidence. The Company’s investment tax credits, which are low income housing tax credits and state historic tax credits, are recorded in the period that they are reflected in the Company’s tax returns.

 

(m) Intangible Assets - Business combinations are accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. Identifiable intangible assets are recognized separately and are amortized over their estimated useful lives, which for the Company has generally been seven to ten years and at an accelerated rate. Goodwill is recognized in business combinations to the extent that the price paid exceeds the fair value of the net assets acquired, including any identifiable intangible assets. Goodwill is not amortized, but as discussed in Note 1(s), is subject to fair value impairment tests on at least an annual basis.

 

(n) Bank-owned life insurance – The Company has purchased life insurance policies on certain current and past key employees and directors where the insurance policy benefits and ownership are retained by the employer. These policies are recorded at their cash surrender value. Income from these policies and changes in the net cash surrender value are recorded within noninterest income as “Bank-owned life insurance income.”

 

(o) Other Investments – The Company accounts for investments in limited partnerships, limited liability companies (“LLCs”), and other privately held companies using either the cost or the equity method of accounting. The accounting treatment depends upon the Company’s percentage ownership and degree of management influence.

 

Under the cost method of accounting, the Company records an investment in stock at cost and generally recognizes cash dividends received as income. If cash dividends received exceed the Company’s relative ownership of the investee’s earnings since the investment date, these payments are considered a return of investment and reduce the cost of the investment.

 

Under the equity method of accounting, the Company records its initial investment at cost. Subsequently, the carrying amount of the investment is increased or decreased to reflect the Company’s share of income or loss of the

94  

investee. The Company’s recognition of earnings or losses from an equity method investment is based on the Company’s ownership percentage in the investee and the investee’s earnings on a quarterly basis. The investees generally provide their financial information during the quarter following the end of a given period. The Company’s policy is to record its share of earnings or losses on equity method investments in the quarter the financial information is received.

 

All of the Company’s investments in limited partnerships, LLCs, and other companies are privately held, and their market values are not readily available. The Company’s management evaluates its investments in investees for impairment based on the investee’s ability to generate cash through its operations or obtain alternative financing, and other subjective factors. There are inherent risks associated with the Company’s investments in such companies, which may result in income statement volatility in future periods.

 

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company’s investments in limited partnerships, LLCs and other privately held companies totaled $5.3 million and $3.1 million, respectively, and were included in other assets.

 

(p) Stock Option Plan - At December 31, 2017, the Company had two equity-based employee compensation plans, which are described more fully in Note 15. The Company accounts for these plans under the recognition and measurement principles of relevant accounting guidance.

 

(q) Per Share Amounts - Basic Earnings Per Common Share is calculated by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, excluding unvested shares of restricted stock. Diluted Earnings Per Common Share is computed by assuming the issuance of common shares for all potentially dilutive common shares outstanding during the reporting period. For the years presented, the Company’s potentially dilutive common stock issuances related to unvested shares of restricted stock and stock option grants under the Company’s equity-based plans. In 2016 and 2015, the Company’s potentially dilutive common stock issuances also included the Company’s Series C Preferred stock, which was convertible into common stock on a one-for-one ratio. As discussed in Note 19, on December 22, 2016 each outstanding share of the Company’s Series C Preferred stock was exchanged by the holder for an equal number of shares of common stock.

 

In computing Diluted Earnings Per Common Share, adjustments are made to the computation of Basic Earnings Per Common shares, as follows. As it relates to unvested shares of restricted stock, the number of shares added to the denominator is equal to the number of unvested shares less the assumed number of shares bought back by the Company in the open market at the average market price with the amount of proceeds being equal to the average deferred compensation for the reporting period. As it relates to stock options, it is assumed that all dilutive stock options are exercised during the reporting period at their respective exercise prices, with the proceeds from the exercises used by the Company to buy back stock in the open market at the average market price in effect during the reporting period. The difference between the number of shares assumed to be exercised and the number of shares bought back is included in the calculation of dilutive securities. As it relates to the Series C Preferred Stock for the period of time it was outstanding, it is assumed that the preferred stock was converted to common stock at the beginning of the reporting period. Dividends on the preferred stock are added back to net income in 2016 and 2015 and the shares assumed to be converted are included in the number of shares outstanding.

 

If any of the potentially dilutive common stock issuances have an anti-dilutive effect, the potentially dilutive common stock issuance is disregarded.

95  

 

The following is a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators used in computing Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Common Share:

 

    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2017     2016     2015  
($ in thousands,
except per share
amounts)
  Income
(Numer-
ator)
    Shares
(Denom-
inator)
    Per
Share
Amount
    Income
(Numer-
ator)
    Shares
(Denom-
inator)
    Per
Share
Amount
    Income
(Numer-
ator)
    Shares
(Denom-
inator)
    Per
Share
Amount
 
                                                       
Basic EPS                                                                        
Net income available to common shareholders   $ 45,972       25,210,606     $ 1.82     $ 27,334       19,964,727     $ 1.37     $ 26,431       19,767,470     $ 1.34  
                                                                         
Effect of dilutive securities           80,776               175       768,190               233       732,257          
                                                                         
Diluted EPS per common share   $ 45,972       25,291,382     $ 1.82     $ 27,509       20,732,917     $ 1.33     $ 26,664       20,499,727     $ 1.30  

 

For the year ended December 31, 2017, there were no options that were anti-dilutive. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, there were 5,000 options and 50,000 options, respectively, that were anti-dilutive because the exercise price exceeded the average market price for the year, and thus are not included in the calculation to determine the effect of dilutive securities.

 

(r) Fair Value of Financial Instruments - Relevant accounting guidance requires that the Company disclose estimated fair values for its financial instruments. Fair value methods and assumptions are set forth below for the Company’s financial instruments.

 

Cash and Amounts Due from Banks, Federal Funds Sold, Presold Mortgages in Process of Settlement, Accrued Interest Receivable, and Accrued Interest Payable - The carrying amounts approximate their fair value because of the short maturity of these financial instruments.

 

Available for Sale and Held to Maturity Securities - Fair values are provided by a third-party and are based on quoted market prices, where available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on quoted market prices of comparable instruments or matrix pricing.

 

Loans - For nonimpaired loans, fair values are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics. Loans are segregated by type such as commercial, financial and agricultural, real estate construction, real estate mortgages and installment loans to individuals. Each loan category is further segmented into fixed and variable interest rate terms. The fair value for each category is determined by discounting scheduled future cash flows using current interest rates offered on loans with similar risk characteristics. Fair values for impaired loans are primarily based on estimated proceeds expected upon liquidation of the collateral or the present value of expected cash flows.

 

Bank-Owned Life Insurance – The carrying value of life insurance approximates fair value because this investment is carried at cash surrender value, as determined by the issuer.

 

Deposits - The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as noninterest-bearing checking accounts, savings accounts, interest-bearing checking accounts, and money market accounts, is equal to the amount payable on demand as of the valuation date. The fair value of certificates of deposit is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rate is estimated using the rates currently offered in the marketplace for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

 

Borrowings - The fair value of borrowings is based on the discounted value of the contractual cash flows. The discount rate is estimated using the rates currently offered by the Company’s lenders for debt of similar maturities.

 

Commitments to Extend Credit and Standby Letters of Credit - At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company’s off-balance sheet financial instruments had no carrying value. The large majority of commitments to extend credit and

96  

standby letters of credit are at variable rates and/or have relatively short terms to maturity. Therefore, the fair value for these financial instruments is considered to be immaterial.

 

Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information and information about the financial instrument. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the Company’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument. Because no highly liquid market exists for a significant portion of the Company’s financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding future expected loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments, and other factors. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

 

Fair value estimates are based on existing on- and off-balance sheet financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments. Significant assets and liabilities that are not considered financial assets or liabilities include net premises and equipment, intangible assets and other assets such as foreclosed properties, deferred income taxes, prepaid expense accounts, income taxes currently payable and other various accrued expenses. In addition, the income tax ramifications related to the realization of the unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in any of the estimates.

 

(s) Impairment - Goodwill is evaluated for impairment on at least an annual basis by comparing the estimated fair value of the reporting units to their related carrying value. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the Company determines whether the implied fair value of the goodwill, using various valuation techniques, exceeds the carrying value of the goodwill. If the carrying value of the goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment loss is recorded in an amount equal to that excess.

 

The Company reviews all other long-lived assets, including identifiable intangible assets, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. The Company’s policy is that an impairment loss is recognized if the sum of the undiscounted future cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset. Any long-lived assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value, less costs to sell.

 

To date, the Company has not recorded any impairment write-downs of its long-lived assets or goodwill.

 

(t) Comprehensive Income (Loss) - Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as the change in equity during a period for non-owner transactions and is divided into net income (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) includes revenues, expenses, gains, and losses that are excluded from earnings under current accounting standards. The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the Company are as follows:

 

($ in thousands)   December 31,
2017
    December 31,
2016
    December 31,
2015
 
Unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale   $ (2,211 )     (3,085 )     (1,163 )
     Deferred tax asset (liability)     517       1,138       454  
Net unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale     (1,694 )     (1,947 )     (709 )
                         
Additional pension asset (liability)     (3,200 )     (5,012 )     (4,657 )
     Deferred tax asset (liability)     748       1,852       1,816  
Net additional pension asset (liability)     (2,452 )     (3,160 )     (2,841 )
                         
Total accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)   $ (4,146 )     (5,107 )     (3,550 )

 

97  

The following table discloses the changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the year ended December 31, 2017 (all amounts are net of tax).

 

($ in thousands)

 

  Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Securities
Available for Sale
    Additional
Pension Asset
(Liability)
    Total  
Beginning balance at January 1, 2017   $ (1,947 )     (3,160 )     (5,107 )
     Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications     405       1,008       1,413  
     Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income     148       136       284  
Net current-period other comprehensive income (loss)     553       1,144       1,697  
                         
Reclassification of accumulated other comprehensive income                        
     to retained earnings due to statutory tax changes     (300 )     (436 )     (736 )
Ending balance at December 31, 2017   $ (1,694 )     (2,452 )     (4,146 )

 

The following table discloses the changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the year ended December 31, 2016 (all amounts are net of tax).

 

($ in thousands)

 

  Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Securities
Available for Sale
    Additional
Pension Asset
(Liability)
    Total  
Beginning balance at January 1, 2016   $ (709 )     (2,841 )     (3,550 )
     Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications     (1,236 )     (442 )     (1,678 )
     Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income     (2 )     123       121  
Net current-period other comprehensive income (loss)     (1,238 )     (319 )     (1,557 )
                         
Ending balance at December 31, 2016   $ (1,947 )     (3,160 )     (5,107 )

 

 

(u) Segment Reporting - Accounting standards require management to report selected financial and descriptive information about reportable operating segments. The standards also require related disclosures about products and services, geographic areas, and major customers. Generally, disclosures are required for segments internally identified to evaluate performance and resource allocation. The Company’s operations are primarily within the banking segment, and the financial statements presented herein reflect the results of that segment. The Company has no foreign operations or customers.

 

(v) Recent Accounting Pronouncements - In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued guidance to change the recognition of revenue from contracts with customers. The core principle of the new guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to reflect the transfer of goods and services to customers in an amount equal to the consideration the entity receives or expects to receive. The Company can apply the guidance using a full retrospective approach or a modified retrospective approach. The Company’s revenue is comprised of net interest income and noninterest income. The scope of the guidance explicitly excludes net interest income as well as many other revenues for financial assets and liabilities including loans, leases, securities, and derivatives. Accordingly, the majority of the Company’s revenues will not be affected. The guidance will be effective for the Company for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company does not expect these amendments to have a material effect on its financial statements.

 

In January 2016, the FASB amended the Financial Instruments topic of the Accounting Standards Codification to address certain aspects of recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure of financial instruments. This update is intended to improve the recognition and measurement of financial instruments and it requires an entity to: (i) measure equity investments at fair value through net income, with certain exceptions; (ii) present in other

98  

comprehensive income the changes in instrument-specific credit risk for financial liabilities measured using the fair value option; (iii) present financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial asset; (iv) calculate the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes based on an exit price and; (v) assess a valuation allowance on deferred tax assets related to unrealized losses of available for sale debt securities in combination with other deferred tax assets. The guidance also provides an election to subsequently measure certain nonmarketable equity investments at cost less any impairment and adjusted for certain observable price changes and requires a qualitative impairment assessment of such equity investments and amends certain fair value disclosure requirements.  The amendments will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company will apply the guidance by means of a cumulative-effect adjustment to the balance sheet as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption. The amendments related to equity securities without readily determinable fair values will be applied prospectively to equity investments that exist as of the date of adoption of the amendments. The Company does not expect these amendments to have a material effect on its financial statements.

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued new guidance on accounting for leases, which generally requires all leases to be recognized in the statement of financial position by recording an asset representing its right to use the underlying asset and recording a liability, which represents the Company’s obligation to make lease payments. The provisions of this guidance are effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018; early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect these amendments to have a material effect on its financial statements.

 

In March 2016, the FASB amended the Liabilities topic of the Accounting Standards Codification to address the current and potential future diversity in practice related to the derecognition of a prepaid stored-value product liability. The amendments will be effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company will apply the guidance using a modified retrospective transition method by means of a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the fiscal year in which the guidance is effective to each period presented. The Company does not expect these amendments to have a material effect on its financial statements.

 

In March 2016, the FASB amended the Investments—Equity Method and Joint Ventures topic of the Accounting Standards Codification to eliminate the requirement to retroactively adopt the equity method of accounting and instead apply the equity method of accounting starting with the date it qualifies for that method. The amendments were effective for the Company on January 1, 2017. The Company will apply the guidance prospectively to any increases in the level of ownership interest or degree of influence that result in the adoption of the equity method. The Company’s adoption of this amendment did not have a material effect on its financial statements.

 

In March 2016, the FASB issued guidance to simplify several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment award transactions including the income tax consequences, the classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and the classification on the statement of cash flows. Additionally, the guidance simplifies two areas specific to entities other than public business entities allowing them apply a practical expedient to estimate the expected term for all awards with performance or service conditions that have certain characteristics and also allowing them to make a one-time election to switch from measuring all liability-classified awards at fair value to measuring them at intrinsic value. The amendments were effective for the Company on January 1, 2017 and the adoption of this amendment did not have a material effect on its financial statements.

 

In June 2016, the FASB issued guidance to change the accounting for credit losses. The guidance requires an entity to utilize a new impairment model known as the current expected credit loss ("CECL") model to estimate its lifetime "expected credit loss" and record an allowance that, when deducted from the amortized cost basis of the financial asset, presents the net amount expected to be collected on the financial asset.  The CECL model is expected to result in earlier recognition of credit losses.  The guidance also requires new disclosures for financial assets measured at amortized cost, loans and available-for-sale debt securities. The Company will apply the amendments through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the year of adoption. While early adoption is permitted beginning in first quarter 2019, the Company does not expect to elect that option. The updated guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements; however, the Company expects the adoption of this guidance will result in an increase in the recorded allowance for loan losses.

 

99  

In October 2016, the FASB amended the Consolidation topic of the Accounting Standards Codification to revise the consolidation guidance on how a reporting entity that is the single decision maker of a variable interest entity (VIE) should treat indirect interests in the entity held through related parties that are under common control with the reporting entity when determining whether it is the primary beneficiary of that VIE. The amendments were effective for the Company on January 1, 2017 and the Company’s adoption of this amendment did not have a material effect on its financial statements.

 

In January 2017, the FASB issued guidance to clarify the definition of a business in the Business Combinations topic of the Accounting Standards Codification with the objective of adding guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. The amendment is intended to address concerns that the existing definition of a business has been applied too broadly and has resulted in many transactions being recorded as business acquisitions that in substance are more akin to asset acquisitions. The guidance will be effective for the Company for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 . Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect this amendment to have a material effect on its financial statements.

 

In January 2017, the FASB issued amended the Goodwill and Other Intangibles topic of the Accounting Standards Codification to simplify the accounting for goodwill impairment for public business entities and other entities that have goodwill reported in their financial statements and have not elected the private company alternative for the subsequent measurement of goodwill. The amendment removes Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test. The amount of goodwill impairment will now be the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. The effective date and transition requirements for the technical corrections will be effective for the Company for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. The Company does not expect this amendment to have a material effect on its financial statements.

 

In March 2017, the FASB amended the requirements in the Compensation—Retirement Benefits topic of the Accounting Standards Codification related to the income statement presentation of the components of net periodic benefit cost for an entity’s sponsored defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans. The amendments require that an employer report the service cost component in the same line item or items as other compensation costs arising from services rendered by pertinent employees during the period. The other components of net periodic benefit cost are required to be presented in the income statement separately from the service cost component. The amendments will be effective for the Company for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect these amendments to have a material effect on its financial statements.

 

In March 2017, the FASB amended the requirements in the Receivables—Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs topic of the Accounting Standards Codification related to the amortization period for certain purchased callable debt securities held at a premium. The amendments shorten the amortization period for the premium to the earliest call date. The amendments will be effective for the Company for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect these amendments to have a material effect on its financial statements.

 

In May 2017, the FASB amended the requirements in the Compensation—Stock Compensation Topic of the Accounting Standards Codification related to changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award. The amendments provide guidance about which changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting. The amendments will be effective for the Company for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect these amendments to have a material effect on its financial statements.

 

In February 2018, the FASB issued guidance related to the Income Statement – Reporting Comprehensive Income topic, which allows a reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, which was signed into law on December 22, 2017. The guidance will be effective for all annual and interim periods beginning January 1, 2019, with early adoption permitted. The Company chose to early adopt the new standard for the year ending December 31, 2017, as allowed under the new standard. The amount of the reclassification for the Company was $0.7 million, as shown in the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholder's Equity.

 

Other accounting standards that have been issued or proposed by the FASB or other standards-setting bodies are not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

100  

Note 2. Acquisitions

 

Since January 1, 2016, the Company completed the acquisitions described below. The results of each acquired company/branch are included in the Company’s results beginning on its respective acquisition date.

 

(1) On January 1, 2016, First Bank Insurance completed the acquisition of Bankingport, Inc. (“Bankingport”). The results of Bankingport are included in First Bancorp’s results for the twelve months ended December 31, 2016 beginning on the January 1, 2016 acquisition date.

 

Bankingport was an insurance agency based in Sanford, North Carolina. This acquisition represented an opportunity to expand the insurance agency operations into a contiguous and significant banking market for the Company. Also, this acquisition provided the Company with a larger platform for leveraging insurance services throughout the Company’s bank branch network. The deal value was $2.2 million and the transaction was completed on January 1, 2016 with the Company paying $700,000 in cash and issuing 79,012 shares of its common stock, which had a value of approximately $1.5 million. In connection with the acquisition, the Company also paid $1.1 million to purchase the office space previously leased by Bankingport.

 

This acquisition has been accounted for using the purchase method of accounting for business combinations, and accordingly, the assets and liabilities of Bankingport were recorded based on estimates of fair values as of January 1, 2016. In connection with this transaction, the Company recorded $1.7 million in goodwill, which is non-deductible for tax purposes, and $0.7 million in other amortizable intangible assets.

 

(2) On May 5, 2016, the Company completed the acquisition of SBA Complete, Inc. (“SBA Complete”). The results of SBA Complete are included in the Company’s results beginning on the May 5, 2016 acquisition date. SBA Complete is a consulting firm that specializes in consulting with financial institutions across the country related to Small Business Administration (“SBA”) loan origination and servicing. The deal value was approximately $8.5 million with the Company paying $1.5 million in cash and issuing 199,829 shares of its common stock, which had a value of approximately $4.0 million. Per the terms of the agreement, the Company recorded an earn-out liability initially valued at $3.0 million, which will be paid in shares of Company stock in annual distributions over a three-year period if pre-determined goals are met for those three years.

 

This acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting for business combinations, and accordingly, the assets and liabilities of SBA Complete were recorded based on estimates of fair values, which according to applicable accounting guidance, are subject to change for twelve months following the acquisition. In connection with this transaction, the Company originally recorded $5.6 million in goodwill, which was non-deductible for tax purposes, and $2.0 million in other amortizable intangible assets.

 

In the second quarter of 2017, the Company recorded a measurement period adjustment to reduce the earn-out liability and goodwill by $1.2 million based on the availability of new information that provided a more reliable estimate of the most likely earn-out.

 

(3) On July 15, 2016, the Company completed a branch exchange with First Community Bank headquartered in Bluefield, Virginia. In the branch exchange transaction, the Bank acquired six of First Community Bank’s branches located in North Carolina, while concurrently selling seven of its branches in the southwestern area of Virginia to First Community Bank.

 

In connection with the sale, the Company sold $150.6 million in loans, $5.7 million in premises and equipment and $134.3 million in deposits to First Community Bank. In connection with the sale, the Company received a deposit premium of $3.8 million, removed $1.0 million of allowance for loan losses associated with the sold loans, allocated and wrote-off $3.5 million of previously recorded goodwill, and recorded a net gain of $1.5 million in this transaction.

 

In connection with the purchase transaction, the Company acquired assets with a fair value of $157.2 million, including $152.2 million in loans and $3.4 million in premises and equipment. Additionally, the Company

101  

assumed $111.3 million in deposits and $0.2 million in other liabilities. In connection with the purchase, the Company recorded: i) a discount on acquired loans of $1.5 million, ii) a premium on deposits of $0.3 million, iii) a $1.2 million core deposit intangible, iv) and $5.4 million in goodwill.

 

The branch acquisition has been accounted for using the purchase method of accounting for business combinations, and accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the acquired branches were recorded on the Company’s balance sheet at their fair values as of July 15, 2016 and the related results of operations for the acquired branches have been included in the Company’s consolidated statement of comprehensive income since that date. The goodwill recorded in the branch exchange is deductible for tax purposes.

 

(4) On March 3, 2017, the Company completed the acquisition of Carolina Bank Holdings, Inc. (“Carolina Bank”), headquartered in Greensboro, North Carolina, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization dated June 21, 2016. The results of Carolina Bank are included in First Bancorp’s results beginning on the March 3, 2017 acquisition date.

 

Carolina Bank Holdings, Inc. was the parent company of Carolina Bank, a North Carolina state-chartered bank with eight bank branches located in the North Carolina cities of Greensboro, High Point, Burlington, Winston-Salem, and Asheboro, and mortgage offices in Burlington, Hillsborough, and Sanford. The acquisition complements the Company’s recent expansion into several of these high-growth markets and increases its market share in others with facilities, operations and experienced staff already in place. The Company was willing to record goodwill primarily due to the reasons just noted, as well as the positive earnings of Carolina Bank. The total merger consideration consisted of $25.3 million in cash and 3,799,471 shares of the Company’s common stock, with each share of Carolina Bank common stock being exchanged for either $20.00 in cash or 1.002 shares of the Company’s stock, subject to the total consideration being 75% stock / 25% cash. The issuance of common stock was valued at $114.5 million and was based on the Company’s closing stock price on March 3, 2017 of $30.13 per share.

 

This acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting for business combinations, and accordingly, the assets and liabilities of Carolina Bank were recorded based on estimates of fair values as of March 3, 2017. The Company may change its valuations of acquired Carolina Bank assets and liabilities for up to one year after the acquisition date, and is currently awaiting information related to a contingent liability that was assumed in the acquisition. The table below is a condensed balance sheet disclosing the amount assigned to each major asset and liability category of Carolina Bank on March 3, 2017, and the related fair value adjustments recorded by the Company to reflect the acquisition. The $65.5 million in goodwill that resulted from this transaction is non-deductible for tax purposes.

102  

 

 

 

($ in thousands)

 

  As
Recorded by
Carolina Bank
    Initial Fair
Value
Adjustments
    Measurement
Period
Adjustments
    As
Recorded by
First Bancorp
 
Assets                                
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 81,466       (2 ) (a)         81,464  
Securities     49,629       (261 ) (b)         49,368  
Loans, gross     505,560       (5,469 ) (c)   146 (l)   497,522  
              (2,715 ) (d)            
Allowance for loan losses     (5,746 )     5,746 (e)          
Premises and equipment     17,967       4,251 (f)   (319 ) (m)   21,899  
Core deposit intangible           8,790 (g)         8,790  
Other     34,976       (4,804 ) (h)   2,225 (n)   32,397  
   Total     683,852       5,536       2,052       691,440  
                                 
Liabilities                                
Deposits   $ 584,950       431 (i)         585,381  
Borrowings     21,855       (2,855 ) (j)   (262 ) (o)   18,738  
Other     12,855       225 (k)         13,080  
   Total     619,660       (2,199 )     (262 )     617,199  
                                 
Net identifiable assets acquired                             74,241  
                                 
Total cost of acquisition                                
   Value of stock issued           $ 114,478                  
   Cash paid in the acquisition             25,279                  
       Total cost of acquisition                             139,757  
                                 
Goodwill recorded related to acquisition of Carolina Bank                           $ 65,516  
                                 
                                 

Explanation of Fair Value Adjustments

(a) This adjustment was recorded to a short-term investment to its estimated fair value.
(b) This fair value adjustment was recorded to adjust the securities portfolio to its estimated fair value.
(c) This fair value adjustment represents the amount necessary to reduce performing loans to their fair value due to interest rate factors and credit factors. Assuming the loans continue to perform, this amount will be amortized to increase interest income over the remaining lives of the related loans.
(d) This fair value adjustment was recorded to write-down purchased credit impaired loans assumed in the acquisition to their estimated fair market value.
(e) This fair value adjustment reduced the allowance for loan losses to zero as required by relevant accounting guidance.
(f) This adjustment represents the amount necessary to increase premises and equipment from its book value on the date of acquisition to its estimated fair market value.
(g) This fair value adjustment represents the value of the core deposit base assumed in the acquisition based on a study performed by an independent consulting firm. This amount was recorded by the Company as an identifiable intangible asset and will be amortized as expense on an accelerated basis over seven years.
(h) This fair value adjustment primarily represents the net deferred tax liability associated with the other fair value adjustments made to record the transaction.
(i) This fair value adjustment was recorded because the weighted average interest rate of Carolina Bank’s time deposits exceeded the cost of similar wholesale funding at the time of the acquisition. This amount will be amortized to reduce interest expense on an accelerated basis over their remaining five year life.
(j) This fair value adjustment was primarily recorded because the interest rate of Carolina Bank’s trust preferred security was less than the current interest rate on similar instruments. This amount will be amortized on approximately a straight-line basis to increase interest expense over the remaining life of the related borrowing, which is 18 years.
(k) This fair value adjustment represents miscellaneous adjustments needed to record assets and liabilities at their fair value.
(l) This fair value adjustment was a miscellaneous adjustment to increase the initial fair value of gross loans.
(m) This fair value adjustment relates to miscellaneous adjustment to decrease the initial fair value of premises and equipment.

103  

(n) This fair value adjustment relates to changes in the estimate of deferred tax assets/liabilities associated with the acquisition and a miscellaneous adjustment to decrease the initial fair value of foreclosed real estate acquired in the transaction.
(o) This fair value adjustment relates to miscellaneous adjustments to decrease the initial fair value of borrowings.

 

The following unaudited pro forma financial information presents the combined results of the Company and Carolina Bank as if the acquisition had occurred as of January 1, 2016, after giving effect to certain adjustments, including amortization of the core deposit intangible, and related income tax effects. The pro forma financial information does not necessarily reflect the results of operations that would have occurred had the Company and Carolina Bank constituted a single entity during such period.

 


($ in thousands, except share data)
  Pro Forma Combined
Year Ended
December 31,
2017
    Pro Forma Combined
Year Ended
December 31,
2016
 
Net interest income   $ 168,759       147,089  
Noninterest income     50,098       36,684  
Total revenue     218,857       183,773  
                 
Net income available to common shareholders     49,907       25,364  
                 
Earnings per common share                
     Basic   $ 1.93       1.07  
     Diluted     1.92       1.03  

 

For purposes of the supplemental pro forma information, merger-related expenses of $5.2 million that were recorded in the Company’s consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2017 and $4.6 million of merger-related expenses that were recorded by Carolina Bank in 2017 prior to the merger date are reflected above in the pro forma presentation for 2016.

 

(5) On September 1, 2017, First Bank Insurance completed the acquisition of Bear Insurance Service (“Bear Insurance”). The results of Bear Insurance are included the Company’s results beginning on the September 1, 2017 acquisition date.

 

Bear Insurance, an insurance agency based in Albemarle, North Carolina, with four locations in Stanly, Cabarrus, and Montgomery counties and annual commission income of approximately $4 million, represented an opportunity to complement the insurance agency operations in these markets and the surrounding areas. Also, this acquisition provided the Company with a larger platform for leveraging insurance services throughout the Company’s bank branch network. The transaction value was $9.8 million and the transaction was completed on September 1, 2017 with the Company paying $7.9 million in cash and issuing 13,374 shares of its common stock, which had a value of approximately $0.4 million. Per the terms of the agreement, the Company also recorded an earn-out liability valued at $1.2 million, which will be paid as a cash distribution after a four-year period if pre-determined goals are met for the periods.

 

This acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting for business combinations, and accordingly, the assets and liabilities of Bear Insurance were recorded based on estimates of fair values as of September 1, 2017. In connection with this transaction, the Company recorded $5.3 million in goodwill, which is deductible for tax purposes, and $3.9 million in other amortizable intangible assets, which are also deductible for tax purposes.

 

(6) On October 1, 2017, the Company completed the acquisition of ASB Bancorp, Inc. (“Asheville Savings Bank”), headquartered in Asheville, North Carolina, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization dated May 1, 2017. The results of Asheville Savings Bank are included in First Bancorp’s results beginning on the October 1, 2017 acquisition date.

 

ASB Bancorp, Inc. was the parent company of Asheville Savings Bank, a North Carolina state-chartered bank

104  

with eight bank branches located in Buncombe County, North Carolina and five bank branches located in the counties of Henderson, Madison, McDowell and Transylvania, all in North Carolina. The acquisition complements the Company’s existing presence in the Asheville and surrounding markets, which are high-growth and highly desired markets. The Company was willing to record goodwill primarily due to the reasons just noted, as well as the positive earnings of Asheville Savings Bank. The total merger consideration consisted of $17.9 million in cash and 4,920,061 shares of the Company’s common stock, with each share of Asheville Savings Bank common stock being exchanged for either $41.90 in cash or 1.44 shares of the Company’s stock, subject to the total consideration being 90% stock / 10% cash. The issuance of common stock was valued at $169.3 million and was based on the Company’s closing stock price on September 30, 2017 of $34.41 per share.

 

This acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting for business combinations, and accordingly, the assets and liabilities of Asheville Savings Bank were recorded based on estimates of fair values as of October 1, 2017. The Company may change its valuations of acquired Asheville Savings Bank assets and liabilities for up to one year after the acquisition date. The table below is a condensed balance sheet disclosing the amount assigned to each major asset and liability category of Asheville Savings Bank on October 1, 2017, and the related fair value adjustments recorded by the Company to reflect the acquisition. The $88.4 million in goodwill that resulted from this transaction is non-deductible for tax purposes.

 

 

($ in thousands)

 

  As Recorded by
Asheville Savings
Bank
    Initial Fair
Value
Adjustments
    Measurement
Period
Adjustments
    As
Recorded by
First Bancorp
 
Assets                                
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 41,824                   41,824  
Securities     95,020                   95,020  
Loans, gross     617,159       (9,631 ) (a)         606,180  
              (1,348 ) (b)            
Allowance for loan losses     (6,685 )     6,685 (c)          
Presold mortgages     3,785                   3,785  
Premises and equipment     10,697       9,857 (d)         20,554  
Core deposit intangible           9,760 (e)         9,760  
Other     35,944       (5,851 ) (f)         30,093  
   Total     797,744       9,472             807,216  
                                 
Liabilities                                
Deposits   $ 678,707       430 (g)         679,137  
Borrowings     20,000                   20,000  
Other     8,943       298 (h)         9,241  
   Total     707,650       728             708,378  
                                 
Net identifiable assets acquired                             98,838  
                                 
Total cost of acquisition                                
   Value of stock issued           $ 169,299                  
   Cash paid in the acquisition             17,939                  
       Total cost of acquisition                             187,238  
                                 
Goodwill recorded related to acquisition of Asheville Savings Bank     $ 88,400  

 

Explanation of Fair Value Adjustments

(a) This fair value adjustment represents the amount necessary to reduce performing loans to their fair value due to interest rate factors and credit factors. Assuming the loans continue to perform, this amount will be amortized to increase interest income over the remaining lives of the related loans.
  (b) This fair value adjustment was recorded to write-down purchased credit impairment loans assumed in the acquisition to their estimated fair market value.
(c) This fair value adjustment reduced the allowance for loan losses to zero as required by relevant accounting guidance.
(d) This adjustment represents the amount necessary to increase premises and equipment from its book value on the date of acquisition to its estimated fair market value.
(e) This fair value adjustment represents the value of the core deposit base assumed in the acquisition based on a study performed by an independent consulting firm. This amount was recorded by the Company as an identifiable intangible asset and will be amortized as expense on an accelerated basis over seven years.

105  

(f) This fair value adjustment primarily represents the net deferred tax liability associated with the other fair value adjustments made to record the transaction.
(g) This fair value adjustment was recorded because the weighted average interest rate of Asheville Savings Bank’s time deposits exceeded the cost of similar wholesale funding at the time of the acquisition. This amount will be amortized to reduce interest expense on an accelerated basis over their remaining five year life.
(h) This fair value adjustment represents miscellaneous adjustments needed to record assets and liabilities at their fair value.

 

The following unaudited pro forma financial information presents the combined results of the Company and Asheville Savings Bank as if the acquisition had occurred as of January 1, 2016, after giving effect to certain adjustments, including amortization of the core deposit intangible, and related income tax effects. The pro forma financial information does not necessarily reflect the results of operations that would have occurred had the Company and Asheville Savings Bank constituted a single entity during such period.

 

($ in thousands, except share data)   Pro Forma Combined
Twelve Months Ended
December 31, 2017
    Pro Forma Combined
Twelve Months Ended
December 31, 2016
 
Net interest income   $ 183,996       147,284  
Noninterest income     54,523       34,307  
Total revenue     238,391       181,591  
                 
Net income available to common shareholders     51,600       12,291  
                 
Earnings per common share                
     Basic   $ 1.79       0.49  
     Diluted     1.78       0.48  

 

For purposes of the supplemental pro forma information, merger-related expenses of $2.7 million that were recorded in the Company’s consolidated statements of income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2017 and $20.4 million of merger-related expenses that were recorded by Asheville Savings Bank in 2017 prior to the merger date are reflected above in the pro forma presentation for 2016.

 

Note 3. Securities

 

The book values and approximate fair values of investment securities at December 31, 2017 and 2016 are summarized as follows:

 

    2017     2016  
    Amortized     Fair     Unrealized     Amortized     Fair     Unrealized  
($ in thousands)   Cost     Value     Gains     (Losses)     Cost     Value     Gains     (Losses)  
                                                 
Securities available for sale:                                                                
  Government-sponsored enterprise securities   $ 14,000       13,867             (133 )     17,497       17,490             (7 )
  Mortgage-backed securities     297,690       295,213       246       (2,722 )     151,001       148,065       155       (3,091 )
  Corporate bonds     33,792       34,190       512       (114 )     33,833       33,600       91       (324 )
  Equity securities                             83       174       96       (5 )
Total available for sale   $ 345,482       343,270       758       (2,969 )     202,414       199,329       342       (3,427 )
                                                                 
Securities held to maturity:                                                                
  Mortgage-backed securities   $ 63,829       63,092             (737 )     80,585       79,283             (1,302 )
  State and local governments     54,674       55,906       1,280       (48 )     49,128       50,912       1,815       (31 )
Total held to maturity   $ 118,503       118,998       1,280       (785 )     129,713       130,195       1,815       (1,333 )

 

 

All of the Company’s mortgage-backed securities, including commercial mortgage-backed obligations, were issued by government-sponsored corporations, except for one private mortgage-backed security with a fair value of $0.5 million as of December 31, 2017.

 

106  

The following table presents information regarding securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2017:

 

($ in thousands)   Securities in an Unrealized
Loss Position for
Less than 12 Months
    Securities in an Unrealized
Loss Position for
More than 12 Months
    Total  
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Losses
 
  Government-sponsored enterprise securities   $ 10,897       103       2,970       30       13,867       133  
  Mortgage-backed securities     192,702       1,582       125,060       1,877       317,762       3,459  
  Corporate bonds     2,500       49       935       65       3,435       114  
  State and local governments     7,928       48                   7,928       48  
      Total temporarily impaired securities   $ 214,027       1,782       128,965       1,972       342,992       3,754  

 

The following table presents information regarding securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2016:

 

($ in thousands)   Securities in an Unrealized
Loss Position for
Less than 12 Months
    Securities in an Unrealized
Loss Position for
More than 12 Months
    Total  
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Losses
 
  Government-sponsored enterprise securities   $ 7,990       7                   7,990       7  
  Mortgage-backed securities     196,999       3,841       19,001       552       216,000       4,393  
  Corporate bonds     27,027       259       935       65       27,962       324  
  Equity securities                 7       5       7       5  
  State and local governments     801       31                   801       31  
      Total temporarily impaired securities   $ 232,817       4,138       19,943       622       252,760       4,760  

 

In the above tables, all of the non-equity securities that were in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2017 and 2016 are bonds that the Company has determined are in a loss position due primarily to interest rate factors and not credit quality concerns. The Company has evaluated the collectability of each of these bonds and has concluded that there is no other-than-temporary impairment. The Company does not intend to sell these securities, and it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell these securities before recovery of the amortized cost.

 

The Company has also concluded that each of the equity securities in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2016 was in such a position due to temporary fluctuations in the market prices of the securities. The Company’s policy is to record an impairment charge for any of these equity securities that remains in an unrealized loss position for twelve consecutive months unless the amount is insignificant.

 

 

107  

The book values and approximate fair values of investment securities at December 31, 2017, by contractual maturity, are summarized in the table below. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

    Securities Available for Sale     Securities Held to Maturity  
    Amortized     Fair     Amortized     Fair  
($ in thousands)   Cost     Value     Cost     Value  
                         
Debt securities                                
Due within one year   $           $ 2,257       2,258  
Due after one year but within five years     15,007       14,905       23,285       23,795  
Due after five years but within ten years     27,785       28,042       23,502       24,219  
Due after ten years     5,000       5,110       5,630       5,634  
Mortgage-backed securities     297,690       295,213       63,829       63,092  
Total debt securities     345,482       343,270       118,503       118,998  
                                 
Equity securities                        
Total securities   $ 345,482       343,270     $ 118,503       118,998  

 

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, investment securities with carrying values of $176,813,000 and $147,009,000, respectively, were pledged as collateral for public deposits.

 

In 2017, the Company received proceeds from sales of securities of $140,621,000 and recorded $235,000 in losses from the sales. In 2016, the Company received proceeds from sales of securities of $8,000 and recorded $3,000 in gains from the sales. In 2015, the Company recorded $1,000 in securities losses associated with write-downs and did not sell any securities.

 

Included in “other assets” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets are cost-method investments in Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) and Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond (“FRB”) stock totaling $31,338,000 and $19,826,000 at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The FHLB stock had a cost and fair value of $19,647,000 and $12,588,000 at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, and serves as part of the collateral for the Company’s line of credit with the FHLB and is also a requirement for membership in the FHLB system. The FRB stock had a cost and fair value of $11,691,000 and $7,238,000 at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, and is a requirement for FRB member bank qualification. Periodically, both the FHLB and FRB recalculate the Company’s required level of holdings, and the Company either buys more stock or redeems a portion of the stock at cost. The Company determined that neither stock was impaired at either period end.

 

Note 4. Loans and Asset Quality Information

 

Prior to September 22, 2016, the Company’s banking subsidiary, First Bank, had certain loans and foreclosed real estate that were covered by loss share agreements between the FDIC and First Bank which afforded First Bank significant loss protection - see Note 2 to the financial statements included in the Company’s 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K for detailed information regarding FDIC-assisted purchase transactions. On September 22, 2016, the Company terminated all of the loss share agreements with the FDIC, such that all future losses and recoveries on loans and foreclosed real estate associated with the failed banks acquired through FDIC-assisted transactions will be borne solely by First Bank.

 

In the information presented below, the term “covered” is used to describe assets that were subject to FDIC loss share agreements, while the term “non-covered” refers to the Company’s legacy assets, which were not included in any type of loss share arrangement. As discussed previously, all loss share agreements were terminated during 2016 and thus the entire loan portfolio is now classified as non-covered. Certain prior period disclosures will continue to present the breakout of the loan portfolio between covered and non-covered.

 

On March 3, 2017, the Company acquired Carolina Bank (see Note 2 for more information). As a result of this acquisition, the Company recorded loans with a fair value of $497.5 million. Of those loans, $19.3 million were considered to be purchased credit impaired (“PCI”) loans, which are loans for which it is probable at acquisition date that all contractually required payments will not be collected. The remaining loans are considered to be purchased non-impaired loans and their related fair value discount or premium is recognized as an adjustment to yield over the remaining life of each loan.

 

108  

The following table relates to acquired Carolina Bank PCI loans and summarizes the contractually required payments, which includes principal and interest, expected cash flows to be collected, and the fair value of acquired PCI loans at the acquisition date.

 

($ in thousands)

 

  Carolina Bank Acquisition
on March 3, 2017
 
Contractually required payments   $ 27,108  
Nonaccretable difference     (4,237 )
Cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition     22,871  
Accretable yield     (3,617 )
Fair value of PCI loans at acquisition date   $ 19,254  

 

The following table relates to acquired Carolina Bank purchased non-impaired loans and provides the contractually required payments, fair value, and estimate of contractual cash flows not expected to be collected at the acquisition date.

 

($ in thousands)

 

  Carolina Bank Acquisition
on March 3, 2017
 
Contractually required payments   $ 569,980  
Fair value of acquired loans at acquisition date     478,515  
Contractual cash flows not expected to be collected     3,650  

 

On October 1, 2017, the Company acquired Asheville Savings Bank (see Note 2 for more information). As a result of this acquisition, the Company recorded loans with a fair value of $606.2 million. Of those loans, $9.9 million were considered to be purchased credit impaired (“PCI”) loans, which are loans for which it is probable at acquisition date that all contractually required payments will not be collected. The remaining loans are considered to be purchased non-impaired loans and their related fair value discount or premium is recognized as an adjustment to yield over the remaining life of each loan.

 

The following table relates to acquired Asheville Savings Bank PCI loans and summarizes the contractually required payments, which includes principal and interest, expected cash flows to be collected, and the fair value of acquired PCI loans at the acquisition date.

 

($ in thousands)

 

  Asheville Savings Bank
Acquisition on
October 1, 2017
 
Contractually required payments   $ 13,424  
Nonaccretable difference     (1,734 )
Cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition     11,690  
Accretable yield     (1,804 )
Fair value of PCI loans at acquisition date   $ 9,886  

 

 

The following table relates to acquired Asheville Savings Bank purchased non-impaired loans and provides the contractually required payments, fair value, and estimate of contractual cash flows not expected to be collected at the acquisition date.

 

($ in thousands)

 

  Asheville Savings Bank
Acquisition on
October 1, 2017
 
Contractually required payments   $ 727,706  
Fair value of acquired loans at acquisition date     595,167  
Contractual cash flows not expected to be collected     7,000  

 

 

 

109  

The following is a summary of the major categories of total loans outstanding:

 

($ in thousands)   December 31, 2017     December 31, 2016  
    Amount     Percentage     Amount     Percentage  
All loans:                        
                         
Commercial, financial, and agricultural   $ 381,130       10%     $ 261,813       9%  
Real estate – construction, land development & other land loans     539,020       13%       354,667       13%  
Real estate – mortgage – residential (1-4 family) first mortgages     972,772       24%       750,679       28%  
Real estate – mortgage – home equity loans / lines of credit     379,978       9%       239,105       9%  
Real estate – mortgage – commercial and other     1,696,107       42%       1,049,460       39%  
Installment loans to individuals     74,348       2%       55,037       2%  
    Subtotal     4,043,355       100%       2,710,761       100%  
Unamortized net deferred loan costs (fees)     (986 )             (49 )        
    Total loans   $ 4,042,369             $ 2,710,712          

 

Loans in the amount of $3.6 billion and $2.4 billion were pledged as collateral for certain borrowings as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively (see Note 10).

 

The loans above also include loans to executive officers and directors serving the Company at December 31, 2017 and to their associates, totaling approximately $3.6 million and $2.6 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. During 2017, net repayments to such loans were approximately $0.6 million. These loans were made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other non-related borrowers. Management does not believe these loans involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features.

 

The following table presents information regarding covered purchased nonimpaired loans since January 1, 2015. The amounts include principal only and do not reflect accrued interest as of the date of the acquisition or beyond. All balances of covered loans were transferred to non-covered as of the termination of the loss share agreements.

 

($ in thousands)

 

     
Carrying amount of nonimpaired covered loans at January 1, 2015   $ 125,644  
Principal repayments     (30,238 )
Transfers to foreclosed real estate     (1,211 )
Net loan recoveries     2,306  
Accretion of loan discount     4,751  
Carrying amount of nonimpaired covered loans at January 1, 2016     101,252  
Principal repayments     (7,997 )
Transfers to foreclosed real estate     (1,036 )
Net loan recoveries     1,784  
Accretion of loan discount     1,908  
Transfer to non-covered loans due to expiration of loss-share agreement, April 1, 2016     (17,530 )
Transfer to non-covered loans due to termination of loss-share agreements, September 22, 2016     (78,381 )
Carrying amount of nonimpaired covered loans at December 31, 2016   $  

 

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, there was a remaining accretable discount of $21.5 million and $12.1 million, respectively, related to purchased non-impaired loans.

110  

The following table presents changes in the carrying value of PCI loans.

 

($ in thousands)

 

 

 

Purchased Credit Impaired Loans

  For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2017
    For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2016
 
Balance at beginning of period   $ 514       1,970  
Additions due to acquisition of Carolina Bank     19,254        
Additions due to acquisition of Asheville Savings Bank     9,886        
Change due to payments received and accretion     (6,016 )     (1,386 )
Change due to loan charge-offs     (12 )     (70 )
Transfers to foreclosed real estate     (69 )      
Other     (392 )      
Balance at end of period   $ 23,165       514  

 

The following table presents changes in the accretable yield for PCI loans.

 

($ in thousands)

 

 

 

Accretable Yield for PCI loans

  For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2017
    For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2016
 
Balance at beginning of period   $        
Additions due to acquisition of Carolina Bank     3,617        
Additions due to acquisition of Asheville Savings Bank     1,804        
Accretion     (1,846 )      
Reclassification from (to) nonaccretable difference     423        
Other, net     690        
Balance at end of period   $ 4,688        

 

During 2017, the Company received $1,064,000 in payments that exceeded the carrying amount of the related purchased credit impaired loans, of which $962,000 was recognized as loan discount accretion income and $102,000 was recorded as additional loan interest income. During 2016, the Company received $1,160,000 in payments that exceeded the carrying amount of the related PCI loans, of which $786,000 was recognized as loan discount accretion income, $296,000 was recorded as additional loan interest income, and $78,000 was recorded as a recovery.

 

Nonperforming assets are defined as nonaccrual loans, restructured loans, loans past due 90 or more days and still accruing interest, nonperforming loans held for sale, and foreclosed real estate. Nonperforming assets are summarized as follows:

 

 

ASSET QUALITY DATA ($ in thousands)

  December 31,
2017
    December 31,
2016
 
             
Nonperforming assets                
Nonaccrual loans   $ 20,968       27,468  
Restructured loans - accruing     19,834       22,138  
Accruing loans > 90 days past due            
     Total nonperforming loans     40,802       49,606  
Foreclosed real estate     12,571       9,532  
Total nonperforming assets   $ 53,373       59,138  
                 
Purchased credit impaired loans not included above (1)   $ 23,165        

 

 

(1) In the March 3, 2017 acquisition of Carolina Bank and the October 1, 2017 acquisition of Asheville Savings Bank, the Company acquired $19.3 million and $9.9 million, respectively, in PCI loans in accordance with ASC 310-30 accounting guidance. These loans are excluded from nonperforming loans, including $0.6 million in PCI loans at December 31, 2017 that are contractually past due 90 days or more.

 

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had $0.8 million and $1.7 million in residential mortgage loans in process of foreclosure, respectively.

 

If the nonaccrual and restructured loans as of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 had been current in accordance with their original terms and had been outstanding throughout the period (or since origination if held for part of the period), gross interest income in the amounts of approximately $1,503,000, $1,893,000, and $3,213,000 for nonaccrual loans and $1,182,000, $1,417,000, and $2,044,000, for restructured loans would have been recorded for 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. Interest income on such loans that was actually collected and included in net

111  

income in 2017, 2016 and 2015 amounted to approximately $415,000, $266,000, and $575,000 for nonaccrual loans (prior to their being placed on nonaccrual status), and $297,000, $423,000, and $1,392,000 for restructured loans, respectively. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, there were no commitments to lend additional funds to debtors whose loans were nonperforming.

 

The following is a summary the Company’s nonaccrual loans by major categories.

 

($ in thousands)   December 31,
2017
    December 31,
2016
 
Commercial, financial, and agricultural   $ 1,001       1,842  
Real estate – construction, land development & other land loans     1,822       2,945  
Real estate – mortgage – residential (1-4 family) first mortgages     12,201       16,017  
Real estate – mortgage – home equity loans / lines of credit     2,524       2,355  
Real estate – mortgage – commercial and other     3,345       4,208  
Installment loans to individuals     75       101  
  Total   $ 20,968       27,468  
                 

 

The following table presents an analysis of the payment status of the Company’s loans as of December 31, 2017.

 

($ in thousands)   Accruing
30-59 Days
Past Due
    Accruing
60-89 Days
Past Due
    Accruing 90
Days or More
Past Due
    Nonaccrual
Loans
    Accruing
Current
    Total Loans
Receivable
 
                                     
Commercial, financial, and agricultural   $ 89       151             1,001       379,241       380,482  
Real estate – construction, land development & other land loans     1,154       214             1,822       535,423       538,613  
Real estate – mortgage – residential (1-4 family) first mortgages     6,777       1,370             12,201       943,565       963,913  
Real estate – mortgage – home equity loans / lines of credit     1,347       10             2,524       375,814       379,695  
Real estate – mortgage – commercial and other     1,270       451             3,345       1,678,529       1,683,595  
Installment loans to individuals     445       95             75       73,277       73,892  
Purchased credit impaired     821       77       601             21,666       23,165  
  Total   $ 11,903       2,368       601       20,968       4,007,515       4,043,355  
Unamortized net deferred loan fees                                             (986 )
      Total loans                                           $ 4,042,369  

 

 

The following table presents an analysis of the payment status of the Company’s loans as of December 31, 2016.

 

($ in thousands)   Accruing
30-59 Days
Past Due
    Accruing
60-89 Days
Past Due
    Accruing 90
Days or More
Past Due
    Nonaccrual
Loans
    Accruing
Current
    Total Loans
Receivable
 
                                     
Commercial, financial, and agricultural   $ 92                   1,842       259,879       261,813  
Real estate – construction, land development & other land loans     473       168             2,945       351,081       354,667  
Real estate – mortgage – residential (1-4 family) first mortgages     4,487       443             16,017       729,732       750,679  
Real estate – mortgage – home equity loans / lines of credit     1,751       178             2,355       234,821       239,105  
Real estate – mortgage – commercial and other     1,482       449             4,208       1,042,807       1,048,946  
Installment loans to individuals     186       193             101       54,557       55,037  
Purchased credit impaired                             514       514  
  Total   $ 8,471       1,431             27,468       2,673,391       2,710,761  
Unamortized net deferred loan fees                                             (49 )
           Total loans                                           $ 2,710,712  

 

112  

The following table presents the activity in the allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2017. There were no covered loans at December 31, 2017 and all reserves associated with previously covered loans were transferred to the non-covered allowance.

 

 

($ in thousands)

  Commercial,
Financial, and
Agricultural
    Real Estate –
Construction,
Land
Development
& Other Land
Loans
    Real Estate

Residential
(1-4 Family)
First
Mortgages
    Real Estate
– Mortgage
– Home
Equity Lines
of Credit
    Real Estate
– Mortgage

Commercial
and Other
    Installment
Loans to
Individuals
    Unallo-
cated
    Total  
                               
As of and for the year ended December 31, 2017                  
                                                 
Beginning balance   $ 3,829       2,691       7,704       2,420       5,098       1,145       894       23,781  
Charge-offs     (1,622 )     (589 )     (2,641 )     (978 )     (1,182 )     (799 )           (7,811 )
Recoveries     1,311       2,579       1,076       333       1,027       279             6,605  
Provisions     (407 )     (1,865 )     8       52       1,532       325       1,078       723  
Ending balance   $ 3,111       2,816       6,147       1,827       6,475       950       1,972       23,298  
                                                                 
Ending balances as of December 31, 2017:  Allowance for loan losses                        
Individually evaluated for impairment   $ 215       18       1,099             232                   1,564  
Collectively evaluated for impairment   $ 2,896       2,798       4,831       1,788       6,226       950       1,972       21,461  
Purchased credit impaired   $             217       39       17                   273  
                                                                 
Loans receivable as of December 31, 2017:                        
Ending balance – total   $ 381,130       539,020       972,772       379,978       1,696,107       74,348             4,043,355  
Unamortized net deferred loan fees                                                             (986 )
Total loans                                                           $ 4,042,369  
                                                                 
Ending balances as of December 31, 2017: Loans                        
Individually evaluated for impairment   $ 579       2,975       14,800       368       8,493                   27,215  
Collectively evaluated for impairment   $ 379,903       535,638       949,113       379,327       1,675,102       73,892             3,992,975  
Purchased credit impaired   $ 648       407       8,859       283       12,512       456             23,165  

113  

The following table presents the activity in the allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2016. There were no covered loans at December 31, 2016 and all reserves associated with previously covered loans have been transferred to the non-covered allowance.

 

($ in thousands)

  Commercial,
Financial, and
Agricultural
    Real Estate –
Construction,
Land
Development
& Other Land
Loans
    Real Estate

Residential
(1-4 Family)
First
Mortgages
    Real Estate
– Mortgage
– Home
Equity Lines
of Credit
    Real Estate
– Mortgage

Commercial
and Other
    Installment
Loans to
Individuals
    Unallo-
cated
    Covered     Total  
                                     
As of and for the year ended December 31, 2016
Beginning balance   $ 4,742       3,754       7,832       2,893       5,816       1,051       696       1,799       28,583  
Charge-offs     (2,271 )     (1,101 )     (3,815 )     (969 )     (1,005 )     (1,008 )     (1 )     (244 )     (10,414 )
Recoveries     805       1,422       1,060       250       836       354             1,958       6,685  
Transfer from covered status     56       65       839       293       127             1       (1,381 )      
Removed due to branch loan sale     (263 )     (39 )     (347 )     (110 )     (228 )     (63 )                 (1,050 )
Provisions     760       (1,410 )     2,135       63       (448 )     811       198       (2,132 )     (23 )
Ending balance   $ 3,829       2,691       7,704       2,420       5,098       1,145       894             23,781  
                                                                         
Ending balances as of December 31, 2016:  Allowance for loan losses            
Individually evaluated for impairment   $ 7       184       1,339       5       105                         1,640  
Collectively evaluated for impairment   $ 3,822       2,507       6,365       2,415       4,993       1,145       894             22,141  
Purchased credit impaired   $                                                  
                                                                         
Loans receivable as of December 31, 2016:            
Ending balance – total   $ 261,813       354,667       750,679       239,105       1,049,460       55,037                   2,710,761  
Unamortized net deferred loan fees                                                                     (49 )
Total loans                                                                   $ 2,710,712  
                                                                         
Ending balances as of December 31, 2016: Loans            
Individually evaluated for impairment   $ 644       4,001       20,807       280       6,494                         32,226  
Collectively evaluated for impairment   $ 261,169       350,666       729,872       238,825       1,042,452       55,037                   2,678,021  
Purchased credit impaired   $                         514                         514  

114  

 

The following table presents loans individually evaluated for impairment by class of loans, excluding purchased credit impaired loans, as of December 31, 2017.

 

 

($ in thousands)

  Recorded
Investment
    Unpaid
Principal
Balance
    Related
Allowance
    Average
Recorded
Investment
 
Impaired loans with no related allowance recorded:                                
                                 
Commercial, financial, and agricultural   $ 183       425             276  
Real estate – mortgage – construction, land development & other land loans     2,743       3,941             2,846  
Real estate – mortgage – residential (1-4 family) first mortgages     5,205       5,728             7,067  
Real estate – mortgage –home equity loans / lines of credit     368       387             129  
Real estate – mortgage –commercial and other     3,066       3,321             3,143  
Installment loans to individuals                        
Total impaired loans with no allowance   $ 11,565       13,802             13,461  
                                 
Impaired loans with an allowance recorded:                                
                                 
Commercial, financial, and agricultural   $ 396       396       215       214  
Real estate – mortgage – construction, land development & other land loans     232       241       18       503  
Real estate – mortgage – residential (1-4 family) first mortgages     9,595       9,829       1,099       10,077  
Real estate – mortgage –home equity loans / lines of credit                       66  
Real estate – mortgage –commercial and other     5,427       5,427       232       5,369  
Installment loans to individuals                        
Total impaired loans with allowance   $ 15,650       15,893       1,564       16,229  

 

 

Interest income recorded on impaired loans during the year ended December 31, 2017 was insignificant.

 

The following table presents loans individually evaluated for impairment by class of loans, excluding purchased credit impaired loans, as of December 31, 2016.

 

 

($ in thousands)

  Recorded
Investment
    Unpaid
Principal
Balance
    Related
Allowance
    Average
Recorded
Investment
 
Impaired loans with no related allowance recorded:                                
                                 
Commercial, financial, and agricultural   $ 593       706             816  
Real estate – mortgage – construction, land development & other land loans     3,221       4,558             3,641  
Real estate – mortgage – residential (1-4 family) first mortgages     10,035       12,220             11,008  
Real estate – mortgage –home equity loans / lines of credit     114       146             139  
Real estate – mortgage –commercial and other     4,598       5,112             8,165  
Installment loans to individuals           2             1  
Total impaired loans with no allowance   $ 18,561       22,744             23,770  
                                 
                                 
Impaired loans with an allowance recorded:                                
                                 
Commercial, financial, and agricultural   $ 51       51       7       202  
Real estate – mortgage – construction, land development & other land loans     780       798       184       844  
Real estate – mortgage – residential (1-4 family) first mortgages     10,772       11,007       1,339       13,314  
Real estate – mortgage –home equity loans / lines of credit     166       166       5       324  
Real estate – mortgage –commercial and other     1,896       1,929       105       4,912  
Installment loans to individuals                       49  
Total impaired loans with allowance   $ 13,665       13,951       1,640       19,645  

 

Interest income recorded on impaired loans during the year ended December 31, 2016 was insignificant.

 

115  

The Company tracks credit quality based on its internal risk ratings. Upon origination a loan is assigned an initial risk grade, which is generally based on several factors such as the borrower’s credit score, the loan-to-value ratio, the debt-to-income ratio, etc. Loans that are risk-graded as substandard during the origination process are declined. After loans are initially graded, they are monitored regularly for credit quality based on many factors, such as payment history, the borrower’s financial status, and changes in collateral value. Loans can be downgraded or upgraded depending on management’s evaluation of these factors. Internal risk-grading policies are consistent throughout each loan type.

 

The following describes the Company’s internal risk grades in ascending order of likelihood of loss:

 

  Risk Grade Description
Pass:  
  1 Loans with virtually no risk, including cash secured loans.
  2 Loans with documented significant overall financial strength.  These loans have minimum chance of loss due to the presence of multiple sources of repayment – each clearly sufficient to satisfy the obligation.
  3 Loans with documented satisfactory overall financial strength.  These loans have a low loss potential due to presence of at least two clearly identified sources of repayment – each of which is sufficient to satisfy the obligation under the present circumstances.
  4 Loans to borrowers with acceptable financial condition.  These loans could have signs of minor operational weaknesses, lack of adequate financial information, or loans supported by collateral with questionable value or marketability.  
  5 Loans that represent above average risk due to minor weaknesses and warrant closer scrutiny by management.  Collateral is generally available and felt to provide reasonable coverage with realizable liquidation values in normal circumstances.  Repayment performance is satisfactory.
 

P

(Pass)

Consumer loans (<$500,000) that are of satisfactory credit quality with borrowers who exhibit good personal credit history, average personal financial strength and moderate debt levels.  These loans generally conform to Bank policy, but may include approved mitigated exceptions to the guidelines.  
Special Mention:  
  6 Existing loans with defined weaknesses in primary source of repayment that, if not corrected, could cause a loss to the Bank.
Classified:  
  7 An existing loan inadequately protected by the current sound net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or the collateral pledged, if any.  These loans have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt.
  8 Loans that have a well-defined weakness that make the collection or liquidation in full highly questionable and improbable.  Loss appears imminent, but the exact amount and timing is uncertain.
  9 Loans that are considered uncollectible and are in the process of being charged-off.  This grade is a temporary grade assigned for administrative purposes until the charge-off is completed.
 

F

(Fail)

Consumer loans (<$500,000) with a well-defined weakness, such as exceptions of any kind with no mitigating factors, history of paying outside the terms of the note, insufficient income to support the current level of debt, etc.  

 

116  

 

The following table presents the Company’s recorded investment in loans by credit quality indicators as of December 31, 2017.

 

($ in thousands)      
    Pass     Special Mention
Loans
    Classified
Accruing Loans
    Classified
Nonaccrual
Loans
    Total  
                               
Commercial, financial, and agricultural   $ 368,658       9,901       922       1,001       380,482  
Real estate – construction, land development & other land loans     523,642       7,129       6,020       1,822       538,613  
Real estate – mortgage – residential (1-4 family) first mortgages     905,111       16,235       30,366       12,201       963,913  
Real estate – mortgage – home equity loans / lines of credit     365,982       3,784       7,405       2,524       379,695  
Real estate – mortgage – commercial and other     1,647,725       23,335       9,190       3,345       1,683,595  
Installment loans to individuals     73,379       222       216       75       73,892  
Purchased credit impaired     6,541       12,309       4,315             23,165  
  Total   $ 3,891,038       72,915       58,434       20,968       4,043,355  
Unamortized net deferred loan fees                                     (986 )
      Total loans                                     4,042,369  

 

The following table presents the Company’s recorded investment in loans by credit quality indicators as of December 31, 2016.

 

($ in thousands)      
    Pass     Special Mention
Loans
    Classified
Accruing Loans
    Classified
Nonaccrual
Loans
    Total  
                               
Commercial, financial, and agricultural   $ 247,451       10,560       1,960       1,842       261,813  
Real estate – construction, land development & other land loans     335,068       8,762       7,892       2,945       354,667  
Real estate – mortgage – residential (1-4 family) first mortgages     678,878       16,998       38,786       16,017       750,679  
Real estate – mortgage – home equity loans / lines of credit     226,159       1,436       9,155       2,355       239,105  
Real estate – mortgage – commercial and other     1,005,687       26,032       13,019       4,208       1,048,946  
Installment loans to individuals     54,421       256       259       101       55,037  
Purchased credit impaired           514                   514  
  Total   $ 2,547,664       64,558       71,071       27,468       2,710,761  
Unamortized net deferred loan fees                                     (49 )
     Total loans                                     2,710,712  

 

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings

 

The restructuring of a loan is considered a “troubled debt restructuring” if both (i) the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties and (ii) the creditor has granted a concession. Concessions may include interest rate reductions or below market interest rates, principal forgiveness, restructuring amortization schedules and other actions intended to minimize potential losses.

 

The vast majority of the Company’s troubled debt restructurings modified during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 related to interest rate reductions combined with restructured amortization schedules. The Company does not generally grant principal forgiveness.

 

All loans classified as troubled debt restructurings are considered to be impaired and are evaluated as such for determination of the allowance for loan losses. The Company’s troubled debt restructurings can be classified as either nonaccrual or accruing based on the loan’s payment status. The troubled debt restructurings that are nonaccrual are reported within the nonaccrual loan totals presented previously.

 

117  

The following table presents information related to loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

($ in thousands)   For the year ended
December 31, 2017
    For the year ended
December 31, 2016
 
    Number of
Contracts
    Pre-
Modification
Restructured
Balances
    Post-
Modification
Restructured
Balances
    Number of
Contracts
    Pre-
Modification
Restructured
Balances
    Post-
Modification
Restructured
Balances
 
TDRs – Accruing                                                
Commercial, financial, and agricultural         $     $       1     $ 1,071     $ 1,071  
Real estate – construction, land development & other land loans                                    
Real estate – mortgage – residential (1-4 family) first mortgages                       1       598       626  
Real estate – mortgage – home equity loans / lines of credit                                    
Real estate – mortgage – commercial and other     5       3,550       3,525                    
Installment loans to individuals                                    
                                                 
TDRs – Nonaccrual                                                
Commercial, financial, and agricultural     1       38       25                    
Real estate – construction, land development & other land loans     1       32       32                    
Real estate – mortgage – residential (1-4 family) first mortgages     1       215       215       1       155       184  
Real estate – mortgage – home equity loans / lines of credit                                    
Real estate – mortgage – commercial and other                                    
Installment loans to individuals                                    
Total TDRs arising during period     8     $ 3,835     $ 3,797       3     $ 1,824     $ 1,881  
                                                 
Total covered TDRs arising during period included above                                    

 

Accruing restructured loans that were modified in the previous 12 months and that defaulted during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 are presented in the table below. The Company considers a loan to have defaulted when it becomes 90 or more days delinquent under the modified terms, has been transferred to nonaccrual status, or has been transferred to foreclosed real estate.

 

($ in thousands)   For the year ended
December 31, 2017
    For the year ended
December 31, 2016
 
    Number of
Contracts
    Recorded
Investment
    Number of
Contracts
    Recorded
Investment
 
                         
Accruing TDRs that subsequently defaulted                                
Commercial, financial, and agricultural         $       2     $ 744  
Real estate – mortgage – residential (1-4 family first mortgages)     2       880              
Real estate – mortgage – commercial and other                 1       21  
                                 
Total accruing TDRs that subsequently defaulted     2     $ 880       3     $ 765  
Total covered accruing TDRs that subsequently defaulted included above         $       1     $ 44  

 

118  

 

Note 5. Premises and Equipment

 

Premises and equipment at December 31, 2017 and 2016 consisted of the following:

 

($ in thousands)   2017     2016  
             
Land   $ 38,821       23,404  
Buildings     92,337       67,032  
Furniture and equipment     35,532       37,780  
Leasehold improvements     2,409       2,192  
    Total cost     169,099       130,408  
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization     (52,866 )     (55,057 )
    Net book value of premises and equipment   $ 116,233       75,351  

 

Note 6. FDIC Indemnification Asset

 

As discussed previously in Note 4 – Loans and Asset Quality Information, the Company terminated all loss share agreements with the FDIC effective September 22, 2016. As a result, the remaining balance in the FDIC Indemnification Asset, which represented the estimated amount to be received from the FDIC under the loss share agreements, was written off as indemnification asset expense as of the termination date.

 

The following presents a rollforward of the FDIC indemnification asset from January 1, 2015 through the date of termination.

 

($ in thousands)        
         
Balance at January 1, 2015   $ 22,569  
Increase (decrease) related to unfavorable (favorable) changes in loss estimates     (3,031 )
Increase related to reimbursable expenses     1,232  
Cash received     (6,673 )
Decrease related to accretion of loan discount     (5,584 )
Decrease related to settlement of disputed claims     (406 )
Other     332  
Balance at December 31, 2015   $ 8,439  
Increase (decrease) related to unfavorable (favorable) changes in loss estimates     (2,246 )
Increase related to reimbursable expenses     205  
Cash paid     1,554  
Decrease related to accretion of loan discount     (2,005 )
Other     (236 )
Write off of asset balance upon termination of FDIC loss share agreements effective September 22, 2016     (5,711 )
Balance at December 31, 2016   $  

 

119  

Note 7. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

 

The following is a summary of the gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization of amortized intangible assets as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 and the carrying amount of unamortized intangible assets as of those same dates.

 

    December 31, 2017     December 31, 2016  
($ in thousands)   Gross Carrying
Amount
    Accumulated
Amortization
    Gross Carrying
Amount
    Accumulated
Amortization
 
Amortized intangible assets:                                
   Customer lists   $ 6,013       1,090       2,369       746  
   Core deposit intangibles     28,280       11,475       9,730       8,143  
   SBA servicing asset   2,194       207       415        
   Other     1,303       581       1,032       224  
        Total   $ 37,790       13,353       13,546       9,113  
                                 
Unamortized intangible assets:                                
   Goodwill   $ 233,070               75,042          

 

Activity related to transactions since January 1, 2016 includes the following:

 

(1) In connection with the January 1, 2016 acquisition of Bankingport, Inc., an insurance agency located in Sanford, North Carolina, the Company recorded $1,693,000 in goodwill, $591,000 in a customer list intangible, and $92,000 in other amortizable intangible assets.
(2) In connection with the May 5, 2016 acquisition of SBA Complete, Inc., the Company recorded $4,333,000 in goodwill, $1,100,000 in a customer list intangible, and $940,000 in other amortizable intangible assets.
(3) In connection with the branch exchange transaction with First Community Bank on July 15, 2016, the Company recorded a net increase of $1,961,000 in goodwill and $1,170,000 in a core deposit intangible.
(4) In connection with the Carolina Bank acquisition on March 3, 2017, the Company recorded a net increase of $65,516,000 in goodwill and $8,790,000 in core deposit premiums.
(5) In connection with the September 1, 2017 acquisition of Bear Insurance Service, the Company recorded $5,330,000 in goodwill, $3,644,000 in a customer list intangible, and $271,000 in other amortizable intangible assets.
(6) In connection with the Asheville Savings Bank acquisition on October 1, 2017, the Company recorded a net increase of $88,400,000 in goodwill and $9,760,000 in a core deposit intangible.

 

In addition to the above acquisition related activity, the Company recorded $1,779,000 and $415,000 in servicing assets associated with the guaranteed portion of SBA loans originated and sold during 2017 and 2016, respectively. During 2017, the Company recorded $207,000 in related amortization expense, while in 2016 the amount was insignificant. Servicing assets are recorded at fair value and amortized over the expected lives of the related loans.

 

Amortization expense of all intangible assets totaled $4,240,000, $1,211,000 and $722,000 for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

Goodwill is evaluated for impairment on at least an annual basis – see Note 1(q). For each of the years presented, the Company’s evaluation indicated that there was no goodwill impairment.

 

The following table presents the estimated amortization expense related to amortizable intangible assets, excluding SBA servicing assets, for each of the five calendar years ending December 31, 2022 and the estimated amount amortizable thereafter. These estimates are subject to change in future periods to the extent management determines it is necessary to make adjustments to the carrying value or estimated useful lives of amortized intangible assets.

 

120  

($ in thousands)

 
  Estimated
Amortization Expense
 
2018   $ 5,917  
2019     4,858  
2020     3,841  
2021     2,927  
2022     2,022  
Thereafter     2,885  
         Total   $ 22,450  

 

 

Note 8. Income Taxes

 

Total income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 were allocated as follows:

 

($ In thousands)   2017     2016     2015  
                   
Allocated to net income   $ 21,767       14,624       14,126  
Allocated to stockholders’ equity, for unrealized holding gain/loss on
    debt and equity securities for financial reporting purposes
    321       (685 )     (184 )
Allocated to stockholders’ equity, for tax benefit of pension liabilities     668       (36 )     (1,716 )
    Total income taxes   $ 22,756       13,903       12,226  

 

The components of income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 are as follows:

 

($ In thousands)   2017     2016     2015  
                   
Current     - Federal   $ 11,286       12,827       9,149  
                 - State     1,996       1,679       1,436  
Deferred   - Federal     7,742       16       3,205  
                 - State     743       102       336  
     Total   $ 21,767       14,624       14,126  

 

 

121  

 

The sources and tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets (liabilities) at December 31, 2017 and 2016 are presented below:

 

($ In thousands)   2017     2016  
             
Deferred tax assets:                
     Allowance for loan losses   $ 5,448       8,758  
     Excess book over tax pension plan cost           290  
     Deferred compensation     1,220       36  
     Federal & state net operating loss carryforwards     2,125       868  
     Accruals, book versus tax     2,546       2,287  
     Pension liability adjustments     748       1,852  
     Foreclosed real estate     740       610  
     Basis differences in assets acquired in FDIC transactions     1,311       2,539  
     Nonqualified stock options     248       545  
     Partnership investments     232       160  
     Unrealized gain on securities available for sale     517       1,138  
     SBA servicing asset     139        
     All other     42       191  
        Gross deferred tax assets     15,316       19,274  
         Less: Valuation allowance     (44 )     (43 )
              Net deferred tax assets     15,272       19,231  
Deferred tax liabilities:                
     Loan fees     (1,880 )     (1,548 )
     Excess book over tax pension plan cost     (95 )      
     Depreciable basis of fixed assets     (3,122 )     (954 )
     Amortizable basis of intangible assets     (7,915 )     (12,156 )
     FHLB stock dividends     (658 )     (409 )
     Trust preferred securities     (616 )      
     Purchase accounting adjustments     (2,133 )      
     All other     (28 )     (12 )
          Gross deferred tax liabilities     (16,447 )     (15,079 )
          Net deferred tax asset (liability) - included in other assets   $ (1,175 )     4,152  

 

A portion of the annual change in the net deferred tax asset relates to unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale. The related 2017 and 2016 deferred tax expense (benefit) of approximately $321,000 and ($685,000) respectively, has been recorded directly to shareholders’ equity. Additionally, a portion of the annual change in the net deferred tax asset relates to pension adjustments. The related 2017 and 2016 deferred tax expense (benefit) of $668,000 and ($36,000) respectively, has been recorded directly to shareholders’ equity. The change in the net deferred tax liability was also impacted by the recording of a net deferred tax asset of approximately $4,146,000 relating to acquisition transactions that occurred during the year. The balance of the 2017 increase in the net deferred tax liability of $8,485,000 is reflected as a deferred income tax expense, and the balance of the 2016 decrease in the net deferred tax asset of $118,000 is reflected as a deferred income tax expense in the consolidated statement of income.

 

The valuation allowances for 2017 and 2016 relate primarily to state net operating loss carryforwards. It is management’s belief that the realization of the remaining net deferred tax assets is more likely than not. The Company adjusted its net deferred income tax asset as a result of reductions in the North Carolina income tax rate, which reduced the state income tax rate to 3% effective January 1, 2017.

 

The Company had no significant uncertain tax positions, and thus no reserve for uncertain tax positions has been recorded. Additionally, the Company determined that it has no material unrecognized tax benefits that if recognized would affect the effective tax rate. The Company’s general policy is to record tax penalties and interest as a component of “other operating expenses”.

 

The Company is subject to routine audits of its tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service and various state taxing authorities.  The Company’s federal tax returns are subject to income tax audit by state agencies beginning with the year 2014. The Company’s state tax returns are subject to income tax audit by state agencies beginning with the year 2013.  There are no indications of any material adjustments relating to any examination currently being conducted by any taxing authority.

 

Retained earnings at December 31, 2017 and 2016 includes approximately $6,869,000 representing pre-1988 tax bad debt reserve base year amounts for which no deferred income tax liability has been provided since these reserves are not expected to reverse or may never reverse. Circumstances that would require an accrual of a portion or all of this unrecorded tax liability are a reduction in qualifying loan levels relative to the end of 1987, failure to meet the definition of a bank, dividend payments in excess of accumulated tax earnings and profits, or other distributions in dissolution, liquidation or redemption of the Bank’s stock.

 

 

122  

The following is a reconcilement of federal income tax expense at the statutory rate of 35% to the income tax provision reported in the financial statements.

 

($ In thousands)   2017     2016     2015  
                   
Tax provision at statutory rate   $ 23,709       14,746       14,405  
Increase (decrease) in income taxes resulting from:                        
   Tax-exempt interest income     (1,461 )     (1,202 )     (930 )
   Low income housing tax credits     (596 )     (192 )     (191 )
   Non-deductible interest expense     24       16       11  
   State income taxes, net of federal benefit     1,780       1,158       1,152  
   Change in valuation allowance     (1 )     (24 )     (58 )
   Impact of tax reform     (1,269 )            
   Other, net     (419 )     122       (263 )
     Total   $ 21,767       14,624       14,126  

 

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Act was signed into law. Among other things, the Tax Act permanently reduced the corporate tax rate to 21% from the prior maximum rate of 35%, effective for tax years including or commencing January 1, 2018. As a result of the reduction of the corporate tax rate to 21%, companies are required to revalue their deferred tax assets and liabilities as of the date of enactment, with resulting tax effects accounted for in the fourth quarter of 2017. The Company continues to evaluate the impact on its 2017 tax expense/benefit of the revaluation required by the lower corporate tax rate implemented by the Tax Act, which management has estimated to be a tax benefit between $1.0 million and $1.5 million. During the fourth quarter of 2017, the Company recorded $1.3 million in tax benefit based on the Company's preliminary analysis of the impact of the Tax Act. The Company's preliminary estimate of the impact of the Tax Act is based on currently available information and interpretation of its provisions. The actual results may differ from the current estimate due to, among other things, further guidance that may be issued by U.S. tax authorities or regulatory bodies and/or changes in interpretations and assumptions that the Company has preliminarily made. The Company's evaluation of the impact of the Tax Act is subject to refinement for up to one year after enactment

 

 

Note 9. Time Deposits and Related Party Deposits

 

At December 31, 2017, the scheduled maturities of time deposits were as follows:

 

($ in thousands)      
       
2018   $ 638,942  
2019     146,363  
2020     45,725  
2021     27,710  
2022     23,689  
Thereafter     4,306  
    $ 886,735  

 

Deposits received from executive officers and directors and their associates totaled approximately $3,829,000 and $3,030,000 at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. These deposit accounts have substantially the same terms, including interest rates, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other non-related depositors.

 

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company held $405.1 million and $276.4 million, respectively, in time deposits of $250,000 or more (which is the current FDIC insurance limit for insured deposits as of December 31, 2017). Included in these deposits were brokered deposits of $234.0 million and $133.4 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

123  

 

Note 10. Borrowings and Borrowings Availability

 

The following tables present information regarding the Company’s outstanding borrowings at December 31, 2017 and 2016:

 

Description – 2017   Due date   Call Feature   2017
Amount
    Interest Rate
                   
FHLB Term Note   1/05/2018   None   $ 135,000,000     1.36% fixed
FHLB Term Note   1/29/2018   None     68,000,000     1.41% fixed
FHLB Term Note   4/18/2018   None     50,000,000     1.25% fixed
FHLB Term Note   6/26/2018   None     20,000,000     1.67% fixed
FHLB Term Note   9/28/2018   None     10,000,000     1.52% fixed
FHLB Term Note   12/24/2018   None     20,000,000     1.57% fixed
FHLB Term Note   5/29/2020   None     40,000,000     1.62% fixed
FHLB Principal Reducing Credit   7/24/2023   None     250,000     1.00% fixed
FHLB Principal Reducing Credit   12/22/2023   None     1,100,000     1.25% fixed
FHLB Principal Reducing Credit   1/15/2026   None     8,500,000     1.98% fixed
FHLB Principal Reducing Credit   6/26/2028   None     264,000     0.25% fixed
FHLB Principal Reducing Credit   7/17/2028   None     66,000     0.00% fixed
FHLB Principal Reducing Credit   8/18/2028   None     195,000     1.00% fixed
FHLB Principal Reducing Credit   8/22/2028   None     195,000     1.00% fixed
FHLB Principal Reducing Credit   12/20/2028   None     391,000     1.50% fixed
Trust Preferred Securities   1/23/2034   Quarterly by Company
beginning 1/23/2009
    20,620,000     4.08% at 12/31/2017
adjustable rate
3 month LIBOR + 2.70%
Trust Preferred Securities   6/15/2036   Quarterly by Company
beginning 6/15/2011
    25,774,000     2.98% at 12/31/2017
adjustable rate
3 month LIBOR + 1.39%
Trust Preferred Securities   1/07/2035   Quarterly by Company
beginning 1/7/2010
    10,310,000     3.36% at 12/31/2017
adjustable rate
3 month LIBOR + 2.00%
Total borrowings / weighted average rate as of December 31, 2017   $ 410,665,000     1.72%
Unamortized discount on acquired borrowings         (3,122,000 )    
Total borrowings           $ 407,543,000      

 

 

Description - 2016   Due date   Call Feature   2016
Amount
    Interest Rate
                   
FHLB Term Note   1/27/2017   None   $ 20,000,000     0.61% fixed
FHLB Term Note   1/30/2017   None     80,000,000     0.63% fixed
FHLB Term Note   4/18/2017   None     50,000,000     0.70% fixed
FHLB Term Note   12/26/2017   None     20,000,000     1.19% fixed
FHLB Term Note   12/29/2017   None     35,000,000     0.80% fixed
FHLB Term Note   12/24/2018   None     20,000,000     1.57% fixed
Trust Preferred Securities   1/23/2034   Quarterly by Company
beginning 1/23/2009
    20,620,000     3.59% at 12/31/2016
adjustable rate
3 month LIBOR + 2.70%
                     
Trust Preferred Securities   6/15/2036   Quarterly by Company
beginning 6/15/2011
    25,774,000     2.35% at 12/31/2016
adjustable rate
3 month LIBOR + 1.39%
                     
Total borrowings / weighted average rate as of December 31, 2016   $ 271,394,000     1.16%

 

All outstanding FHLB borrowings may be accelerated immediately by the FHLB in certain circumstances, including material adverse changes in the condition of the Company or if the Company’s qualifying collateral amounts to less than that required under the terms of the FHLB borrowing agreement.

 

124  

In the above tables, the $20.6 million in borrowings due on January 23, 2034 relate to borrowings structured as trust preferred capital securities that were issued by First Bancorp Capital Trusts II and III ($10.3 million by each trust), which are unconsolidated subsidiaries of the Company, on December 19, 2003 and qualify as capital for regulatory capital adequacy requirements. These unsecured debt securities are callable by the Company at par on any quarterly interest payment date beginning on January 23, 2009. The interest rate on these debt securities adjusts on a quarterly basis at a rate of three-month LIBOR plus 2.70%.

 

In the above tables, the $25.8 million in borrowings due on June 15, 2036 relate to borrowings structured as trust preferred capital securities that were issued by First Bancorp Capital Trust IV, an unconsolidated subsidiary of the Company, on April 13, 2006 and qualify as capital for regulatory capital adequacy requirements. These unsecured debt securities are callable by the Company at par on any quarterly interest payment date beginning on June 15, 2011. The interest rate on these debt securities adjusts on a quarterly basis at a rate of three-month LIBOR plus 1.39%.

 

In the above table for 2017, the $10.3 million in borrowings due on January 7, 2035 relate to borrowings structured as trust preferred capital securities that were issued by Carolina Capital Trust, an unconsolidated subsidiary of the Company. The Company acquired Carolina Bank Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiary, Carolina Capital Trust, on March 3, 2017. These unsecured debt securities qualify as capital for regulatory capital adequacy requirements and are callable by the Company at par on any quarterly interest payment date beginning on January 7, 2010. The interest rate on these debt securities adjusts on a quarterly basis at a rate of three-month LIBOR plus 2.00%.

 

At December 31, 2017, the Company had three sources of readily available borrowing capacity – 1) an approximately $936 million line of credit with the FHLB, of which $354 million was outstanding at December 31, 2017 and $225 million was outstanding at December 31, 2016, 2) a $35 million federal funds line of credit with a correspondent bank, of which none was outstanding at December 31, 2017 or 2016, and 3) an approximately $109 million line of credit through the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond’s (FRB) discount window, of which none was outstanding at December 31, 2017 or 2016.

 

The Company’s line of credit with the FHLB totaling approximately $936 million can be structured as either short-term or long-term borrowings, depending on the particular funding or liquidity needs and is secured by the Company’s FHLB stock and a blanket lien on most of its real estate loan portfolio. The borrowing capacity was reduced by $198 million at December 31, 2017 and $193 million at December 31, 2016, as a result of the Company pledging letters of credit for public deposits at each of those dates. Accordingly, the Company’s unused FHLB line of credit was $384 million at December 31, 2017.

 

The Company’s correspondent bank relationship allows the Company to purchase up to $35 million in federal funds on an overnight, unsecured basis (federal funds purchased). The Company had no borrowings outstanding under this line at December 31, 2017 or 2016.

 

The Company has a line of credit with the FRB discount window. This line is secured by a blanket lien on a portion of the Company’s commercial and consumer loan portfolio (excluding real estate). Based on the collateral owned by the Company as of December 31, 2017, the available line of credit was approximately $109 million. The Company had no borrowings outstanding under this line of credit at December 31, 2017 or 2016.

 

125  

Note 11. Leases

 

Certain bank premises are leased under operating lease agreements. Generally, operating leases contain renewal options on substantially the same basis as current rental terms. Rent expense charged to operations under all operating lease agreements was $2.3 million in 2017, $1.5 million in 2016, and $1.2 million in 2015.

 

Future obligations for minimum rentals under noncancelable operating leases at December 31, 2017 are as follows:

 

($ in thousands)
 
Year ending December 31:        
2018   $ 1,692  
2019     1,524  
2020     1,182  
2021     975  
2022     767  
  Thereafter     4,390  
       Total   $ 10,530  

 

 

Note 12. Employee Benefit Plans

 

401(k) Plan . The Company sponsors a retirement savings plan pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. New employees who have met the age requirement are automatically enrolled in the plan at a 5% deferral rate on the next plan Entry Date. The automatic deferral can be modified by the employee at any time. An eligible employee may contribute up to 15% of annual salary to the plan. For the years presented, the Company contributed an amount equal to the sum of 1) 100% of the employee’s salary contributed up to 3% and 2) 50% of the employee’s salary contributed between 3% and 5%. The Company’s matching contribution expense was $2.3 million, $1.6 million and $1.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Effective January 1, 2018, the Company’s matching contribution was increased to 100% of the employee’s salary contribution up to 6%. Although discretionary contributions by the Company are permitted by the plan, the Company did not make any such contributions in 2017, 2016 or 2015. The Company’s matching and discretionary contributions are made according to the same investment elections each participant has established for their deferral contributions.

 

Pension Plan . Historically, the Company offered a noncontributory defined benefit retirement plan (the “Pension Plan”) that qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code. The Pension Plan provided for a monthly payment, at normal retirement age of 65, equal to one-twelfth of the sum of (i) 0.75% of Final Average Annual Compensation (5 highest consecutive calendar years’ earnings out of the last 10 years of employment) multiplied by the employee’s years of service not in excess of 40 years, and (ii) 0.65% of Final Average Annual Compensation in excess of the average social security wage base multiplied by years of service not in excess of 35 years. Benefits were fully vested after five years of service. Effective December 31, 2012, the Company froze the Pension Plan for all participants. In December 2017, the Company’s Retirement Committee approved a resolution to terminate the Pension Plan effective April 1, 2018.

 

The Company’s contributions to the Pension Plan are based on computations by independent actuarial consultants and are intended to be deductible for income tax purposes. As discussed below, the contributions are invested to provide for benefits under the Pension Plan. The Company did not make any contributions to the Pension Plan in 2017, 2016 or 2015. If needed, the Company expects to contribute an amount sufficient to fully fund the Plan at the time of the expected liquidation in 2018.

 

126  

The following table reconciles the beginning and ending balances of the Pension Plan’s benefit obligation, as computed by the Company’s independent actuarial consultants, and its plan assets, with the difference between the two amounts representing the funded status of the Pension Plan as of the end of the respective year.

 

($ in thousands)   2017     2016     2015  
Change in benefit obligation                        
Benefit obligation at beginning of year   $ 36,840       36,164       35,615  
Service cost                  
Interest cost     1,449       1,502       1,364  
Actuarial (gain) loss     1,941       1,288       1,236  
Benefits paid     (2,080 )     (2,114 )     (2,051 )
Benefit obligation at end of year     38,150       36,840       36,164  
Change in plan assets                        
Plan assets at beginning of year     36,950       35,489       37,282  
Actual return on plan assets     6,436       3,575       258  
Employer contributions                  
Benefits paid     (2,080 )     (2,114 )     (2,051 )
Plan assets at end of year     41,306       36,950       35,489  
                         
Funded status at end of year   $ 3,156       110       (675 )

 

The accumulated benefit obligation related to the Pension Plan was $38,150,000, $36,840,000, and $36,164,000 at December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.

 

The following table presents information regarding the amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2017 and 2016 as it relates to the Pension Plan, excluding the related deferred tax assets.

 

($ in thousands)   2017     2016  
             
Other assets   $ 3,156       110  
Other liabilities            
    $ 3,156       110  

 

The following table presents information regarding the amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) at December 31, 2017 and 2016, as it relates to the Pension Plan.

 

($ in thousands)   2017     2016  
             
Net gain (loss)   $ (3,925 )     (5,856 )
Prior service cost            
Amount recognized in AOCI before tax effect     (3,925 )     (5,856 )
Tax (expense) benefit     1,452       2,164  
Net amount recognized as increase (decrease) to AOCI   $ (2,473 )     (3,692 )

 

127  

The following table reconciles the beginning and ending balances of AOCI at December 31, 2017 and 2016, as it relates to the Pension Plan:

 

($ in thousands)   2017     2016  
             
Accumulated other comprehensive loss at beginning of fiscal year   $ (3,692 )     (3,466 )
Net gain (loss) arising during period     1,686       (412 )
Amortization of unrecognized actuarial loss     244       238  
Tax (expense) benefit of changes during the year, net     (711 )     (52 )
Accumulated other comprehensive gain (loss)     (2,473 )     (3,692 )
Reclassification from AOCI to Retained Earnings due to statutory tax changes     (436 )      
Accumulated other comprehensive gain (loss) at end of fiscal year   $ (2,909 )     (3,692 )

 

The following table reconciles the beginning and ending balances of the prepaid pension cost related to the Pension Plan:

 

($ in thousands)   2017     2016  
             
Prepaid pension cost as of beginning of fiscal year   $ 5,965       5,007  
Net periodic pension income (cost) for fiscal year     1,117       958  
Actual employer contributions            
Prepaid pension asset as of end of fiscal year   $ 7,082       5,965  

 

Net pension (income) cost for the Pension Plan included the following components for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015:

 

($ in thousands)   2017     2016     2015  
                   
Service cost – benefits earned during the period   $              
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation     1,449       1,502       1,364  
Expected return on plan assets     (2,810 )     (2,698 )     (2,847 )
Net amortization and deferral     244       238        
     Net periodic pension (income) cost   $ (1,117 )     (958 )     (1,483 )

 

The following table is an estimate of the benefits that will be paid in accordance with the Pension Plan during the indicated time periods, assuming the Pension Plan is operated on an ongoing basis. As previously noted, the Company intends to terminate and liquidate the Pension Plan in 2018, which would result in the settlement of all benefits.

 

($ in thousands)   Estimated
benefit
payments
 
 Year ending December 31, 2018   $ 1,539  
 Year ending December 31, 2019     1,711  
 Year ending December 31, 2020     1,764  
 Year ending December 31, 2021     1,867  
 Year ending December 31, 2022     1,910  
 Years ending December 31, 2023-2027     10,039  

 

For each of the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, the Company used an expected long-term rate-of-return-on-assets assumption of 7.75%. The Company arrived at this rate based primarily on a third-party investment consulting firm’s historical analysis of investment returns, which indicated that the mix of the Pension Plan’s assets (generally 75% equities and 25% fixed income) can be expected to return approximately 7.75% on a long term basis.

 

In December 2017, as a result of the Company’s intent to terminate and liquidate the Pension Plan, the Pension Plan’s assets were all shifted into a money market fund.

 

128  

Prior to the re-allocation of the Funds in the Pension Plan in December 2017, the Funds were invested in a mix of investment types in accordance with the Pension Plan’s investment policy, which was intended to provide an average annual rate of return of 7% to 10%, while maintaining proper diversification.

 

The fair values of the Company’s pension plan assets at December 31, 2017, by asset category, are as follows:

($ in thousands)            
    Total Fair Value at
December 31,
2017
    Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
    Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
                         
Fixed income investments                                
    Money market funds   $ 41,306             41,306        
      Total   $ 41,306             41,306        

 

The fair values of the Company’s pension plan assets at December 31, 2016, by asset category, are as follows:

($ in thousands)            
    Total Fair Value at
December 31,
2016
    Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
    Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
                         
Fixed income investments                                
     Money market funds   $ 9,590             9,590        
                                 
Equity investments                                
     Large cap value fund     15,595       15,595              
     Small cap growth fund     2,624       2,624              
     Mid cap equity fund     3,220       3,220              
     Foreign equity fund     2,669       2,669              
     Company stock     3,252       3,252              
          Total   $ 36,950       27,360       9,590        

 

The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for assets measured at fair value. There have been no changes in the methodologies used at December 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

- Money market fund: Valued at net asset value (“NAV”), which can be validated with a sufficient level of observable activity (i.e. purchases and sales at NAV), and therefore, the funds were classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
- Mutual funds: Valued at the daily closing price as reported by the fund. Mutual funds held by the Plan are open-end mutual funds that are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and are deemed to be actively traded.
- Common stock: Valued at the closing price reported on the active market on which the individual securities are traded.

 

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan . Historically, the Company sponsored a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the “SERP”) for the benefit of certain senior management executives of the Company. The purpose of the SERP was to provide additional monthly pension benefits to ensure that each such senior management executive would receive lifetime monthly pension benefits equal to 3% of his or her final average compensation multiplied by his or her years of service (maximum of 20 years) to the Company or its subsidiaries, subject to a maximum of 60% of his or her final average compensation. The amount of a participant’s monthly SERP benefit is reduced by (i) the amount payable under the Company’s qualified Pension Plan (described above), and (ii) 50% of the participant’s primary social security benefit. Final average compensation means the average of the 5 highest consecutive calendar years of earnings during the last 10 years of service prior to termination of employment. The SERP is an unfunded plan. Payments are made from the general assets of the Company. Effective December 31, 2012, the Company froze the SERP to all participants.

 

129  

The following table reconciles the beginning and ending balances of the SERP’s benefit obligation, as computed by the Company’s independent actuarial consultants:

 

($ in thousands)   2017     2016     2015  
Change in benefit obligation                        
Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year   $ 5,910       5,778       5,216  
Service cost     118       106       201  
Interest cost     227       238       206  
Actuarial (gain) loss     85       145       497  
Benefits paid     (370 )     (357 )     (342 )
Projected benefit obligation at end of year     5,970       5,910       5,778  
Plan assets                  
Funded status at end of year   $ (5,970 )     (5,910 )     (5,778 )

 

The accumulated benefit obligation related to the SERP was $5,970,000, $5,910,000, and $5,778,000 at December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.

 

The following table presents information regarding the amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2017 and 2016 as it relates to the SERP, excluding the related deferred tax assets.

 

($ in thousands)   2017     2016  
             
Other assets – prepaid pension asset (liability)   $ (6,695 )     (6,754 )
Other assets (liabilities)     725       844  
    $ (5,970 )     (5,910 )

 

The following table presents information regarding the amounts recognized in AOCI at December 31, 2017 and 2016, as it relates to the SERP:

 

($ in thousands)   2017     2016  
             
Net gain (loss)   $ 725       844  
Prior service cost            
Amount recognized in AOCI before tax effect     725       844  
Tax (expense) benefit     (268 )     (311 )
Net amount recognized as increase (decrease) to AOCI   $ 457       533  

 

The following table reconciles the beginning and ending balances of AOCI at December 31, 2017 and 2016, as it relates to the SERP:

 

($ in thousands)   2017     2016  
             
Accumulated other comprehensive income at beginning of fiscal year   $ 533       625  
Net gain (loss) arising during period     (85 )     (145 )
Prior service cost            
Amortization of unrecognized actuarial loss     (34 )     (35 )
Amortization of prior service cost and transition obligation            
Tax benefit (expense) related to changes during the year, net     43       88  
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at end of fiscal year   $ 457       533  

 

130  

The following table reconciles the beginning and ending balances of the prepaid pension cost related to the SERP:

 

($ in thousands)   2017     2016  
             
Prepaid pension cost (liability) as of beginning of fiscal year   $ (6,754 )     (6,802 )
Net periodic pension cost for fiscal year     (311 )     (309 )
Benefits paid     370       357  
Prepaid pension cost (liability) as of end of fiscal year   $ (6,695 )     (6,754 )

 

Net pension cost for the SERP included the following components for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015:

 

($ in thousands)   2017     2016     2015  
                   
Service cost – benefits earned during the period   $ 118       106       201  
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation     227       238       206  
Net amortization and deferral     (34 )     (35 )     (79 )
     Net periodic pension cost   $ 311       309       328  

 

The following table is an estimate of the benefits that will be paid in accordance with the SERP during the indicated time periods:

 

 

($ in thousands)

 

  Estimated
benefit
payments
 
 Year ending December 31, 2018   $ 414  
 Year ending December 31, 2019     411  
 Year ending December 31, 2020     408  
 Year ending December 31, 2021     420  
 Year ending December 31, 2022     415  
 Years ending December 31, 2023-2027     2,041  

 

The following assumptions were used in determining the actuarial information for the Pension Plan and the SERP for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015:

 

    2017   2016   2015
    Pension
Plan
  SERP   Pension
Plan
  SERP   Pension
Plan
  SERP
Discount rate used to determine net periodic pension cost    3.97%    3.97%    4.17%    4.17%    3.82%   3.82%
Discount rate used to calculate end of year liability disclosures    3.46%    3.46%    3.97%    3.97%    4.17%   4.17%
Expected long-term rate of return on assets   7.75%   n/a   7.75%   n/a   7.75%   n/a
Rate of compensation increase   n/a   n/a   n/a   n/a   n/a   n/a

 

The Company’s discount rate policy is based on a calculation of the Company’s expected pension payments, with those payments discounted using the Citigroup Pension Index yield curve.

 

131  

Note 13. Commitments, Contingencies, and Concentrations of Credit Risk

 

See Note 11 with respect to future obligations under noncancelable operating leases.

 

In the normal course of the Company’s business, there are various outstanding commitments and contingent liabilities such as commitments to extend credit that are not reflected in the financial statements. The following table presents the Company’s outstanding loan commitments at December 31, 2017.

 

($ in millions)                  
                   
Type of Commitment   Fixed Rate     Variable Rate     Total  
Outstanding closed-end loan commitments   $ 225       456       681  
Unfunded commitments on revolving lines of credit, credit cards and home equity loans     144       513       657  
     Total   $ 369       969       1,338  

 

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had $15.2 million and $12.7 million, respectively, in standby letters of credit outstanding. The Company has no carrying amount for these standby letters of credit at either of those dates. The nature of the standby letters of credit is a guarantee made on behalf of the Company’s customers to suppliers of the customers to guarantee payments owed to the supplier by the customer. The standby letters of credit are generally for terms for one year, at which time they may be renewed for another year if both parties agree. The payment of the guarantees would generally be triggered by a continued nonpayment of an obligation owed by the customer to the supplier. The maximum potential amount of future payments (undiscounted) the Company could be required to make under the guarantees in the event of nonperformance by the parties to whom credit or financial guarantees have been extended is represented by the contractual amount of the standby letter of credit. In the event that the Company is required to honor a standby letter of credit, a note, already executed with the customer, is triggered which provides repayment terms and any collateral. Over the past two years, the Company has only had to honor a few standby letters of credit, which have been or are being repaid by the borrower without any loss to the Company. Management expects any draws under existing commitments to be funded through normal operations.

 

The Company is not involved in any legal proceedings which, in management’s opinion, could have a material effect on the consolidated financial position of the Company.

 

The Bank grants primarily commercial and installment loans to customers throughout its market area, which consists of Anson, Beaufort, Bladen, Brunswick, Buncombe, Cabarrus, Carteret, Chatham, Columbus, Cumberland, Dare, Davidson, Duplin, Guilford, Harnett, Henderson, Hoke, Iredell, Lee, Madison, McDowell, Mecklenburg, Montgomery, Moore, New Hanover, Onslow, Pitt, Randolph, Richmond, Robeson, Rockingham, Rowan, Scotland, Stanly, Transylvania and Wake Counties in North Carolina, and Chesterfield, Dillon, and Florence Counties in South Carolina. The real estate loan portfolio can be affected by the condition of the local real estate market. The commercial and installment loan portfolios can be affected by local economic conditions.

 

The Company’s loan portfolio is not concentrated in loans to any single borrower or to a relatively small number of borrowers. Additionally, management is not aware of any concentrations of loans to classes of borrowers or industries that would be similarly affected by economic conditions.

 

In addition to monitoring potential concentrations of loans to particular borrowers or groups of borrowers, industries and geographic regions, the Company monitors exposure to credit risk that could arise from potential concentrations of lending products and practices such as loans that subject borrowers to substantial payment increases (e.g. principal deferral periods, loans with initial interest-only periods, etc.), and loans with high loan-to-value ratios. Additionally, there are industry practices that could subject the Company to increased credit risk should economic conditions change over the course of a loan’s life. For example, the Company makes variable rate loans and fixed rate principal-amortizing loans with maturities prior to the loan being fully paid (i.e. balloon payment loans). These loans are underwritten and monitored to manage the associated risks. The Company has determined that there is no concentration of credit risk associated with its lending policies or practices.

 

132  

The Company’s investment portfolio consists principally of obligations of government-sponsored enterprises, mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by government-sponsored enterprises, corporate bonds, and general obligation municipal securities. The Company also holds stock with the Federal Reserve Bank and the Federal Home Loan Bank as a requirement for membership in the system. The following are the fair values at December 31, 2017 of securities to any one issuer/guarantor that exceed $2.0 million, with such amounts representing the maximum amount of credit risk that the Company would incur if the issuer did not repay the obligation.

 

( $ in thousands )

Issuer

  Amortized Cost     Fair Value  
Fannie Mae – mortgage-backed securities   $ 154,606       153,561  
Freddie Mac – mortgage-backed securities     107,712       106,722  
Ginnie Mae – mortgage-backed securities     63,812       63,030  
Small Business Administration securities     34,821       34,378  
Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta -  common stock     19,647       19,647  
Federal Reserve Bank  - common stock     11,691       11,691  
Bank of America corporate bonds     7,000       7,153  
Federal Home Loan Bank System - bonds     6,500       6,440  
Citigroup, Inc. corporate bonds     6,035       6,096  
North Carolina State municipal bonds     5,589       5,608  
Goldman Sachs Group Inc. corporate bond     5,090       5,132  
JP Morgan Chase corporate bond     5,022       5,075  
Fannie Mae – bond     5,000       4,945  
Financial Institutions, Inc. corporate bond     4,000       4,175  
Spartanburg, South Carolina Sanitary Sewer District municipal bonds     3,851       3,982  
Craven County, North Carolina municipal bonds     3,532       3,623  
Wells Fargo & Company corporate bond     3,096       3,124  
Eagle Bancorp corporate bond     2,549       2,500  
Freddie Mac – bond     2,500       2,482  
South Carolina State municipal bonds     2,179       2,312  
Cary, North Carolina municipal bonds     2,023       2,049  
Virginia State Housing Authority municipal bond     2,003       2,010  

 

 

The Company primarily places its deposits and correspondent accounts with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta, the Federal Reserve Bank, Pacific Coast Bankers Bank (“PCBB”), and Bank of America. At December 31, 2017, the Company had deposits in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta totaling $3.8 million, deposits of $368.4 million in the Federal Reserve Bank, deposits of $0.1 million in PCBB, and deposits of $55.4 million in Bank of America. None of the deposits held at the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta or the Federal Reserve Bank are FDIC-insured, however the Federal Reserve Bank is a government entity and therefore risk of loss is minimal. The deposits held at PCBB and Bank of America are FDIC-insured up to $250,000.

 

Note 14. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

Relevant accounting guidance establishes a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The guidance describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

 

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) of identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.

 

Level 2: Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

 

Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

 

133  

The following table summarizes the Company’s financial instruments that were measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2017.

 

($ in thousands)            
Description of Financial Instruments   Fair Value at
December 31,
2017
    Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)
    Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs (Level
2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
Recurring                        
Securities available for sale:                                
Government-sponsored enterprise securities   $ 13,867             13,867        
Mortgage-backed securities     295,213             295,213        
Corporate bonds     34,190             34,190        
Total available for sale securities   $ 343,270             343,270        
                                 
Nonrecurring                                
     Impaired loans   $ 14,086                   14,086  
     Foreclosed real estate     12,571                   12,571  

 

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s financial instruments that were measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2016.

 

($ in thousands)            
Description of Financial Instruments   Fair Value at
December 31,
2016
    Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)
    Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs (Level
2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
Recurring                        
Securities available for sale:                                
Government-sponsored enterprise securities   $ 17,490             17,490        
Mortgage-backed securities     148,065             148,065        
Corporate bonds     33,600             33,600        
Equity securities     174             174        
Total available for sale securities   $ 199,329             199,329        
                                 
Nonrecurring                                
     Impaired loans   $ 12,284                   12,284  
     Foreclosed real estate     9,532                   9,532  

 

 

The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value.

 

Securities Available for Sale — When quoted market prices are available in an active market, the securities are classified as Level 1 in the valuation hierarchy. If quoted market prices are not available, but fair values can be estimated by observing quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics, the securities are classified as Level 2 on the valuation hierarchy. Most of the fair values for the Company’s Level 2 securities are determined by our third-party bond accounting provider using matrix pricing. Matrix pricing is a mathematical technique widely used in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted securities. For the Company, Level 2 securities include mortgage-backed securities, commercial mortgage-backed obligations, government-sponsored enterprise securities, and corporate bonds. In cases where Level 1 or Level 2 inputs are not available, securities are classified within Level 3 of the hierarchy.

 

The Company reviews the pricing methodologies utilized by the bond accounting provider to ensure the fair value determination is consistent with the applicable accounting guidance and that the investments are properly classified in the fair value hierarchy. Further, the Company validates the fair values for a sample of securities in the portfolio by comparing the fair values provided by the bond accounting provider to prices

134  

from other independent sources for the same or similar securities. The Company analyzes unusual or significant variances and conducts additional research with the portfolio manager, if necessary, and takes appropriate action based on its findings.

 

Impaired loans — Fair values for impaired loans in the above table are measured on a non-recurring basis and are based on the underlying collateral values securing the loans, adjusted for estimated selling costs, or the net present value of the cash flows expected to be received for such loans. Collateral may be in the form of real estate or business assets including equipment, inventory and accounts receivable. The vast majority of the collateral is real estate. The value of real estate collateral is determined using an income or market valuation approach based on an appraisal conducted by an independent, licensed third party appraiser (Level 3). The value of business equipment is based upon an outside appraisal if deemed significant, or the net book value on the applicable borrower’s financial statements if not considered significant. Likewise, values for inventory and accounts receivable collateral are based on borrower financial statement balances or aging reports on a discounted basis as appropriate (Level 3). Any fair value adjustments are recorded in the period incurred as provision for loan losses on the Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

Foreclosed real estate – Foreclosed real estate, consisting of properties obtained through foreclosure or in satisfaction of loans, is reported at the lower of cost or fair value. Fair value is measured on a non-recurring basis and is based upon independent market prices or current appraisals that are generally prepared using an income or market valuation approach and conducted by an independent, licensed third party appraiser, adjusted for estimated selling costs (Level 3). At the time of foreclosure, any excess of the loan balance over the fair value of the real estate held as collateral is treated as a charge against the allowance for loan losses. For any real estate valuations subsequent to foreclosure, any excess of the real estate recorded value over the fair value of the real estate is treated as a foreclosed real estate write-down on the Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

For Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring or non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2017, the significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurements were as follows:

 

($ in thousands)          
Description   Fair Value at
December 31,
2017
    Valuation
Technique
  Significant Unobservable
Inputs
  General Range
of Significant
Unobservable
Input Values
Impaired loans   $ 14,086     Appraised value; PV of expected cash flows   Discounts to reflect current market conditions, ultimate collectability, and estimated costs to sell   0-10%
Foreclosed real estate     12,571     Appraised value; List or contract price   Discounts to reflect current market conditions and estimated costs to sell   0-10%
                     

 

135  

 

For Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring or non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2016, the significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurements were as follows:

 

($ in thousands)          
Description   Fair Value at
December 31,
2016
    Valuation
Technique
  Significant Unobservable
Inputs
  General Range
of Significant
Unobservable
Input Values
Impaired loans   $ 12,284     Appraised value; PV of expected cash flows   Discounts to reflect current market conditions, ultimate collectability, and estimated costs to sell   0-10%
Foreclosed real estate     9,532     Appraised value; List or contract price   Discounts to reflect current market conditions and estimated costs to sell   0-10%
                     

 

Transfers of assets or liabilities between levels within the fair value hierarchy are recognized when an event or change in circumstances occurs. There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 for assets or liabilities measured on a recurring basis during the years ended December 31, 2017 or 2016.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2017, the increase in the fair value of securities available for sale was $639,000, and for the year ended December 31, 2016, the decrease in the fair value of securities available for sale was $1,919,000, which is included in other comprehensive income (net of tax expense of $234,000 and tax benefit of $683,000, for 2017 and 2016, respectively). Fair value measurement methods at December 31, 2017 and 2016 are consistent with those used in prior reporting periods.

 

As discussed in Note 1(p), the Company is required to disclose estimated fair values for its financial instruments. Fair value estimates as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 and limitations thereon are set forth below for the Company’s financial instruments. See Note 1(p) for a discussion of fair value methods and assumptions, as well as fair value information for off-balance sheet financial instruments.

 

        December 31, 2017     December 31, 2016  

 

($ in thousands)

  Level in
Fair Value
Hierarchy
  Carrying
Amount
    Estimated
Fair Value
    Carrying
Amount
    Estimated
Fair Value
 
                             
Cash and due from banks, noninterest-bearing   Level 1   $ 114,301       114,301       71,645       71,645  
Due from banks, interest-bearing   Level 1     375,189       375,189       234,348       234,348  
Securities available for sale   Level 2     343,270       343,270       199,329       199,329  
Securities held to maturity   Level 2     118,503       118,998       129,713       130,195  
Presold mortgages in process of settlement   Level 1     12,459       12,459       2,116       2,116  
Total loans, net of allowance   Level 3     4,019,071       4,010,551       2,686,931       2,650,820  
Accrued interest receivable   Level 1     14,094       14,094       9,286       9,286  
Bank-owned life insurance   Level 1     99,162       99,162       74,138       74,138  
                                     
Deposits   Level 2     4,406,955       4,401,757       2,947,353       2,944,968  
Borrowings   Level 2     407,543       397,903       271,394       263,255  
Accrued interest payable   Level 2     1,235       1,235       539       539  

 

Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information and information about the financial instrument. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the Company’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument. Because no highly liquid market exists for a significant portion of the Company’s financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding future expected loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments, and other factors. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

 

136  

Fair value estimates are based on existing on- and off-balance sheet financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments. Significant assets and liabilities that are not considered financial assets or liabilities include net premises and equipment, intangible and other assets such as deferred income taxes, prepaid expense accounts, income taxes currently payable and other various accrued expenses. In addition, the income tax ramifications related to the realization of the unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in any of the estimates.

 

Note 15. Equity-Based Compensation Plans

 

The Company recorded total stock-based compensation expense of $1,095,000, $714,000 and $710,000 for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. Of the $1,095,000 in expense that was recorded in 2017, approximately $320,000 related to the June 1, 2017 director grants discussed below, and is classified as “other operating expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The remaining $775,000 in expense relates to the employee grants discussed below and is recorded as “salaries expense.” Stock based compensation is reflected as an adjustment to cash flows from operating activities on the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. The Company recognized $405,000, $264,000, and $277,000 of income tax benefits related to stock based compensation expense in the income statement for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.

 

At December 31, 2017, the Company had the following equity-based compensation plans: the First Bancorp 2014 Equity Plan and the First Bancorp 2007 Equity Plan. The Company’s shareholders approved all equity-based compensation plans. The First Bancorp 2014 Equity Plan became effective upon the approval of shareholders on May 8, 2014. As of December 31, 2017, the First Bancorp 2014 Equity Plan was the only plan that had shares available for future grants, and there were 809,690 shares remaining available for grant.

 

The First Bancorp 2014 Equity Plan is intended to serve as a means to attract, retain and motivate key employees and directors and to associate the interests of the plans’ participants with those of the Company and its shareholders. The First Bancorp 2014 Equity Plan allows for both grants of stock options and other types of equity-based compensation, including stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted performance stock, unrestricted stock, and performance units.

 

Recent equity grants to employees have either had performance vesting conditions, service vesting conditions, or both. Compensation expense for these grants is recorded over the various service periods based on the estimated number of equity grants that are probable to vest. No compensation cost is recognized for grants that do not vest and any previously recognized compensation cost will be reversed. The Company issues new shares of common stock when options are exercised.

 

Certain of the Company’s stock option grants contain terms that provide for a graded vesting schedule whereby portions of the award vest in increments over the requisite service period. The Company recognizes compensation expense for awards with graded vesting schedules on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for each incremental award. Compensation expense is based on the estimated number of stock options and awards that will ultimately vest. Over the past five years, there have only been minimal amounts of forfeitures, and therefore the Company assumes that all awards granted without performance conditions will become vested.

 

The Company typically grants shares of common stock to each non-employee director in June of each year. On June 1, 2017, the Company granted 11,190 shares of common stock to non-employee directors (1,119 shares per director), at a fair market value of $28.59 per share, which was the closing price of the Company’s common stock on that date, which resulted in $320,000 in expense. On June 1, 2016, the Company granted 6,584 shares of common stock to non-employee directors (823 shares per director), at a fair market value of $19.56 per share, which was the closing price of the Company’s common stock on that date, which resulted in $129,000 in expense.

 

The Company’s senior officers receive their annual bonus earned under the Company’s annual incentive plan in a mix of 50% cash and 50% stock, with the stock being subject to a three year vesting term. In the last three years, a total of 55,648 shares of restricted stock have been granted related to performance in the preceding fiscal years. Total

137  

compensation expense associated with those grants was $758,000 and is being recognized over the respective vesting periods. The Company recorded $282,000, $220,000 and $93,000, for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

In the last three years, the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors also granted 130,059 shares of stock to various employees of the Company to promote retention. The total value associated with these grants amounted to $2.8 million, and is being recorded as expense over their three year vesting periods. For 2017, 2016, and 2015, total compensation expense related to these grants was $491,000, $366,000, and $488,000, respectively. All grants were issued based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the date of the grant.

 

Based on the vesting schedules of the shares of restricted stock currently outstanding, the Company expects to record $733,000 in stock-based compensation expense in 2018.

 

The following table presents information regarding the activity during 2015, 2016, and 2017 related to the Company’s outstanding restricted stock:

 

    Long-Term Restricted Stock  
    Number of
Units
    Weighted-
Average Grant-
Date Fair Value
 
             
Nonvested at January 1, 2015     50,438     $ 11.42  
                 
Granted during the period     65,618       17.28  
Vested during the period     (20,117 )     17.44  
Forfeited or expired during the period     (40,610 )     9.87  
                 
Nonvested at December 31, 2015     55,329     $ 17.31  
                 
Granted during the period     65,255       19.40  
Vested during the period     (28,794 )     17.79  
Forfeited or expired during the period            
                 
Nonvested at December 31, 2016     91,790     $ 18.65  
                 
Granted during the period     48,322       31.05  
Vested during the period     (28,275 )     20.05  
Forfeited or expired during the period     (8,535 )     18.34  
                 
Nonvested at December 31, 2017     103,302     $ 24.09  

 

In years prior to 2009, stock options were the primary form of equity grant utilized by the Company. The stock options had a term of ten years. In a change in control (as defined in the plans), unless the awards remain outstanding or substitute equivalent awards are provided, the awards become immediately vested.

 

At December 31, 2017, there were 38,689 stock options outstanding related to the two First Bancorp plans, with exercise prices ranging from $14.35 to $16.81.

 

138  

The following table presents information regarding the activity since January 1, 2015 related to all of the Company’s stock options outstanding:

 

    Options Outstanding  
    Number of
Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
    Weighted-
Average
Contractual
Term (years)
    Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
                         
Balance at January 1, 2015     179,102     $ 18.55                  
                                 
   Granted                            
   Exercised     (7,353 )     15.20             $ 19,843  
   Forfeited                            
   Expired     (54,341 )     19.93                  
                                 
Balance at December 31, 2015     117,408     $ 18.12                  
                                 
   Granted                            
   Exercised     (23,710 )     15.84             $ 81,894  
   Forfeited                            
   Expired     (33,750 )     21.39                  
                                 
Balance at December 31, 2016     59,948     $ 17.18                  
                                 
   Granted                            
   Exercised     (21,259 )     19.16             $ 236,584  
   Forfeited                            
   Expired                            
                                 
Outstanding at December 31, 2017     38,689     $ 16.09       0.67     $ 743,679  
                                 
Exercisable at December 31, 2017     38,689     $ 16.09       0.67     $ 743,679  

 

 

In 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company received $287,000, $375,000 and $112,000, respectively, as a result of stock option exercises.

 

The following table summarizes information about the stock options outstanding at December 31, 2017:

 

    Options Outstanding     Options Exercisable  

 

 

Range of

Exercise Prices

  Number
Outstanding
at 12/31/17
    Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
    Number
Exercisable
at 12/31/17
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
 
                               
$13.27 to $15.48     9,000       1.4     $ 14.35       9,000     $ 14.35  
$15.48 to $17.70     29,689       0.4       16.61       29,689       16.61  
      38,689       0.7     $ 16.09       38,689     $ 16.09  
                                         

 

 

Note 16. Regulatory Restrictions

 

The Company is regulated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“FRB”) and is subject to securities registration and public reporting regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Bank is regulated by the FRB and the North Carolina Commissioner of Banks.

 

The primary source of funds for the payment of dividends by the Company is dividends received from its subsidiary, the Bank. The Bank, as a North Carolina banking corporation, may declare dividends so long as such dividends do not reduce its capital below its applicable required capital (typically, the level of capital required to be deemed “adequately capitalized.”)

139  

As of December 31, 2017, approximately $580,000,000 of the Company’s investment in the Bank is restricted as to transfer to the Company without obtaining prior regulatory approval.

 

The average reserve balance maintained by the Bank under the requirements of the FRB was approximately $9,924,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

The Company and the Bank must comply with regulatory capital requirements established by the FRB. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary, actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s and Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

 

In 2013, the FRB approved final rules implementing the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision capital guidelines, referred to a “Basel III.” The final rules established a new “Common Equity Tier I” ratio; new higher capital ratio requirements, including a capital conservation buffer; narrowed the definitions of capital; imposed new operating restrictions on banking organizations with insufficient capital buffers; and increased the risk weighting of certain assets. The final rules became effective January 1, 2015 for the Company. The capital conservation buffer requirement was phased in beginning January 1, 2016, at 0.625% of risk weighted assets, and will increase each year until fully implemented at 2.5% in January 1, 2019. The capital conservation buffer requirement at December 31, 2017 was 1.25%.

 

As of December 31, 2017, the capital standards require the Company to maintain minimum ratios of “Common Equity Tier I” capital to total risk-weighted assets, “Tier I” capital to total risk-weighted assets, and total capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.50%, 6.00% and 8.00%, respectively. Common Equity Tier I capital is comprised of common stock and related surplus, plus retained earnings, and is reduced by goodwill and other intangible assets, net of associated deferred tax liabilities. Tier I capital is comprised of Common Equity Tier I capital plus Additional Tier I Capital, which for the Company includes non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock and trust preferred securities. Total capital is comprised of Tier I capital plus certain adjustments, the largest of which is our allowance for loan losses. Risk-weighted assets refer to our on- and off-balance sheet exposures, adjusted for their related risk levels using formulas set forth in FRB and FDIC regulations.

 

In addition to the risk-based capital requirements described above, the Company and the Bank are subject to a leverage capital requirement, which calls for a minimum ratio of Tier I capital (as defined above) to quarterly average total assets of 3.00% to 5.00%, depending upon the institution’s composite ratings as determined by its regulators. The FRB has not advised the Company of any requirement specifically applicable to it.

 

In addition to the minimum capital requirements described above, the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action also contains specific capital guidelines applicable to banks for classification as “well capitalized,” which are presented with the minimum ratios, the Company’s ratios and the Bank’s ratios as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 in the following table. Based on the most recent notification from its regulators, the Bank is well capitalized under the framework. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Company’s classification.

 

Also see Note 19 for discussion of preferred stock transactions that have affected the Company’s capital ratios.

 

140  

    Actual     Fully Phased-In Regulatory
Guidelines Minimum
    To Be Well Capitalized
Under Current Prompt
Corrective Action Provisions
 
($ in thousands)   Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio  
                (must equal or exceed)     (must equal or exceed)  
As of December 31, 2017                                                
Common Equity Tier I Capital Ratio                                                
    Company   $ 456,826       10.72%     $ 298,406       7.00%       $           N/A       N/A  
    Bank     507,496       11.91%       298,277       7.00%       276,972       6.50%  
Total Capital Ratio                                                
    Company     532,907       12.50%       447,609       10.50%                  N/A       N/A  
    Bank     531,612       12.48%       447,416       10.50%       426,111       10.00%  
Tier I Capital Ratio                                                
    Company     508,791       11.94%       362,350       8.50%       N/A       N/A  
     Bank     507,496       11.91%       362,194       8.50%       340,889       8.00%  
Leverage Ratio                                                
    Company     508,791       9.58%       212,536       4.00%       N/A       N/A  
    Bank     507,496       9.57%       212,224       4.00%       265,281       5.00%  
                                                 
                                                 
As of December 31, 2016                                                
Common Equity Tier I Capital Ratio                                                
    Company   $ 308,712       10.92%     $ 197,968       7.00%       $           N/A       N/A  
    Bank     350,578       12.40%       197,858       7.00%       183,725       6.50%  
Total Capital Ratio                                                
    Company     377,847       13.36%       296,952       10.50%                  N/A       N/A  
    Bank     375,062       13.27%       296,787       10.50%       282,654       10.00%  
Tier I Capital Ratio                                                
    Company     353,363       12.49%       240,390       8.50%       N/A       N/A  
     Bank     350,578       12.40%       240,256       8.50%       226,124       8.00%  
Leverage Ratio                                                
    Company     353,363       10.17%       138,981       4.00%       N/A       N/A  
    Bank     350,578       10.10%       138,908       4.00%       173,634       5.00%  

 

Note 17. Supplementary Income Statement Information

 

Components of other noninterest income/expense exceeding 1% of total income for any of the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 are as follows:

 

($ in thousands)   2017     2016     2015  
                   
Other service charges, commissions, and fees – debit card interchange income   $ 7,732       6,564       6,433  
Other service charges, commissions, and fees – other interchange income     3,722       3,018       2,288  
                         
Other operating expenses – data processing expense     2,910       2,010       1,935  
Other operating expenses – credit/debit card processing expense     2,797       2,296       2,181  
Other operating expenses – marketing     2,549       1,999       1,674  
Other operating expenses – outside consultants     2,511       1,700       1,677  
Other operating expenses – telephone and data line expense     2,470       2,311       2,133  
Other operating expenses – stationery and supplies     2,399       2,066       2,039  
Other operating expenses – FDIC insurance expense     2,350       2,009       2,394  
Other operating expenses – dues and subscriptions     1,889       1,604       1,710  
Other operating expenses – repossession and collection     1,736       1,842       2,167  
Other operating expenses – legal and audit     1,497       1,408       1,689  
                         

 

141  

Note 18. Condensed Parent Company Information

 

Condensed financial data for First Bancorp (parent company only) follows:

 

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS   As of December 31,  
($ in thousands)   2017     2016  
Assets                
Cash on deposit with bank subsidiary   $ 4,535       4,530  
Investment in wholly-owned subsidiaries, at equity     745,669       410,261  
Premises and Equipment     7       7  
Other assets           1,659  
         Total assets   $ 750,211       416,457  
                 
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity                
Trust preferred securities   $ 53,758       46,394  
Other liabilities     3,474       1,962  
     Total liabilities     57,232       48,356  
                 
Shareholders’ equity     692,979       368,101  
                 
         Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 750,211       416,457  

 

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME   Year Ended December 31,  
($ in thousands)   2017     2016     2015  
                   
Dividends from wholly-owned subsidiaries   $ 52,732       9,000       72,500  
Earnings of wholly-owned subsidiaries, net of dividends     (4,793 )     20,517       (43,328 )
Interest expense     (1,867 )     (1,216 )     (1,032 )
All other income and expenses, net     (100 )     (792 )     (1,106 )
          Net income     45,972       27,509       27,034  
                         
          Preferred stock dividends           (175 )     (603 )
                         
          Net income available to common shareholders   $ 45,972       27,334       26,431  

 

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS   Year Ended December 31,  
($ in thousands)   2017     2016     2015  
                   
Operating Activities:                        
     Net income   $ 45,972       27,509       27,034  
     Excess of dividends over earnings of subsidiaries (Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries)     4,793       (20,517 )     43,328  
     Decrease in other assets     283       15       1  
     Increase (decrease) in other liabilities     (67 )     130       (272 )
          Total – operating activities     50,981       7,137       70,091  
                         
Investing Activities:                        
      Downstream cash investment to subsidiary     (9,000 )            
      Note receivable proceeds received     3,054                  
      Proceeds from sales of investments     174              
      Net cash paid in acquisitions     (37,664 )            
          Total - investing activities     (43,436 )            
                         
                         
Financing Activities:                        
      Payment of preferred and common cash dividends     (7,596 )     (6,632 )     (7,105 )
      Redemption of preferred stock                 (63,500 )
      Proceeds from issuance of common stock     287       375       112  
      Stock withheld for payment of taxes     (231 )     (166 )     (54 )
          Total - financing activities     (7,540 )     (6,423 )     (70,547 )
Net increase (decrease) in cash     5       714       (456 )
Cash, beginning of year     4,530       3,816       4,272  
Cash, end of year   $ 4,535       4,530       3,816  

 

142  

Note 19. Preferred Stock

 

Small Business Lending Fund

 

On September 1, 2011, the Company completed the sale of $63.5 million of Series B Preferred Stock to the Secretary of the Treasury under the Small Business Lending Fund (“SBLF”). The fund was established under the Small Business Jobs Act of 2010 that was created to encourage lending to small businesses by providing capital to qualified community banks with assets less than $10 billion.

 

Under the terms of the stock purchase agreement, the Treasury received 63,500 shares of non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock with a liquidation value of $1,000 per share, in exchange for $63.5 million. On June 25, 2015, the Company redeemed $32 million (32,000 shares) of the outstanding SBLF stock. The shares were redeemed at their liquidation value of $1,000 per share plus accrued dividends. On October 16, 2015, the Company redeemed the remaining $31.5 million (31,500 shares) of the outstanding SBLF stock. The shares were redeemed at their liquidation value of $1,000 per share plus accrued dividends. With these redemptions, the Company ended its participation in the SBLF.

 

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2015, the Company accrued approximately $370,000 in preferred dividend payments for the Series B Preferred Stock. This amount is deducted from net income in computing “Net income available to common shareholders.”

 

Stock Issuance

 

On December 21, 2012, the Company issued 2,656,294 shares of its common stock and 728,706 shares of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock to certain accredited investors, each at the price of $10.00 per share, pursuant to a private placement transaction. Net proceeds from this sale of common and preferred stock were $33.8 million and were used to strengthen and remove risk from the Company’s balance sheet in anticipation of a planned disposition of certain classified loans and write-down of foreclosed real estate.

 

On December 22, 2016, the Company and the holder of the Series C Preferred Stock entered into an agreement to convert the preferred stock into common stock. The Company exchanged 728,706 shares of preferred stock for the same number of shares of the Company’s common stock. As a result of the exchange, the Company has no shares of preferred stock currently outstanding.

 

The Series C Preferred Stock qualified as Tier 1 capital and was Convertible Perpetual Preferred Stock, with dividend rights equal to the Company’s common stock. The Series C Preferred Stock was non-voting, except in limited circumstances.

 

The Series C Preferred Stock paid a dividend per share equal to that of the Company’s common stock. The Company accrued approximately $175,000 and $233,000 in preferred dividend payments for the Series C Preferred Stock during 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

Note 20. Subsequent Event

 

In February 2018, the Company received loan recoveries totaling $2.7 million on two loans that had been previously charged-off.  Including those recoveries, the Company has recorded $3.3 million in total net recoveries from January 1, 2018 through February 28, 2018.

 

 

143  

 

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders

First Bancorp

Southern Pines, North Carolina

 

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of First Bancorp and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ending December 31, 2017, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013, and our report dated March 1, 2018 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statement. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ Elliott Davis, PLLC

 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2005.

 

Charlotte, North Carolina

March 1, 2018

 

144  

 

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

 

 

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of First Bancorp

 

 

Opinion on the Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We have audited First Bancorp and subsidiaries’ (the “Company”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017 based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013 (the “COSO criteria”). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017 based on the COSO criteria.

 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017 and our report dated March 1, 2018 expressed an unqualified opinion.

 

As described in Management’s Report On Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, management has excluded ASB Bancorp, Inc. (“Asheville Savings Bank”) from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, because it was acquired by the Company in a purchase business combination in the fourth quarter of 2017. We have also excluded Asheville Savings Bank from our audit of internal control over financial reporting. Asheville Savings Bank constituted approximately 4 percent of total consolidated revenue (interest income and noninterest income) for the year ended December 31, 2017 and 14 percent of total consolidated assets as of December 31, 2017.

 

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting in the accompanying Management’s Report On Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in

 

145  

 

accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

 

/s/ Elliott Davis, PLLC

 

Charlotte, North Carolina

March 1, 2018

 

 

146  

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures

 

None.

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

As of the end of the period covered by this report, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, which are our controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our periodic reports with the SEC is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the required time periods.  Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed is communicated to our management to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.  Based on the evaluation, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective in allowing timely decisions regarding disclosure to be made about material information required to be included in our periodic reports with the SEC.

 

Management’s Report On Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

Management of First Bancorp and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the principal executive officer and principal financial officer, the Company conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013). The scope of management’s assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017 has excluded the operations of ASB Bancorp, Inc., which was acquired during the fourth quarter of 2017. Based on Management’s evaluation under the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework, management of the Company has concluded the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Securities Exchange Act of 1934 Rules 13a-15(f), as of December 31, 2017.

 

Internal control over financial reporting cannot provide absolute assurance of achieving financial reporting objectives because of its inherent limitations. Internal control over financial reporting is a process that involves human diligence and compliance and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures. Internal control over financial reporting can also be circumvented by collusion or improper management override. Because of such limitations, there is a risk that material misstatements may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by internal control over financial reporting. However, these inherent limitations are known features of the financial reporting process. Therefore, it is possible to design into the process safeguards to reduce, though not eliminate, this risk.

 

Management is also responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements and other financial information contained in this report. The accompanying consolidated financial statements were prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and include, as necessary, best estimates and judgments by management.

 

Elliott Davis, PLLC, an independent, registered public accounting firm, has audited the Company’s consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2017, and audited the Company’s effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, as stated in their report, which is included in Item 8 hereof.

147  

Table of Contents  

 

Changes in Internal Controls

 

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during, or subsequent to, the fourth quarter of 2017 that were reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 9B. Other Information

 

Not applicable.

 

PART III

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

Incorporated herein by reference is the information under the captions “Directors, Nominees and Executive Officers,” “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” “Corporate Governance Policies and Practices” and “Board Committees, Attendance and Compensation” from the Company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A.

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation

 

Incorporated herein by reference is the information under the captions “Executive Compensation” and “Board Committees, Attendance and Compensation” from the Company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A.

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters

 

Incorporated herein by reference is the information under the captions “Principal Holders of First Bancorp Voting Securities” and “Directors, Nominees and Executive Officers” from the Company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A.

 

See also “Additional Information Regarding the Registrant’s Equity Compensation Plans” in Item 5 of this report.

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 

Incorporated herein by reference is the information under the caption “Certain Transactions” and “Corporate Governance Policies and Practices” from the Company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A.

 

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

Incorporated herein by reference is the information under the caption “Audit Committee Report” from the Company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A.

 

PART IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a) 1. Financial Statements - See Item 8 and the Cross Reference Index on page 3 for information concerning the Company’s consolidated financial statements and report of independent auditors.
     
  2. Financial Statement Schedules - not applicable
     
     

148  

Table of Contents  

 

  3. Exhibits
     
    The following exhibits are filed with this report or, as noted, are incorporated by reference.  Except as noted below the exhibits identified have SEC File No. 000-15572.  Management contracts, compensatory plans and arrangements are marked with an asterisk (*).
     
  2.a Purchase and Assumption Agreement dated as of March 3, 2016 between First Bank (as Seller) and First Community Bank (as Purchaser) was filed as Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 7, 2016 , and is incorporated herein by reference.
     
  2.b Purchase and Assumption Agreement dated as of March 3, 2016 between First Community Bank (as Seller) and First Bank (as Purchaser) was filed as Exhibit 99.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 7, 2016 , and is incorporated herein by reference.
     
  2.c Merger Agreement between First Bancorp and Carolina Bank Holdings, Inc. dated June 21, 2016 was filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 22, 2016 , and is incorporated herein by reference.
     
  2.d Merger Agreement between First Bancorp and ASB Bancorp, Inc. dated May 1, 2017 was filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 1, 2017 , and is incorporated herein by reference.
     
  3.a Articles of Incorporation of the Company and amendments thereto were filed as Exhibits 3.a.i through 3.a.v to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2002, and are incorporated herein by reference.  Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation were filed as Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 13, 2009 , and are incorporated herein by reference.  Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation were filed as Exhibit 3.1.b to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3D filed on June 29, 2010 (Commission File No. 333-167856), and are incorporated herein by reference.  Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation were filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 6, 2011 , and are incorporated herein by reference.  Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation were filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 26, 2012 , and are incorporated herein by reference.
     
  3.b Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company were filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 9, 2018 , and are incorporated herein by reference.
     
  4.a Form of Common Stock Certificate was filed as Exhibit 4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1999 , and is incorporated herein by reference.
     
  10.a Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and its Directors and Officers was filed as Exhibit 10.a to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 , and is incorporated herein by reference.
     
  10.b First Bancorp Senior Management Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan was filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 22, 2006 , and is incorporated herein by reference. (*)
     
  10.c First Bancorp 2007 Equity Plan was filed as Appendix B to the Registrant's Form Def 14A filed on March 27, 2007 , and is incorporated herein by reference. (*)
     
  10.d First Bancorp 2014 Equity Plan was filed as Appendix B to the Registrant’s Form Def 14A filed on April 4, 2014 , and is incorporated herein by reference. (*)
     
  10.e First Bancorp Long Term Care Insurance Plan was filed as Exhibit 10(o) to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004 , and is incorporated by reference. (*)
     

 

149  

Table of Contents  

     
  10.f Advances and Security Agreement with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta dated February 15, 2005 was attached as Exhibit 99(a) to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 22, 2005 , and is incorporated herein by reference.
     
  10.g Form of Stock Option and Performance Unit Award Agreement was filed as Exhibit 10 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 23, 2008 , and is incorporated herein by reference. (*)
     
  10.h Description of Director Compensation pursuant to Item 601(b)(10)(iii)(A) of Regulation S-K was filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016 , as is incorporated herein by reference. (*)
     
  10.i Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the First Bancorp 2007 Equity Plan was filed as Exhibit 10.u to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 , and is incorporated herein by reference. (*)
     
  10.j First Bancorp Employees’ Pension Plan, including amendments, was filed as Exhibit 10.v to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 , and is incorporated herein by reference. (*)
     
  10.k Employment Agreement between the Company and Richard H. Moore dated August 28, 2012 was filed as Exhibit 10.a to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2012 , and is incorporated herein by reference.  Amendments to this agreement were filed in the Company’s Current Reports on Form 8-K filed on March 9, 2017 and February 9, 2018 and are incorporated herein by reference. (*)
     
  10.l Employment Agreement between the Company and Michael G. Mayer dated March 10, 2014 was filed as Exhibit 10.z to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 , and is incorporated herein by reference. (*)
      
  10.m Amendment to the First Bancorp Senior Management Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan dated March 11, 2014 was filed as Exhibit 10.aa to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 , and is incorporated herein by reference. (*)
     
  10.n Employment Agreement between the Company and Eric P. Credle dated November 7, 2014 was filed as Exhibit 10.a to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2014 , and is incorporated herein by reference. (*)
     
  10.o The Company’s Annual Incentive Plan for certain employees and executive officers was filed as Exhibit 10(a) to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 2, 2015 , and is incorporated herein by reference. (*)
     
  10.p Exchange Agreement by and between First Bancorp and Castle Creek Capital Partners IV, LP dated as of December 22, 2016 was filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 22, 2016 , and is incorporated herein by reference.
     
  10.q The Executive Nonqualified Excess Plan Document .(*)
     
  10.r The Executive Nonqualified Excess Plan Adoption Agreement dated January 30, 2017 . (*)
     
  10.s The Executive Nonqualified Excess Plan Adoption Agreement dated February 26, 2018 . (*)
     
  12 Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges .
  21 List of Subsidiaries of Registrant
     
  23 Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, Elliott Davis, PLLC
     
     31.1 Chief Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 .

 

150  

Table of Contents  

     
  31.2 Chief Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 .
     
  32.1 Chief Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 .
     
  32.2 Chief Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 .
     
  101 The following financial information from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017, formatted in eXtensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL):  (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Income, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (vi) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
     

 

(b) Exhibits - see (a)(3) above.

 

(c) No financial statement schedules are filed herewith.

 

Copies of exhibits are available upon written request to: First Bancorp, Elizabeth B. Bostian, Secretary, 300 SW Broad Street, Southern Pines, North Carolina, 28387.

 

 

 

151  

Table of Contents  

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, FIRST BANCORP has duly caused this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Southern Pines, and State of North Carolina, on the 1 st day of March 2018.

 

First Bancorp

 

By: /s/ Richard H. Moore

Richard H. Moore 

         Chief Executive Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed on behalf of the Company by the following persons and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Executive Officers

 

/s/ Richard H. Moore

Richard H. Moore

Chief Executive Officer

March 1, 2018

/s/ Eric P. Credle

Eric P. Credle

Executive Vice President

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

March 1, 2018

   
Board of Directors
   

/s/ James C. Crawford, III

James C. Crawford, III

Chairman of the Board

Director

March 1, 2018

/s/ Michael G. Mayer

Michael G. Mayer

Director

March 1, 2018

   

/s/ Donald H. Allred

Donald H. Allred

Director

March 1, 2018

 

/s/ Richard H. Moore

Richard H. Moore

Director

March 1, 2018

/s/ Daniel T. Blue, Jr.

Daniel T. Blue, Jr.

Director

March 1, 2018

/s/ Thomas F. Phillips

Thomas F. Phillips

Director

March 1, 2018

   

/s/ Mary Clara Capel

Mary Clara Capel

Director

March 1, 2018

/s/ O. Temple Sloan, III

O. Temple Sloan, III

Director

March 1, 2018

   

/s/ Suzanne DeFerie

Suzanne DeFerie

Director

March 1, 2018

/s/ Frederick L. Taylor II

Frederick L. Taylor II

Director

March 1, 2018

   

/s/ Abby J. Donnelly

Abby J. Donnelly

Director

March 1, 2018

/s/ Virginia C. Thomasson

Virginia C. Thomasson

Director

March 1, 2018

152  

Table of Contents  

 

   

/s/ John B. Gould

John B. Gould

Director

March 1, 2018

/s/ Dennis A. Wicker

Dennis A. Wicker

Director

March 1, 2018

   

153  

 

 

Exhibit 10.q

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE EXECUTIVE NONQUALIFIED EXCESS PLAN

PLAN DOCUMENT

 
 

THE EXECUTIVE NONQUALIFIED EXCESS PLAN

 

Section 1.         Purpose:

 

By execution of the Adoption Agreement, the Employer has adopted the Plan set forth herein, and in the Adoption Agreement, to provide a means by which certain management Employees or Independent Contractors of the Employer may elect to defer receipt of current Compensation from the Employer in order to provide retirement and other benefits on behalf of such Employees or Independent Contractors of the Employer, as selected in the Adoption Agreement. The Plan is intended to be a nonqualified deferred compensation plan that complies with the provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code"). The Plan is also intended to be an unfunded plan maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation benefits for a select group of management or highly compensated employees under Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(l) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) and independent contractors. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, this Plan shall be interpreted, operated and administered in a manner consistent with these intentions.

Section 2.         Definitions:

 

As used in the Plan, including this Section 2, references to one gender shall include the other, unless otherwise indicated by the context:

2.1       "Active Participant" means, with respect to any day or date, a Participant who is in Service on such day or date; provided, that a Participant shall cease to be an Active Participant (i) immediately upon a determination by the Committee that the Participant has ceased to be an Employee or Independent Contractor, or (ii) at the end

1  

 

of the Plan Year that the Committee determines the Participant no longer meets the eligibility requirements of the Plan.

2.2       "Adoption Agreement" means the written agreement pursuant to which the Employer adopts the Plan. The Adoption Agreement is a part of the Plan as applied to the Employer.

2.3       "Beneficiary" means the person, persons, entity or entities designated or determined pursuant to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan.

2.4       "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company, if the Company is a corporation. If the Company is not a corporation, "Board" shall mean the Company.

2.5       "Change in Control Event" means an event described in Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code (or any successor provision thereto) and the regulations thereunder.

2.6       "Committee" means the persons or entity designated in the Adoption Agreement to administer the Plan. If the Committee designated in the Adoption Agreement is unable to serve, the Employer shall satisfy the duties of the Committee provided for in Section 9.

2.7       "Company" means the company designated in the Adoption Agreement as such.

2.8       "Compensation" shall have the meaning designated in the Adoption Agreement.

2.9       "Crediting Date" means the date designated in the Adoption Agreement for crediting the amount of any Participant Deferral Credits or Employer Credits to the Deferred Compensation Account of a Participant.

2  

 

2.10       "Deferred Compensation Account" means the account or accounts maintained with respect to each Participant under the Plan. The Deferred Compensation Account shall be credited with Participant Deferral Credits and Employer Credits, credited or debited for deemed investment gains or losses, and adjusted for payments in accordance with the rules and elections in effect under Section 8. As permitted in the Adoption Agreement, the Deferred Compensation Account of a Participant may consist of one or more accounts including In-Service or Education Accounts, if applicable. A Participant may elect payment options for each account as described in Section 7.1 and deemed investments for each account as described in Section 8.2.

2.11       "Disabled or Disability" means Disabled or Disability within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder. Generally, this means that the Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering Employees of the Employer.

2.12       “Education Account” is an In-Service Account which will be used by the Participant for educational purposes.

2.13       "Effective Date" shall be the date designated in the Adoption Agreement.

3  

 

2.14       "Employee" means an individual in the Service of the Employer if the relationship between the individual and the Employer is the legal relationship of employer and employee. An individual shall cease to be an Employee upon the Employee's Separation from Service.

2.15       "Employer" means the Company, as identified in the Adoption Agreement, and any Participating Employer which adopts this Plan. An Employer may be a corporation, a limited liability company, a partnership or sole proprietorship.

2.16       "Employer Credits" means the amounts credited to the Participant's Deferred Compensation Account by the Employer pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.2.

2.17         "Grandfathered Amounts" means, if applicable, the amounts that were deferred under the Plan and were earned and vested within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and regulations thereunder as of December 31, 2004. Grandfathered Amounts shall be subject to the terms designated in the Plan which were in effect as of October 3, 2004.

2.18       "Independent Contractor" means an individual in the Service of the

Employer if the relationship between the individual and the Employer is not the legal relationship of employer and employee. An individual shall cease to be an Independent Contractor upon the termination of the Independent Contractor's Service. An Independent

Contractor shall include a director of the Employer who is not an Employee.

2.19       "In-Service Account" means a separate account to be kept for each

Participant that has elected to take in-service distributions as described in Section 5.4. The In-Service Account shall be adjusted in the same manner and at the same time as the

4  

 

Deferred Compensation Account under Section 8 and in accordance with the rules and elections in effect under Section 8.

2.20       "Normal Retirement Age" of a Participant means the age designated in the Adoption Agreement.

2.21       "Participant" means with respect to any Plan Year an Employee or

Independent Contractor who has been designated by the Committee as a Participant and who has entered the Plan or who has a Deferred Compensation Account under the Plan; provided that if the Participant is an Employee, the individual must be a highly compensated or management employee of the Employer within the meaning of Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of ERISA.

2.22       "Participant Deferral Credits" means the amounts credited to the

Participant's Deferred Compensation Account by the Employer pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.1.

2.23       "Participating Employer" means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which adopts this Plan with the consent of the Company identified in the Adoption Agreement.

2.24       "Participation Agreement" means a written agreement entered into between a Participant and the Employer pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.1

2.25       "Performance-Based Compensation" means compensation where the amount of, or entitlement to, the compensation is contingent on the satisfaction of preestablished organizational or individual performance criteria relating to a performance period of at least twelve months. Organizational or individual performance criteria are considered preestablished if established in writing within 90 days after the

5  

 

commencement of the period of service to which the criteria relates, provided that the outcome is substantially uncertain at the time the criteria are established. Performance-based compensation may include payments based upon subjective performance criteria as provided in regulations and administrative guidance promulgated under Section 409A of the Code.

2.26       "Plan" means The Executive Nonqualified Excess Plan, as herein set out and as set out in the Adoption Agreement, or as duly amended. The name of the Plan as applied to the Employer shall be designated in the Adoption Agreement.

2.27       "Plan-Approved Domestic Relations Order" shall mean a judgment, decree, or order (including the approval of a settlement agreement) which is:

2.27.1       Issued pursuant to a State's domestic relations law;

2.27.2       Relates to the provision of child support, alimony payments or marital property rights to a Spouse, former Spouse, child or other dependent of the Participant;

2.27.3       Creates or recognizes the right of a Spouse, former Spouse, child or other dependent of the Participant to receive all or a portion of the Participant's benefits under the Plan;

2.27.4       Requires payment to such person of their interest in the Participant's benefits in a lump sum payment at a specific time; and

2.27.5       Meets such other requirements established by the Committee.

2.28       "Plan Year" means the twelve-month period ending on the last day of the month designated in the Adoption Agreement; provided that the initial Plan Year may have fewer than twelve months.

2.29       "Qualifying Distribution Event" means (i) the Separation from Service of the Participant, (ii) the date the Participant becomes Disabled, (iii) the death of the Participant, (iv) the time specified by the Participant for an In-Service or Education

6  

 

Distribution, (v) a Change in Control Event, or (vi) an Unforeseeable Emergency, each to the extent provided in Section 5.

2.30       "Seniority Date" shall have the meaning designated in the Adoption Agreement.

2.31       "Separation from Service" or "Separates from Service" means a "separation from service" within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

2.32       "Service" means employment by the Employer as an Employee. For purposes of the Plan, the employment relationship is treated as continuing intact while the

Employee is on military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence if the period of such leave does not exceed six months, or if longer, so long as the Employee's right to reemployment is provided either by statute or contract. If the Participant is an Independent Contractor, "Service" shall mean the period during which the contractual relationship exists between the Employer and the Participant. The contractual relationship is not terminated if the Participant anticipates a renewal of the contract or becomes an Employee.

2.33       "Service Bonus" means any bonus paid to a Participant by the Employer which is not Performance-Based Compensation.

2.34       "Specified Employee" means an Employee who meets the requirements for key employee treatment under Section 416(i)(l)(A)(i), (ii) or (iii) of the Code (applied in accordance with the regulations thereunder and without regard to Section 416(i)(5) of the Code) at any time during the twelve month period ending on December 31 of each year (the "identification date"). If the person is a key employee as of any identification date, the person is treated as a Specified Employee for the twelve-month period

7  

 

beginning on the first day of the fourth month following the identification date. Unless binding corporate action is taken to establish different rules for determining Specified Employees for all plans of the Company and its controlled group members that are subject to Section 409A of the Code, the foregoing rules and the other default rules under the regulations of Section 409A of the Code shall apply.

2.35       "Spouse" or ' 'Surviving Spouse" means, except as otherwise provided in the Plan, a person who is the legally married spouse or surviving spouse of a Participant.

2.36       "Unforeseeable Emergency" means an "unforeseeable emergency" within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

2.37       "Years of Service" means each Plan Year of Service completed by the Participant. For vesting purposes, Years of Service shall be calculated from the date designated in the Adoption Agreement and Service shall be based on service with the Company and all Participating Employers.

Section 3.         Participation:

The Committee in its discretion shall designate each Employee or Independent Contractor who is eligible to participate in the Plan. A Participant who Separates from Service with the Employer and who later returns to Service will not be an Active Participant under the Plan except upon satisfaction of such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish upon the Participant's return to Service, whether or not the Participant shall have a balance remaining in his Deferred Compensation Account under the Plan on the date of the return to Service.

 

8  

 

Section 4.         Credits to Deferred Compensation Account:

4.1       Participant Deferral Credits. To the extent provided in the Adoption Agreement, each Active Participant may elect, by entering into a Participation Agreement with the Employer, to defer the receipt of Compensation from the Employer by a dollar amount or percentage specified in the Participation Agreement. The amount of Compensation the Participant elects to defer, the Participant Deferral Credit, shall be credited by the Employer to the Deferred Compensation Account maintained for the Participant pursuant to Section 8. The following special provisions shall apply with respect to the Participant Deferral Credits of a Participant:

4.1.1       The Employer shall credit to the Participant's Deferred Compensation Account on each Crediting Date an amount equal to the total Participant Deferral Credit for the period ending on such Crediting Date.

4.1.2       An election pursuant to this Section 4.1 shall be made by the Participant by executing and delivering a Participation Agreement to the Committee. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 4.1, the Participation Agreement shall become effective with respect to such Participant as of the first day of January following the date such Participation Agreement is received by the Committee. A Participant's election may be changed at any time prior to the last permissible date for making the election as permitted in this Section 4.1, and shall thereafter be irrevocable. Any election of a Participant shall continue in effect for the time period as set forth in the Adoption Agreement and shall be described as evergreen or non-evergreen as appropriate.

4.1.3       A Participant may execute and deliver a Participation Agreement to the Committee within 30 days after the date the Participant first becomes eligible to participate in the Plan. After the 30 day period expires, or after any shorter time period as agreed to by the Participant and the Committee, the latest election made by the Participant during that period becomes irrevocable. Such election shall then be effective as of the first payroll period commencing following the date the Participation Agreement becomes irrevocable. Whether a Participant is treated as newly eligible for participation under this Section shall be determined in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder, including (i) rules that treat all elective deferral account balance plans as one plan, and (ii) rules that treat a previously eligible Employee as newly eligible if his benefits had been previously distributed or if he has been ineligible for 24 months. For Compensation that is earned based upon a specified performance period (for example, an annual bonus), where a deferral election is made under this Section but after the beginning of the performance period, the election will only apply to

9  

 

the portion of the Compensation equal to the total amount of the Compensation for the service period multiplied by the ratio of the number of days remaining in the performance period after the date the election becomes irrevocable over the total number of days in the performance period.

4.1.4       A Participant may unilaterally modify a Participation Agreement (either to terminate, increase or decrease the portion of his future Compensation which is subject to deferral within the percentage limits set forth in Section 4.1 of the Adoption Agreement) by providing a written modification of the Participation Agreement to the Committee. The modification shall become effective as of the first day of January following the date such written modification is received by the Committee, or at such later date as required under Section 409A of the Code.

4.1.5       If the Participant performed services continuously from the later of the beginning of the performance period or the date upon which the performance criteria are established through the date upon which the Participant makes an initial deferral election, a Participation Agreement relating to the deferral of Performance-Based Compensation may be executed and delivered to the Committee no later than the date which is 6 months prior to the end of the performance period, provided that in no event may an election to defer Performance-Based Compensation be made after such Compensation has become readily ascertainable.

4.1.6       If the Employer has a fiscal year other than the calendar year, Compensation relating to Service in the fiscal year of the Employer (such as a bonus based on the fiscal year of the Employer), of which no amount is paid or payable during the fiscal year, may be deferred at the Participant's election if the election to defer is made not later than the close of the Employer's fiscal year next preceding the first fiscal year in which the Participant performs any services for which such Compensation is payable.

4.1.7       Compensation payable after the last day of the Participant's taxable year solely for services provided during the final payroll period containing the last day of the Participant's taxable year (i.e., December 31) is treated for purposes of this Section 4.1 as Compensation for services performed in the subsequent taxable year.

4.1.8       The Committee may from time to time establish policies or rules consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code to govern the manner in which Participant Deferral Credits may be made.

 

4.1.9       If a Participant becomes Disabled all currently effective deferral elections for such Participant shall be cancelled. At the time the participant is no longer Disabled, subsequent elections to defer future compensation will be permitted under this Section 4.

4.1.10 If a Participant applies for and receives a distribution on account of an Unforeseeable Emergency, all currently effective deferral elections for such Participant

10  

 

shall be cancelled. Subsequent elections to defer future compensation will be permitted under this Section 4.

4.1.11 If a Participant receives a hardship distribution under Section 1.401(k)-1(d)(3) of the Code, all currently effective deferral elections shall be cancelled. Subsequent elections to defer future compensation under this Section 4 will not be effective until the later of the beginning of the next calendar year or six months after the date of the hardship distribution. If the effective date of such an election occurs after the beginning of the next calendar year, as permitted by the Employer, a Participant may make elections for the next calendar year prior to January 1 st of the next calendar year, but these elections will not become effective until the end of the six month waiting period.

 

4.2       Employer Credits. If designated by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer shall cause the Committee to credit to the Deferred Compensation Account of each Active Participant an Employer Credit as determined in accordance with the Adoption Agreement. A Participant must make distribution elections with respect to any Employer Credits credited to his Deferred Compensation Account by the deadline that would apply under Section 4.1 for distribution elections with respect to Participant Deferral Credits credited at the same time, on a Participation Agreement that is timely executed and delivered to the Committee pursuant to Section 4.1. If no distribution election is made, vested amounts in the Deferred Compensation Account will be distributed in a lump sum upon the earliest of any Qualifying Distribution Event limited to Separation from Service, Disability, Death or Change in Control.

4.3       Deferred Compensation Account. All Participant Deferral Credits and Employer Credits shall be credited to the Deferred Compensation Account of the Participant as provided in Section 8.

 

11  

 

Section 5.         Qualifying Distribution Events:

5.1       Separation from Service. If the Participant Separates from Service with the Employer, the vested balance in the Deferred Compensation Account shall be paid to the Participant by the Employer as provided in Section 7. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no distribution shall be made earlier than six months after the date of Separation from Service (or, if earlier, the date of death) with respect to a Participant who as of the date of Separation from Service is a Specified Employee of a corporation the stock in which is traded on an established securities market or otherwise. Any payments to which such Specified Employee would be entitled during the first six months following the date of Separation from Service shall be accumulated and paid on the first day of the seventh month following the date of Separation from Service, and shall be adjusted for deemed investment gain and loss incurred during the six month period.

5.2       Disability. If the Employer designates in the Adoption Agreement that distributions are permitted under the Plan when a Participant becomes Disabled, and the Participant becomes Disabled while in Service, the vested balance in the Deferred Compensation Account shall be paid to the Participant by the Employer as provided in Section 7.

5.3       Death. If the Participant dies while in Service, the Employer shall pay a benefit to the Participant's Beneficiary in the amount designated in the Adoption Agreement. Payment of such benefit shall be made by the Employer as provided in Section 7.

5.4       In-Service or Education Distributions. If the Employer designates in the Adoption Agreement that in-service or education distributions are permitted under the

12  

 

Plan, a Participant may designate in the Participation Agreement to have a specified amount credited to the Participant's In-Service or Education Account for in-service or education distributions at the date specified by the Participant. In no event may an in-service or education distribution of an amount be made before the date that is two years after the first day of the year in which any deferral election to such In-Service or Education Account became effective. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant incurs a Qualifying Distribution Event prior to the date on which the entire balance in the In-Service or Education Account has been distributed, then the vested balance in the In-Service or Education Account on the date of the Qualifying Distribution Event shall be paid as provided under Section 7.1 for payments on such Qualifying Distribution Event.

5.5       Change in Control Event. If the Employer designates in the Adoption

Agreement that distributions are permitted under the Plan upon the occurrence of a Change in Control Event, the Participant may designate in the Participation Agreement to have the vested balance in the Deferred Compensation Account paid to the Participant upon a Change in Control Event by the Employer as provided in Section 7.

5.6       Unforeseeable Emergency. If the Employer designates in the Adoption Agreement that distributions are permitted under the Plan upon the occurrence of an Unforeseeable Emergency event, a distribution from the Deferred Compensation Account may be made to a Participant in the event of an Unforeseeable Emergency, subject to the following provisions:

5.6.1       A Participant may, at any time prior to his Separation from Service for any reason, make application to the Committee to receive a distribution in a lump sum of all or a portion of the vested balance in the Deferred Compensation Account (determined as of the date the distribution, if any, is made under this Section 5.6) because of an Unforeseeable Emergency. A distribution because of an Unforeseeable Emergency shall not exceed the amount required to satisfy the Unforeseeable Emergency plus amounts

13  

 

necessary to pay taxes reasonably anticipated as a result of such distribution, after taking into account the extent to which the Unforeseeable Emergency may be relieved through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise or by liquidation of the Participant's assets (to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship) or by stopping current deferrals under the Plan pursuant to Section 4.1.10.

5.6.2       The Participant's request for a distribution on account of Unforeseeable Emergency must be made in writing to the Committee. The request must specify the nature of the financial hardship, the total amount requested to be distributed from the Deferred Compensation Account, and the total amount of the actual expense incurred or to be incurred on account of the Unforeseeable Emergency.

5.6.3       If a distribution under this Section 5.6 is approved by the Committee, such distribution will be made as soon as practicable following the date it is approved. The processing of the request shall be completed as soon as practicable from the date on which the Committee receives the properly completed written request for a distribution on account of an Unforeseeable Emergency. If a Participant's Separation from Service occurs after a request is approved in accordance with this Section 5.6.3, but prior to distribution of the full amount approved, the approval of the request shall be automatically null and void and the benefits which the Participant is entitled to receive under the Plan shall be distributed in accordance with the applicable distribution provisions of the Plan.

5.6.4 The Committee may from time to time adopt additional policies or rules consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code to govern the manner in which such distributions may be made so that the Plan may be conveniently administered.

Section 6.         Vesting:

A Participant shall be fully vested in the portion of his Deferred Compensation Account attributable to Participant Deferral Credits, and all income, gains and losses attributable thereto. A Participant shall become fully vested in the portion of his Deferred Compensation Account attributable to Employer Credits, and income, gains and losses attributable thereto, in accordance with the vesting schedule and provisions designated by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement. If a Participant's Deferred Compensation Account is not fully vested upon Separation from Service, the portion of the Deferred Compensation Account that is not fully vested shall thereupon be forfeited.

14  

 

Section 7.         Distribution Rules:

7.1       Payment Options. The Employer shall designate in the Adoption Agreement the payment options which may be elected by the Participant (lump sum, annual installments, or a combination of both). Different payment options may be made available for each Qualifying Distribution Event, and different payment options may be available for different types of Separations from Service, all as designated in the Adoption Agreement. The Participant shall elect in the Participation Agreement the method under which the vested balance in the Deferred Compensation Account will be distributed from among the designated payment options. The Participant may at such time elect a different method of payment for each Qualifying Distribution Event as specified in the Adoption Agreement. If the Participant is permitted by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement to elect different payment options and does not make a valid election, the vested balance in the Deferred Compensation Account will be distributed as a lump sum upon the Qualifying Distribution Event.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if certain Qualifying Distribution Events occur prior to the date on which the vested balance of a Participant's Deferred Compensation Account is completely paid pursuant to this Section 7.1 following the occurrence of certain Qualifying Distribution Events, the following rules apply:

7.1.1       If the currently effective Qualifying Distribution Event is a Separation from Service or Disability, and the Participant subsequently dies, the remaining unpaid vested balance of a Participant's Deferred Compensation Account shall be paid as a lump sum.

7.1.2       If the currently effective Qualifying Distribution Event is a Change in Control Event, and any subsequent Qualifying Distribution Event occurs (except an In-Service or Education Distribution described in Section 2.29(iv)), the remaining unpaid vested balance of a Participant's Deferred Compensation Account shall be paid as

15  

 

provided under Section 7.1 for payments on such subsequent Qualifying Distribution Event.

7.2       Timing of Payments. Payment shall be made in the manner elected by the Participant and shall commence as soon as practicable after (but no later than 60 days after) the distribution date specified for the Qualifying Distribution Event. For each payment, the Committee must specify a date for the Deferred Compensation Account(s) to be valued. In the event the Participant fails to make a valid election of the payment method, the distribution will be made in a single lump sum payment as soon as practicable after (but no later than 60 days after) the Qualifying Distribution Event. A payment may be further delayed to the extent permitted in accordance with regulations and guidance under Section 409A of the Code.

7.3       Installment Payments. If the Participant elects to receive installment payments upon a Qualifying Distribution Event, the payment of each installment shall be made on the anniversary of the date of the first installment payment, and the amount of the installment shall be adjusted on such anniversary for credits or debits to the Participant's account pursuant to Section 8 of the Plan. Such adjustment shall be made by dividing the balance in the Deferred Compensation Account on such date by the number of installments remaining to be paid hereunder; provided that the last installment due under the Plan shall be the entire amount credited to the Participant's account on the date of payment.

7.4       De Minimis Amounts. Notwithstanding any payment election made by the Participant, if the Employer designates a pre-determined de minimis amount in the Adoption Agreement, the vested balance in all Deferred Compensation Accounts of the Participant will be distributed in a single lump sum payment if at the time of a permitted

16  

 

Qualifying Distribution Event the vested balance does not exceed such pre-determined de minimis amount; provided, however, that such distribution will be made only where the Qualifying Distribution Event is a Separation from Service, death, Disability (if applicable) or Change in Control Event (if applicable). Such payment shall be made on or before the later of (i) December 31 of the calendar year in which the Qualifying Distribution Event occurs, or (ii) the date that is 2-1/2 months after the Qualifying Distribution Event occurs. In addition, the Employer may distribute a Participant's vested balance in all of the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Accounts at any time if the balance does not exceed the limit in Section 402(g)(1)(B) of the Code and results in the termination of the Participant's entire interest in the Plan as provided under Section 409A of the Code.

7.5       Subsequent Elections. With the consent of the Committee, a Participant may delay or change the method of payment of the Deferred Compensation Account subject to the following requirements:

7.5.1       The new election may not take effect until at least 12 months after the date on which the new election is made.

7.5.2       If the new election relates to a payment for a Qualifying Distribution Event other than the death of the Participant, the Participant becoming Disabled, or an Unforeseeable Emergency, the new election must provide for the deferral of the payment for a period of at least five years from the date such payment would otherwise have been made.

7.5.3       If the new election relates to a payment from the In-Service or Education Account, the new election must be made at least 12 months prior to the date of the first scheduled payment from such account.

For purposes of this Section 7.5 and Section 7.6, a payment is each separately identified amount to which the Participant is entitled under the Plan; provided, that entitlement to a series of installment payments is treated as the entitlement to a single payment.

17  

 

7.6       Acceleration Prohibited. The acceleration of the time or schedule of any payment due under the Plan is prohibited except as expressly provided in regulations and administrative guidance promulgated under Section 409A of the Code (such as accelerations for domestic relations orders and employment taxes). It is not an acceleration of the time or schedule of payment if the Employer waives or accelerates the vesting requirements applicable to a benefit under the Plan.

7.7       Residual Distributions. If calculation of the amount of any credit to a Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account is not administratively practicable due to events beyond the control of the Employer, payments may be made to the Participant for residual amounts contributed to or remaining in a Deferred Compensation Account after payments under the provisions of this Section 7 have commenced or been completed. The residual amount shall be credited to the Deferred Compensation Account when the calculation of the amount becomes administratively practicable. Examples of residual amounts include, but are not limited to, additional investment returns credited after payment (due to dividends or pricing changes) or additional contributions made after payment (such as an annual bonus deferral or an Employer Credit). Payments that would have been made had the residual amount been calculable at the benefit commencement date shall be made up as soon as practicable after crediting to the Deferred Compensation Account, in no case later than the end of the year in which calculation of the amount becomes administratively practicable.

7.8        Ineffective Deferrals. If a Participant deferral election under Section 4 to contribute to an In-Service or Education Account carries over to a subsequent year (an evergreen election) and the deferral election is ineffective (i.e., the distribution election

18  

 

would cause payment in the current or prior years), the amount deferred will be credited to a Deferred Compensation Account that is not an In-Service or Education Account. If the Participant only has one account of this type, the amount deferred will be credited to that account. If the Participant has multiple accounts of this type, and one of the accounts has a lump sum at Separation from Service distribution election, the amount deferred will be credited to that account. If the Participant has multiple accounts of this type and does not have an account with a lump sum at Separation from Service distribution election, one will be established with a lump sum at Separation from Service distribution election and the amount deferred will be credited to this account.

Section 8.         Accounts; Deemed Investment; Adjustments to Account:

8.1       Accounts. The Committee shall establish a book reserve account, entitled the "Deferred Compensation Account," on behalf of each Participant. The Committee shall also establish an In-Service or Education Account as a part of the Deferred Compensation Account of each Participant, if applicable. The amount credited to the Deferred Compensation Account shall be adjusted pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.3.

8.2       Deemed Investments. The Deferred Compensation Account of a

Participant shall be credited with an investment return determined as if the account were invested in one or more investment funds made available by the Committee. The Participant shall elect the investment funds in which his Deferred Compensation Account shall be deemed to be invested. Such election shall be made in the manner prescribed by the Committee and shall take effect upon the entry of the Participant into the Plan. The investment election of the Participant shall remain in effect until a new election is made

19  

 

by the Participant. In the event the Participant fails for any reason to make an effective election of the investment return to be credited to his account, the investment return shall be determined by the Committee.

8.3       Adjustments to Deferred Compensation Account. With respect to each

Participant who has a Deferred Compensation Account under the Plan, the amount credited to such account shall be adjusted by the following debits and credits, at the times and in the order stated:

8.3.1       The Deferred Compensation Account shall be debited each business day with the total amount of any payments made from such account since the last preceding business day to him or for his benefit. Unless otherwise specified by the Employer, each deemed investment fund will be debited pro-rata based on the value of the investment funds as of the end of the preceding business day.

8.3.2 The Deferred Compensation Account shall be credited on each Crediting Date with the total amount of any Participant Deferral Credits and Employer Credits to such account since the last preceding Crediting Date.

8.3.3 The Deferred Compensation Account shall be credited or debited on each day securities are traded on a national stock exchange with the amount of deemed investment gain or loss resulting from the performance of the deemed investment funds elected by the Participant in accordance with Section 8.2. The amount of such deemed investment gain or loss shall be determined by the Committee and such determination shall be final and conclusive upon all concerned.

Section 9.         Administration by Committee:

9.1       Membership of Committee. If the Committee consists of individuals appointed by the Board, they will serve at the pleasure of the Board. Any member of the Committee may resign, and his successor, if any, shall be appointed by the Board.

9.2       General Administration . The Committee shall be responsible for the operation and administration of the Plan and for carrying out its provisions. The Committee shall have the full authority and discretion to make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Plan and decide

20  

 

or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of this Plan, as may arise in connection with this Plan. Any such action taken by the Committee shall be final and conclusive on any party. To the extent the Committee has been granted discretionary authority under the Plan, the Committee’s prior exercise of such authority shall not obligate it to exercise its authority in a like fashion thereafter. The Committee shall be entitled to rely conclusively upon all tables, valuations, certificates, opinions and reports furnished by any actuary, accountant, controller, counsel or other person employed or engaged by the Employer with respect to the Plan. The Committee may, from time to time, employ agents and delegate to such agents, including Employees of the Employer, such administrative or other duties as it sees fit.

9.3       Indemnification . To the extent not covered by insurance, the Employer shall indemnify the Committee, each Employee, officer, director, and agent of the Employer, and all persons formerly serving in such capacities, against any and all liabilities or expenses, including all legal fees relating thereto, arising in connection with the exercise of their duties and responsibilities with respect to the Plan, provided however that the Employer shall not indemnify any person for liabilities or expenses due to that person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

Section 10.         Contractual Liability, Trust:

10.1       Contractual Liability. Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, the Company shall be obligated to make all payments hereunder. This obligation shall constitute a contractual liability of the Company to the Participants, and such payments shall be made from the general funds of the Company. The Company shall not be required to establish or maintain any special or separate fund, or otherwise to

21  

 

segregate assets to assure that such payments shall be made, and the Participants shall not have any interest in any particular assets of the Company by reason of its obligations hereunder. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payment from the Company under the Plan, such right shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured creditor of the Company.

10.2       Trust. The Employer may establish a trust to assist it in meeting its obligations under the Plan. Any such trust shall conform to the requirements of a grantor trust under Revenue Procedures 92-64 and 92-65 and at all times during the continuance of the trust the principal and income of the trust shall be subject to claims of general creditors of the Employer under federal and state law. The establishment of such a trust would not be intended to cause Participants to realize current income on amounts contributed thereto, and the trust would be so interpreted and administered.

Section 11.         Allocation of Responsibilities:

The persons responsible for the Plan and the duties and responsibilities allocated to each are as follows

11.1 Board.
(i) To amend the Plan;
(ii) To appoint and remove members of the Committee; and
(iii) To terminate the Plan as permitted in Section 14.
11.2 Committee.
(i) To designate Participants;
(ii) To interpret the provisions of the Plan and to determine the rights of the Participants under the Plan, except to the extent otherwise provided in Section 16 relating to claims procedure;

 

(iii) To administer the Plan in accordance with its terms, except to the extent powers to administer the Plan are specifically delegated to another person or persons as provided in the Plan;

 

22  

 

(iv) To account for the amount credited to the Deferred Compensation Account of a Participant;

 

(v) To direct the Employer in the payment of benefits;

 

(vi) To file such reports as may be required with the United States Department of Labor, the Internal Revenue Service and any other government agency to which reports may be required to be submitted from time to time; and

 

(vii) To administer the claims procedure to the extent provided in Section 16.

Section 12.         Benefits Not Assignable; Facility of Payments:

12.1       Benefits Not Assignable. No portion of any benefit credited or paid under the Plan with respect to any Participant shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge, and any attempt so to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber or charge the same shall be void, nor shall any portion of such benefit be in any manner payable to any assignee, receiver or any one trustee, or be liable for his debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts.

12.2       Plan-Approved Domestic Relations Orders. The Committee shall establish procedures for determining whether an order directed to the Plan is a Plan-Approved Domestic Relations Order. If the Committee determines that an order is a Plan-Approved Domestic Relations Order, the Committee shall cause the payment of amounts pursuant to or segregate a separate account as provided by (and to prevent any payment or act which might be inconsistent with) the Plan-Approved Domestic Relations Order notwithstanding Section 12.1.

12.3       Payments to Minors and Others. If any individual entitled to receive a payment under the Plan shall be physically, mentally or legally incapable of receiving or

23  

 

acknowledging receipt of such payment, the Committee, upon the receipt of satisfactory evidence of his incapacity and satisfactory evidence that another person or institution is maintaining him and that no guardian or committee has been appointed for him, may cause any payment otherwise payable to him to be made to such person or institution so maintaining him. Payment to such person or institution shall be in full satisfaction of all claims by or through the Participant to the extent of the amount thereof.

Section 13.         Beneficiary:

The Participant's Beneficiary shall be the person, persons, entity or entities designated by the Participant on the Beneficiary designation form provided by and filed with the Committee or its designee. If the Participant does not designate a Beneficiary, the Beneficiary shall be his Surviving Spouse. If the Participant does not designate a Beneficiary and has no Surviving Spouse, the Beneficiary shall be the Participant's estate. The designation of a Beneficiary may be changed or revoked only by filing a new Beneficiary designation form with the Committee or its designee. If a Beneficiary (the "primary Beneficiary") is receiving or is entitled to receive payments under the Plan and dies before receiving all of the payments due him, the balance to which he is entitled shall be paid to the contingent Beneficiary, if any, named in the Participant's current Beneficiary designation form. If there is no contingent Beneficiary, the balance shall be paid to the estate of the primary Beneficiary. Any Beneficiary may disclaim all or any part of any benefit to which such Beneficiary shall be entitled hereunder by filing a written disclaimer with the Committee before payment of such benefit is to be made. Such a disclaimer shall be made in a form satisfactory to the Committee and shall be irrevocable when filed. Any benefit disclaimed shall be payable from the Plan in the

24  

 

same manner as if the Beneficiary who filed the disclaimer had predeceased the Participant.

Section 14.         Amendment and Termination of Plan:

The Company may amend any provision of the Plan or terminate the Plan at any time; provided, that in no event shall such amendment or termination reduce the balance in any Participant's Deferred Compensation Account as of the date of such amendment or termination, nor shall any such amendment materially adversely affect the Participant relating to the payment of such Deferred Compensation Account. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following special provisions shall apply:

14.1       Termination in the Discretion of the Employer. Except as otherwise provided in Sections 14.2, the Company in its discretion may terminate the Plan and distribute benefits to Participants subject to the following requirements and any others specified under Section 409A of the Code:

14.1.1       All arrangements sponsored by the Employer that would be aggregated with the Plan under Section 1.409A-l(c) of the Treasury Regulations are terminated.

14.1.2       No payments other than payments that would be payable under the terms of the Plan if the termination had not occurred are made within 12 months of the termination date.

14.1.3 All benefits under the Plan are paid within 24 months of the termination date.

14.1.4 The Employer does not adopt a new arrangement that would be aggregated with the Plan under Section 1.409A-1(c) of the Treasury Regulations providing for the deferral of compensation at any time within 3 years following the date of termination of the Plan.

14.1.5 The termination does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Employer.

25  

 

14.2       Termination Upon Change in Control Event. If the Company terminates the Plan within thirty days preceding or twelve months following a Change in Control Event, the Deferred Compensation Account of each Participant shall become payable to the Participant in a lump sum within twelve months following the date of termination, subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

Section 15.         Communication to Participants:

The Employer shall make a copy of the Plan available for inspection by Participants and their beneficiaries during reasonable hours at the principal office of the Employer.

Section 16.         Claims Procedure:

The following claims procedure shall apply with respect to the Plan:

16.1       Filing of a Claim for Benefits. If a Participant or Beneficiary (the "claimant") believes that he is entitled to benefits under the Plan which are not being paid to him or which are not being accrued for his benefit, he shall file a written claim therefore with the Committee.

16.2       Notification to Claimant of Decision. Within 90 days after receipt of a claim by the Committee (or within 180 days if special circumstances require an extension of time), the Committee shall notify the claimant of the decision with regard to the claim. In the event of such special circumstances requiring an extension of time, there shall be furnished to the claimant prior to expiration of the initial 90-day period written notice of the extension, which notice shall set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the decision shall be furnished. If such claim shall be wholly or partially denied, notice thereof shall be in writing and worded in a manner calculated to be understood by

26  

 

the claimant, and shall set forth: (i) the specific reason or reasons for the denial; (ii) specific reference to pertinent provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based; (iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and (iv) an explanation of the procedure for review of the denial and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA following an adverse benefit determination on review.

16.3       Procedure for Review. Within 60 days following receipt by the claimant of notice denying his claim, in whole or in part, or, if such notice shall not be given, within 60 days following the latest date on which such notice could have been timely given, the claimant may appeal denial of the claim by filing a written application for review with the Committee. Following such request for review, the Committee shall fully and fairly review the decision denying the claim. Prior to the decision of the Committee, the claimant shall be given an opportunity to review pertinent documents and to submit issues and comments in writing.

16.4       Decision on Review. The decision on review of a claim denied in whole or in part by the Committee shall be made in the following manner:

16.4.1       Within 60 days following receipt by the Committee of the request for review (or within 120 days if special circumstances require an extension of time), the Committee shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision with regard to the claim. In the event of such special circumstances requiring an extension of time, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the claimant prior to the commencement of the extension.

16.4.2       With respect to a claim that is denied in whole or in part, the decision on review shall set forth specific reasons for the decision, shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, and shall set forth:

(i) the specific reason or reasons for the adverse determination;

27  

 
(ii) specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the adverse determination is based;
(iii) a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim for benefits; and
(iv) a statement describing any voluntary appeal procedures offered by the Plan and the claimant’s right to obtain the information about such procedures, as well as a statement of the claimant’s right to bring an action under ERISA section 502(a).

16.4.3 The decision of the Committee shall be final and conclusive.

 

16.5       Action by Authorized Representative of Claimant. All actions set forth in this Section 16 to be taken by the claimant may likewise be taken by a representative of the claimant duly authorized by him to act in his behalf on such matters. The Committee may require such evidence of the authority to act of any such representative as it may reasonably deem necessary or advisable.

16.6        Disability Claims

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, if a claim for benefits is based on Disability, the following claims procedures shall apply: The Committee shall maintain a procedure under which any Participant or Beneficiary can file a claim for benefits under this Plan based on Disability.

16.6.1 After receiving a claim for benefits, the Committee will notify the Participant or Beneficiary of its claim determination within 45 days of the receipt of the claim. This period may be extended by 30 days if an extension is necessary to process the claim due to matters beyond the control of the Committee. A written notice of the extension, the reason for the extension and when the Committee expects to decide the claim, will be furnished to the Participant or Beneficiary within the initial 45-day period. This period may be extended for an additional 30 days beyond the original extension. A written notice of the additional extension, the reason for the additional extension and when the Committee expects to decide the claim, will be furnished to the Participant or Beneficiary within the first 30-day extension period if an additional extension of time is needed. However, if a period of time is extended due to a Participant or Beneficiary’s

28  

 

failure to submit information necessary to decide a claim, the period for making the benefit determination by the Committee will be tolled from the date on which the notification of the extension is sent to the Participant or Beneficiary until the date on which the Participant or Beneficiary responds to the request for additional information.

 

16.6.2 If a claim for benefits is denied, in whole or in part, a Participant or Beneficiary or his or her authorized representative, will receive a written notice of the denial. The notice will follow the rules of 29 C.F.R. § 2560.503-1(o) for culturally and linguistically appropriate notices and will be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Participant or Beneficiary. The notice will include:

 

1. the specific reason(s) for the denial,
2. references to the specific Plan provisions on which the benefit determination was based,
3. a description of any additional material or information necessary to perfect a claim and an explanation of why such information is necessary,
4. a description of the Committee’s appeals procedures and applicable time limits, including, to the extent applicable, a statement of the right to bring a civil action under section 502(a) of ERISA following an adverse benefit determination on review,
5. a discussion of the decision, including an explanation of the basis for disagreeing with or not following: (i) the views presented by the claimant to the Committee of health care professionals treating the claimant and vocational professionals who evaluated the claimant; (ii) the views of medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained on behalf of the Committee in connection with a claimant’s adverse benefit determination, without regard to whether the advice was relied upon in making the benefit determination; and (iii) a disability determination regarding the claimant presented by the claimant to the Committee made by the Social Security Administration,
6. if the determination is based on medical necessity or experimental treatment or similar exclusion or limit, either an explanation of the scientific or clinical judgment for the determination, applying the terms of the Plan to the relevant medical circumstances, or a statement that such explanation will be provided free of charge upon request,
7. either the specific internal rules, guidelines, protocols, standards or other similar criteria of the Plan relied upon in making the adverse benefit determination, or a statement that such rules, guidelines, protocols, standards, or other similar criteria of the Plan do not exist, and
8. a statement that the Participant or Beneficiary is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to his or her claim for benefits.

 

16.6.3 If a claim for benefits is denied, a Participant or Beneficiary, or his or her representative, may appeal the denied claim in writing within 180 days of receipt of the written notice of denial. The Participant or Beneficiary may submit any written comments, documents, records and any other information relating to the claim. Upon

29  

 

request, the Participant or Beneficiary will also have access to, and the right to obtain copies of, all documents, records and information relevant to his or her claim free of charge.

16.6.4 A full review of the information in the claim file and any new information submitted to support the appeal will be conducted. The claim decision will be made by a first review appeals committee appointed by the Employer. This committee will consist of individuals who were not involved in the initial benefit determination, nor will such individuals be subordinate to any person involved in the initial benefit determination. This review will not afford any deference to the initial benefit determination.

16.6.5 If the initial adverse decision was based in whole or in part on a medical judgment, the first review appeals committee will consult with a healthcare professional who has appropriate training and experience in the field of medicine involved in the medical judgment, was not consulted in the initial adverse benefit determination and is not a subordinate of the healthcare professional who was consulted in the initial adverse benefit determination.

16.6.6 Before an adverse benefit determination on review is issued, the first review appeals committee will provide the Participant or Beneficiary, free of charge, with any new or additional evidence considered, relied upon, or generated by the committee or other person making the benefit determination (or at the direction of the committee or such other person) in connection with the claim. Such evidence will be provided as soon as possible and sufficiently in advance of the date on which the notice of adverse benefit determination on review is required to be provided to give the Participant or Beneficiary a reasonable opportunity to respond prior to that date.

16.6.7 Before the first review appeals committee issues an adverse benefit determination on review based on a new or additional rationale, the committee will provide the Participant or Beneficiary, free of charge, with the rationale. The rationale will be provided as soon as possible and sufficiently in advance of the date on which the notice of adverse benefit determination on review is required to be provided to give the Participant or Beneficiary a reasonable opportunity to respond prior to that date.

16.6.8 The first review appeals committee will make a determination on an appealed claim within 45 days of the receipt of an appeal request. This period may be extended for an additional 45 days if the committee determines that special circumstances require an extension of time. A written notice of the extension, the reason for the extension and the date that the committee expects to render a decision will be furnished to the Participant or Beneficiary within the initial 45-day period. However, if the period of time is extended due to a Participant’s or Beneficiary’s failure to submit information necessary to decide the appeal, the period for making the benefit determination will be tolled from the date on which the notification of the extension is sent until the date on which the Participant or Beneficiary responds to the request for additional information.

16.6.9 If the claim on appeal is denied in whole or in part, a Participant or Beneficiary will receive a written notification of the denial. The notice will follow the

30  

 

rules of 29 C.F.R. § 2560.503-1(o) for culturally and linguistically appropriate notices and will be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notice will include:

 

1. the specific reason(s) for the adverse determination,
2. references to the specific Plan provisions on which the determination was based,
3. a statement regarding the right to receive upon request and free of charge reasonable access to, and copies of, all records, documents and other information relevant to the benefit claim,
4. a description of the first review appeals committee’s review procedures and applicable time limits, including a statement of the right to bring a civil action under section 502(a) of ERISA following an adverse benefit determination on review,
5. a discussion of the decision, including an explanation of the basis for disagreeing with or not following: (i) the views presented by the claimant to the committee of health care professionals treating the claimant and vocational professionals who evaluated the claimant; (ii) the views of medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained by or on behalf of the committee in connection with a claimant’s adverse benefit determination, without regard to whether the advice was relied upon in making the benefit determination; and (iii) a disability determination regarding the claimant presented by the claimant to the committee made by the Social Security Administration,
6. if the determination is based on medical necessity or experimental treatment or similar exclusion or limit, either an explanation of the scientific or clinical judgment for the determination, applying the terms of the Plan to the relevant medical circumstances, or a statement that such explanation will be provided free of charge upon request, and
7. either the specific internal rules, guidelines, protocols, standards or other similar criteria of the Plan relied upon in making the adverse benefit determination, or a statement that such rules, guidelines, protocols, standards, or other similar criteria of the Plan do not exist.

 

16.6.10 If the appeal of the benefit claim denial is denied, a Participant or Beneficiary, or his or her representative, may make a second appeal of the denial in writing to the Committee within 180 days of the receipt of the written notice of denial. The Participant or Beneficiary may submit with the second appeal any written comments, documents, records and any other information relating to the claim. Upon request, the Participant or Beneficiary will also have access to, and the right to obtain copies of, all documents, records and information relevant to the claim free of charge.

 

16.6.11 Upon receipt of the second appeal, a full review of the information in the claim file and any new information submitted to support the appeal will be conducted. The claim decision will be made by a second review appeals committee appointed by the Employer. This committee will consist of individuals who were not involved in the

31  

 

initial benefit determination or the first review appeals committee, nor will such individuals be subordinate to any person involved in the initial benefit or first appeal determination.

16.6.12 If the first appeal was based in whole or in part on a medical judgment, the second appeals review committee will consult with a healthcare professional who has appropriate training and experience in the field of medicine involved in the medical judgment, was not consulted in the initial adverse benefit determination nor in the first appeal and is not a subordinate of the healthcare professional(s) consulted in the initial adverse benefit determination and first appeal.

16.6.13 Before the second appeals review committee issues a denial of the second claim appeal, the committee will provide the Participant or Beneficiary, free of charge, with any new or additional evidence considered, relied upon, or generated by the committee or other person making the benefit determination (or at the direction of the committee or such other person) in connection with the claim. Such evidence will be provided as soon as possible and sufficiently in advance of the date on which the notice of adverse benefit determination on review is required to be provided to give the Participant or Beneficiary a reasonable opportunity to respond prior to that date.

16.6.14 Before the second review appeals committee issues a denial of the second claim appeal based on a new or additional rationale, the committee will provide the Participant or Beneficiary, free of charge, with the rationale. The rationale will be provided as soon as possible and sufficiently in advance of the date on which the notice of adverse benefit determination on review is required to be provided to give the Participant or Beneficiary a reasonable opportunity to respond prior to that date.

16.6.15 The second appeals review committee will make a determination on the second claim appeal within 45 days of the receipt of the appeal request. This period may be extended for an additional 45 days if the committee determines that special circumstances require an extension of time. A written notice of the extension, the reason for the extension and the date that the committee expects to render a decision will be furnished to the Participant or Beneficiary within the initial 45-day period. However, if the period of time is extended due to the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s failure to submit information necessary to decide the appeal, the period for making the benefit determination will be tolled from the date on which the notification of the extension is sent until the date on which the Participant or Beneficiary responds to the request for additional information.

16.6.16 If the claim on appeal is denied in whole or in part for a second time, the Participant or Beneficiary will receive a written notification of the denial. The notice will follow the rules of 29 C.F.R. § 2560.503-1(o) for culturally and linguistically appropriate notices and will be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the applicant. The notice will include the same information that was included in the first adverse determination letter and will identify the contractual limitations period that applies to the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s right to bring an action under section 502(a) of ERISA

32  

 

including the calendar date on which the contractual limitations period expires for the claim.

16.6.17 A claimant may not commence a judicial proceeding against any person, including the Committee, the Employer, the Board, the first or second appeals review committee(s), or any other person or committee, with respect to a claim for benefits without first exhausting the claims procedures set forth in the preceding paragraphs. No suit or legal action contesting in whole or in part any denial of benefits under the Plan shall be commenced later than the earlier of (i) the first anniversary of (A) the date of the notice of the Committee’s final decision on appeal, or (B) if the claimant fails to request any level of administrative review within the timeframe permitted under this Section 16.6, the deadline for requesting the next level of administrative review, and (ii) the last date on which such legal action could be commenced under the applicable statute of limitations under ERISA (including, for this purpose, any applicable state statute of limitations that applies under ERISA to such legal action).

16.6.18 A claimant has the right to request a written explanation of any violation of these claims procedures. The Committee will provide an explanation within 10 days of the request.

Section 17.         Miscellaneous Provisions:

17.1       Set off. The Employer may at any time offset a Participant's Deferred Compensation Account by an amount up to $5,000 to collect the amount of any loan, cash advance, extension of other credit or other obligation of the Participant to the Employer that is then due and payable in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

17.2       Notices. Each Participant who is not in Service and each Beneficiary shall be responsible for furnishing the Committee or its designee with his current address for the mailing of notices and benefit payments. Any notice required or permitted to be given to such Participant or Beneficiary shall be deemed given if directed to such address and mailed by regular United States mail, first class, postage prepaid. If any check mailed to such address is returned as undeliverable to the addressee, mailing of checks will be suspended until the Participant or Beneficiary furnishes the proper address. This

33  

 

provision shall not be construed as requiring the mailing of any notice or notification otherwise permitted to be given by posting or by other publication.

17.3       Lost Distributees. A benefit shall be deemed forfeited if the Committee is unable to locate the Participant or Beneficiary to whom payment is due by the fifth anniversary of the date payment is to be made or commence; provided, that the deemed investment rate of return pursuant to Section 8.2 shall cease to be applied to the Participant's account following the first anniversary of such date; provided further, however, that such benefit shall be reinstated if a valid claim is made by or on behalf of the Participant or Beneficiary for all or part of the forfeited benefit.

17.4       Reliance on Data. The Employer and the Committee shall have the right to rely on any data provided by the Participant or by any Beneficiary. Representations of such data shall be binding upon any party seeking to claim a benefit through a Participant, and the Employer and the Committee shall have no obligation to inquire into the accuracy of any representation made at any time by a Participant or Beneficiary.

17.5       Headings. The headings and subheadings of the Plan have been inserted for convenience of reference and are to be ignored in any construction of the provisions hereof.

17.6       Continuation of Employment. The establishment of the Plan shall not be construed as conferring any legal or other rights upon any Employee or any persons for continuation of employment, nor shall it interfere with the right of the Employer to discharge any Employee or to deal with him without regard to the effect thereof under the Plan.

34  

 

17.7       Merger or Consolidation; Assumption of Plan. No Employer shall consolidate or merge into or with another corporation or entity, or transfer all or substantially all of its assets to another corporation, partnership, trust or other entity (a "Successor Entity") unless such Successor Entity shall assume the rights, obligations and liabilities of the Employer under the Plan and upon such assumption, the Successor Entity shall become obligated to perform the terms and conditions of the Plan. Nothing herein shall prohibit the assumption of the obligations and liabilities of the Employer under the Plan by any Successor Entity.

17.8       Construction. The Employer shall designate in the Adoption Agreement the state according to whose laws the provisions of the Plan shall be construed and enforced, except to the extent that such laws are superseded by ERISA and the applicable requirements of the Code.

17.9         Taxes. The Employer or other payor may withhold a benefit payment under the Plan or a Participant's wages, or the Employer may reduce a Participant's Deferred Compensation Account balance, in order to meet any federal, state, or local or employment tax withholding obligations with respect to Plan benefits, as permitted under Section 409A of the Code. The Employer or other payor shall report Plan payments and other Plan-related information to the appropriate governmental agencies as required under applicable laws.

35  

 

Exhibit 10.r

 

 

NOTE: Execution of this Adoption Agreement creates a legal liability of the Employer with significant tax consequences to the Employer and Participants. Principal Life Insurance Company disclaims all liability for the legal and tax consequences which result from the elections made by the Employer in this Adoption Agreement.

 

  Principal Life Insurance Company, Raleigh, NC 27612
  A member of the Principal Financial Group ®

 

 

 

 

 

THE EXECUTIVE NONQUALIFIED EXCESS PLAN

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT is the adoption by First Bancorp (the "Company") of the Executive Nonqualified Excess Plan ("Plan").

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to adopt the Plan as an unfunded, nonqualified deferred compensation plan; and

 

WHEREAS, the provisions of the Plan are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder and shall apply to amounts subject to section 409A; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company has been advised by Principal Life Insurance Company to obtain legal and tax advice from its professional advisors before adopting the Plan,

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company hereby adopts the Plan in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Adoption Agreement:

 

ARTICLE I

 

Terms used in this Adoption Agreement shall have the same meaning as in the

Plan, unless some other meaning is expressly herein set forth. The Employer hereby represents and warrants that the Plan has been adopted by the Employer upon proper authorization and the Employer hereby elects to adopt the Plan for the benefit of its Participants as referred to in the Plan. By the execution of this Adoption Agreement, the Employer hereby agrees to be bound by the terms of the Plan.

 

ARTICLE II

 

The Employer hereby makes the following designations or elections for the purpose of the Plan:

 

2.6 Committee: The duties of the Committee set forth in the Plan shall be satisfied by:

 

XX (a) Company

 

__ (b) The administrative committee appointed by the Board to serve at the pleasure of the Board.

 

__ (c) Board.

 

__ (d) Other (specify): _____________________________.

 

 

 

 

 

2.8 Compensation: The "Compensation" of a Participant shall mean all of a Participant's:

 

__ (a) Base salary.

 

__ (b) Service Bonus.

 

__ Service Bonus earned from 1/1 – 12/31 , paid on or around first quarter of the following Plan Year.

 

__ Service Bonus earned each calendar quarter, paid on or around the following calendar quarter..

 

__ Service Bonus with no defined earnings period (e.g.: a “spot bonus”)

 

 

__ (c) Performance-Based Compensation earned in a period of 12 months or more.

 

__ Performance Based Bonus earned from 1/1 – 12/31 , paid on or around first quarter the following Plan Year and whose elections must be made no later than 6/30 of the Plan Year it is earned.

 

__ Performance Based Bonus earned from _______, paid on or around _________ the following Plan Year and whose elections must be made no later than _____ of the Plan Year it is earned.

 

__ (d) Commissions.

 

__ (e) Compensation received as an Independent Contractor reportable on Form 1099.

 

__ (f) Other: ___________________________

 

 

2.9 Crediting Date: The Deferred Compensation Account of a Participant shall be credited as follows:

 

Participant Deferral Credits at the time designated below:

 

__ (a) On any business day as specified by the Employer.

 

__ (b) Each pay day as reported by the Employer.

 

__ (c) The last business day of each payroll period during the Plan Year.

 

 

Employer Credits at the time designated below:

 

XX (a) On any business day as specified by the Employer.

 

 

2  

 

 

2.13 Effective Date:

 

XX (a) This is a newly-established Plan, and the Effective Date of the Plan is January 1, 2017.

 

 

2.20 Normal Retirement Age: The Normal Retirement Age of a Participant shall be:

 

XX (a) Age 65 .

 

__ (b) The later of age ___ or the _______ anniversary of the participation commencement date. The participation commencement date is the first day of the first Plan Year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan.

 

__ (c) Other: _____________________________________.

 

 

2.23 Participating Employer(s): As of the Effective Date, the following Participating Employer(s) are parties to the Plan:

 

Name of Employer   EIN
First Bancorp   56-1421916

 

 

 

 

 

2.26 Plan: The name of the Plan is

 

First Bancorp Employer Contribution Nonqualified Plan .

 

 

2.28 Plan Year: The Plan Year shall end each year on the last day of the month of December .

 

 

2.30 Seniority Date: The date on which a Participant has:

 

__ (a) Attained age __.

 

__ (b) Completed __ Years of Service from First Date of Service.

 

__ (c) Attained age __ and completed __ Years of Service from First Date of Service.

 

XX (d) Not applicable – distribution elections for Separation from Service are not based on Seniority Date

 

3  

 

 

4.1       Participant Deferral Credits: Subject to the limitations in Section 4.1 of the Plan, a Participant may elect to have his Compensation (as selected in Section 2.8 of this Adoption Agreement) deferred within the annual limits below by the following percentage or amount as designated in writing to the Committee:

 

__ (a) Base salary:
       
minimum deferral:   %
maximum deferral:   %

 

__ (b) Service Bonus:

 

__ Service Bonus .
     
minimum deferral:   %
maximum deferral:   %

 

 

__ (c) Performance-Based Compensation:

 

__ Performance Based Bonus
     
minimum deferral:   %
maximum deferral:   %

 

__ (d) Commissions:
       
minimum deferral:   %
maximum deferral:   %

 

__ (e) Form 1099 Compensation:
       
minimum deferral:   %
maximum deferral:   %

 

__ (f) Other:
       
minimum deferral:   %
maximum deferral:   %

 

XX (g) Participant deferrals not allowed.

 

4  

 

 

4.1.2         Participant Deferral Credits and Employer Credits – Election Period: Participant elections regarding Participant Deferral Credits and Employer Credits shall be subject to the following effective periods (one must be selected):

 

XX (a) Evergreen election. An election made by the Participant shall continue in effect for subsequent years until modified by the Participant as permitted in Section 4.1 and Section 4.2. (This option is not permitted if source year accounts are elected in Section 5.1)

 

__ (b) Non-Evergreen election. Any election made by the Participant shall only remain in effect for the current election period and will then expire. An election for each subsequent year will be required as permitted in Sections 4.1 and 4.2.

 

 

4.2       Employer Credits: Employer Credits will be made in the following manner:

 

XX (a) Employer Discretionary Credits : The Employer may make discretionary credits to the Deferred Compensation Account of each Active Participant in an amount determined as follows:

 

XX (i) An amount determined each Plan Year by the Employer.

 

__ (ii) Other: _______________________________________.

 

__ (b) Other Employer Credits : The Employer may make other credits to the Deferred Compensation Account of each Active Participant in an amount determined as follows:

 

__ (i) An amount determined each Plan Year by the Employer.

 

__ (ii) Other: _______________________________________.

 

__ (c) Employer Credits not allowed.

 

5  

 

 

5.1         Deferred Compensation Account: The Participant is permitted to establish the following accounts:

 

XX (a) Non-source year account(s). Deferred Compensation Account(s) will not be established on a source year basis:

 

__ (i) A Participant may establish only one account to be distributed upon Separation from Service. One set of payment options for that account is allowed as permitted in Section 7.1. Additional In-Service or Education accounts may be established as permitted in Section 5.4.

 

XX (ii) A Participant may establish multiple accounts to be distributed upon Separation from Service. Each account may have one set of payment options as permitted in Section 7.1 Additional In-Service or Education accounts may be established as permitted in Section 5.4. If this multiple account option is elected, the Participant will also be required to elect Separation from Service payment options for each In-Service or Education account established.

 

__ (b) Source year account(s): Annual Deferred Compensation Account(s) will be established each year in which Participant Deferral Credits or Employer Credits are credited to the Participant. Only one account may be established each year for distribution upon Separation from Service. One set of payment options for that account is allowed as permitted in Section 7.1. Additional In-Service or Education accounts may be established for each source year as permitted in Section 5.4. If this option is selected, Evergreen elections as described in Section 4.1.2 are not permitted.

 

 

5.2 Disability of a Participant:

 

XX (a) A Participant's becoming Disabled shall be a Qualifying Distribution Event and the Deferred Compensation Account shall be paid by the Employer as provided in Section 7.1.

 

__ (b) A Participant becoming Disabled shall not be a Qualifying Distribution Event.

 

 

 

5.3       Death of a Participant: If the Participant dies while in Service, the Employer shall pay a benefit to the Beneficiary in an amount equal to the vested balance in the Deferred Compensation Account of the Participant determined as of the date payments to the Beneficiary commence, plus:

 

__ (a) An amount to be determined by the Committee.

 

XX (b) No additional benefits.

 

6  

 

5.4       In-Service or Education Distributions: In-Service and Education Accounts are permitted under the Plan:

 

XX (a) In-Service Accounts are allowed with respect to:
__ Participant Deferral Credits only.
XX Employer Credits only.
__ Participant Deferral and Employer Credits.

 

In-service distributions may be made in the following manner:

XX Single lump sum payment.
XX Annual installments over a term certain not to exceed 5 years.

 

Education Accounts are allowed with respect to:

__ Participant Deferral Credits only.
__ Employer Credits only.
__ Participant Deferral and Employer Credits.

 

Education Accounts distributions may be made in the following manner:

__ Single lump sum payment.
__ Annual installments over a term certain not to exceed __ years.

 

If applicable, amounts not vested at the time payments due under this Section cease will be:

__ Forfeited
__ Distributed at Separation from Service if vested at that time

 

__ (b) No In-Service or Education Distributions permitted.

 

 

5.5 Change in Control Event:

 

XX (a) Participants may elect upon initial enrollment to have accounts distributed upon a Change in Control Event.

 

__ (b) A Change in Control shall not be a Qualifying Distribution Event.

 

 

5.6 Unforeseeable Emergency Event:

 

XX (a) Participants may apply to have accounts distributed upon an Unforeseeable Emergency event.

 

__ (b) An Unforeseeable Emergency shall not be a Qualifying Distribution Event

 

7  

 

 

6.       Vesting: An Active Participant shall be fully vested in the Employer Credits made to the

Deferred Compensation Account upon the first to occur of the following events:

 

__ (a) Normal Retirement Age.

 

XX (b) Death.

 

XX (c) Disability.

 

XX (d) Change in Control Event

 

XX (e) Satisfaction of the vesting requirement as specified below:

 

XX Employer Discretionary Credits:

 

__ (i) Immediate 100% vesting.

 

__ (ii) 100% vesting after __ Years of Service.

 

__ (iii) 100% vesting at age __.

 

  XX (iv) Number of Years     Vested  
      of Service     Percentage  
                 
      Less than 1   0 %  
        1   0 %  
        2   0 %  
        3   100 %  
        4     %  
        5     %  
        6     %  
        7     %  
        8     %  
        9     %  
        10 or more     %  

 

 

For this purpose, Years of Service of a Participant shall be calculated from the date designated below:

 

__ (1) First day of Service.

 

__ (2) Effective date of Plan participation.

 

XX (3) Each Crediting Date. Under this option (3), each Employer Credit shall vest based on the Years of Service of a Participant from the Crediting Date on which each Employer Discretionary Credit is made to his or her Deferred Compensation Account.

 

 

8  

 

 

__ Other Employer Credits:

 

__ (i) Immediate 100% vesting.

 

__ (ii) 100% vesting after __ Years of Service.

 

__ (iii) 100% vesting at age __.

 

  __ (iv) Number of Years     Vested  
      of Service     Percentage  
                 
      Less than 1     %  
        1     %  
        2     %  
        3     %  
        4     %  
        5     %  
        6     %  
        7     %  
        8     %  
        9     %  
        10 or more     %  

 

 

For this purpose, Years of Service of a Participant shall be calculated from the date designated below:

 

__ (1) First day of Service.

 

__ (2) Effective date of Plan participation.

 

__ (3) Each Crediting Date. Under this option (3), each Employer Credit shall vest based on the Years of Service of a Participant from the Crediting Date on which each Employer Discretionary Credit is made to his or her Deferred Compensation Account.

 

9  

 

7.1       Payment Options: Any benefit payable under the Plan upon a permitted Qualifying Distribution Event may be made to the Participant or his Beneficiary (as applicable) in any of the following payment forms, as selected by the Participant in the Participation Agreement:

 

(a) Separation from Service (Seniority Date is Not Applicable)

 

XX (i) A lump sum.

 

XX (ii) Annual installments over a term certain as elected by the Participant not to exceed 10 years.

 

(b) Separation from Service prior to Seniority Date (If Applicable)

 

__ (i) A lump sum.

 

XX (ii) Not Applicable

 

(c) Separation from Service on or After Seniority Date (If Applicable)

 

__ (i) A lump sum.

 

__ (ii) Annual installments over a term certain as elected by the Participant not to exceed ___ years.

 

XX (iii) Not Applicable

 

(d) Separation from Service Upon a Change in Control Event

 

XX (i) A lump sum.

 

(e) Death

 

XX (i) A lump sum.

 

__ (ii) Annual installments over a term certain as elected by the Participant not to exceed ___ years.

 

(f)        Disability

 

XX (i) A lump sum.

 

XX (ii) Annual installments over a term certain as elected by the Participant not to exceed 10 years.

 

__ (iii) Not Applicable

 

If applicable, amounts not vested at the time payments due under this Section cease will be:

__ Forfeited
__ Distributed at Separation from Service if vested at that time

 

10  

 

 

(g) Change in Control Event

 

XX (i) A lump sum.

 

__ (ii) Not Applicable

 

If applicable, amounts not vested at the time payments due under this Section cease will be:

__ Forfeited
__ Distributed at Separation from Service if vested at that time

 

 

7.4 De Minimis Amounts.

 

XX (a) Notwithstanding any payment election made by the Participant, the vested balance in all Deferred Compensation Account(s) of the Participant will be distributed in a single lump sum payment at the time designated under the Plan if at the time of a permitted Qualifying Distribution Event that is either a Separation from Service, death, Disability (if applicable) or Change in Control Event (if applicable) the vested balance does not exceed $ 150,000 . In addition, the Employer may distribute a Participant's vested balance in all Deferred Compensation Account(s) of the Participant at any time if the balance does not exceed the limit in Section 402(g)(1)(B) of the Code and results in the termination of the Participant's entire interest in the Plan

 

__ (b) There shall be no pre-determined de minimis amount under the Plan; however, the Employer may distribute a Participant's vested balance at any time if the balance does not exceed the limit in Section 402(g)(1)(B) of the Code and results in the termination of the Participant's entire interest in the Plan.

 

 

10.1 Contractual Liability: Liability for payments under the Plan shall be the responsibility of the:

 

XX (a) Company.

 

__ (b) Employer or Participating Employer who employed the Participant when amounts were deferred.

 

 

14.       Amendment and Termination of Plan: Notwithstanding any provision in this Adoption Agreement or the Plan to the contrary, Section 5.4 of the Plan shall be amended to read as provided in attached Exhibit A .

 

__ There are no amendments to the Plan.

 

11  

 

 

17.8       Construction: The provisions of the Plan shall be construed and enforced according to the laws of the State of North Carolina , except to the extent that such laws are superseded by ERISA and the applicable provisions of the Code.

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the day and year stated below.

 

 

  First Bancorp  
  Name of Employer
   
  By: /s/ Eric P. Credle
  Authorized Person
  Date: 1/30/2017

 

 

 

 

 

12  

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

Section 5.4 of the Plan Document shall be replaced with the following:

 

5.4 In-Service or Education Distributions. If the Employer designates in the Adoption Agreement that in-service or education distributions are permitted under the Plan, a Participant may designate in the Participation Agreement to have a specified amount credited to the Participant’s In-Service or Education Account for in-service or education distribution of an amount be made before the date that is four years after the first day of the year in which such amount was credited to the In-Service or Education Account. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant incurs a Qualifying Distribution Event prior to the date on which the entire balance in the In-Service or Education Account has been distributed, then the balance in the In-Service or Education Account on the date of the Qualifying Distribution Event shall be paid as provided under Section 7.1 for payments on such Qualifying Distribution Event.

 

 

 

 

13  

 

Exhibit 10.s

 

NOTE: Execution of this Adoption Agreement creates a legal liability of the Employer with significant tax consequences to the Employer and Participants. Principal Life Insurance Company disclaims all liability for the legal and tax consequences which result from the elections made by the Employer in this Adoption Agreement.

 

  Principal Life Insurance Company, Raleigh, NC 27612
  A member of the Principal Financial Group ®

 

 

 

 

THE EXECUTIVE NONQUALIFIED EXCESS PLAN

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT is the adoption by First Bancorp (the "Company") of the Executive Nonqualified Excess Plan ("Plan").

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to adopt the Plan as an unfunded, nonqualified deferred compensation plan; and

 

WHEREAS, the provisions of the Plan are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder and shall apply to amounts subject to section 409A; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company has been advised by Principal Life Insurance Company to obtain legal and tax advice from its professional advisors before adopting the Plan,

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company hereby adopts the Plan in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Adoption Agreement:

 

ARTICLE I

 

Terms used in this Adoption Agreement shall have the same meaning as in the

Plan, unless some other meaning is expressly herein set forth. The Employer hereby represents and warrants that the Plan has been adopted by the Employer upon proper authorization and the Employer hereby elects to adopt the Plan for the benefit of its Participants as referred to in the Plan. By the execution of this Adoption Agreement, the Employer hereby agrees to be bound by the terms of the Plan.

 

ARTICLE II

 

The Employer hereby makes the following designations or elections for the purpose of the Plan:

 

2.6 Committee: The duties of the Committee set forth in the Plan shall be satisfied by:

 

XX (a) Company.

 

__ (b) The administrative committee appointed by the Board to serve at the pleasure

of the Board.

 

__ (c) Board.

 

__ (d) Other (specify): _____________________________.

 

 

1  

 

 

2.8 Compensation: The "Compensation" of a Participant shall mean all of a Participant's:

 

XX (a) Base salary.

 

XX (b) Service Bonus.

 

XX Service Bonus earned from 1/1 – 12/31 , paid on or around first quarter of the following Plan Year.

 

__ Service Bonus earned each calendar quarter, paid on or around the following calendar quarter.

 

XX Service Bonus with no defined earnings period (e.g.: a “spot bonus”).

 

 

XX (c) Performance-Based Compensation earned in a period of 12 months or more.

 

XX Performance Based Bonus – Cash Portion earned from 1/1 – 12/31 , paid on or around first quarter the following Plan Year and whose elections must be made no later than 6/30 of the Plan Year it is earned.

 

__ Performance Based Bonus earned from _______, paid on or around _________ the following Plan Year and whose elections must be made no later than _____ of the Plan Year it is earned.

 

__ (d) Commissions.

 

__ (e) Compensation received as an Independent Contractor reportable on Form 1099.

 

__ (f) Other: ___________________________.

 

 

2.9 Crediting Date: The Deferred Compensation Account of a Participant shall be credited as follows:

 

Participant Deferral Credits at the time designated below:

 

XX (a) On any business day as specified by the Employer.

 

__ (b) Each pay day as reported by the Employer.

 

__ (c) The last business day of each payroll period during the Plan Year.

 

 

Employer Credits at the time designated below:

 

XX (a) On any business day as specified by the Employer.

 

2  

 

 

2.13 Effective Date:

 

__ (a) This is a newly-established Plan, and the Effective Date of the Plan is _______________.

 

 

XX (b) This is an amendment of a plan named First Bancorp Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan dated October 1, 2017 and governing all contributions to the plan through January 31, 2018 . The Effective Date of this amended Plan is February 1, 2018 .

 

 

2.20 Normal Retirement Age: The Normal Retirement Age of a Participant shall be:

 

XX (a) Age 65 .

 

__ (b) The later of age ___ or the _______ anniversary of the participation commencement date. The participation commencement date is the first day of the first Plan Year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan.

 

__ (c) Other: _____________________________________.

 

 

2.23 Participating Employer(s): As of the Effective Date, the following Participating Employer(s) are parties to the Plan:

 

Name of Employer   EIN
First Bancorp   56-1421916

 

 

2.26 Plan: The name of the Plan is

 

First Bancorp Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan .

 

 

2.28 Plan Year: The Plan Year shall end each year on the last day of the month of December .

 

 

2.30 Seniority Date: The date on which a Participant has:

 

__ (a) Attained age __.

 

__ (b) Completed __ Years of Service from First Date of Service.

 

__ (c) Attained age __ and completed __ Years of Service from First Date of Service.

 

XX (d) Not applicable – distribution elections for Separation from Service are not based on Seniority Date.

 

 

3  

 

 

4.1       Participant Deferral Credits: Subject to the limitations in Section 4.1 of the Plan, a Participant may elect to have his Compensation (as selected in Section 2.8 of this Adoption Agreement) deferred within the annual limits below by the following percentage or amount as designated in writing to the Committee:

 

XX (a) Base salary:
       
minimum deferral:   %
maximum deferral:  70 %

 

XX (b) Service Bonus:

 

XX Service Bonus .
     
minimum deferral:   %
maximum deferral:  100 %

 

 

XX (c) Performance-Based Compensation:

 

XX Performance Based Bonus – Cash Portion
     
minimum deferral:   %
maximum deferral:     100 %

 

 

__ (d) Commissions:
       
minimum deferral:   %
maximum deferral:   %

 

__ (e) Form 1099 Compensation:
       
minimum deferral:   %
maximum deferral:   %

 

__ (f) Other:
       
minimum deferral:   %
maximum deferral:   %

 

__ (g) Participant deferrals not allowed.

 

 

4  

 

 

4.1.2         Participant Deferral Credits and Employer Credits – Election Period: Participant elections regarding Participant Deferral Credits and Employer Credits shall be subject to the following effective periods (one must be selected):

 

XX (a) Evergreen election. An election made by the Participant shall continue in effect for subsequent years until modified by the Participant as permitted in Section 4.1 and Section 4.2. (This option is not permitted if source year accounts are elected in Section 5.1).

 

__ (b) Non-Evergreen election. Any election made by the Participant shall only remain in effect for the current election period and will then expire. An election for each subsequent year will be required as permitted in Sections 4.1 and 4.2.

 

 

4.2 Employer Credits: Employer Credits will be made in the following manner:

 

XX (a) Employer Discretionary Credits : The Employer may make discretionary credits to the Deferred Compensation Account of each Active Participant in an amount determined as follows:

 

XX (i) An amount determined each Plan Year by the Employer.

 

__ (ii) Other: _______________________________________.

 

XX (b) Other Employer Credits : The Employer may make other credits to the Deferred Compensation Account of each Active Participant in an amount determined as follows:

 

XX (i) An amount determined each Plan Year by the Employer.

 

__ (ii) Other: _______________________________________.

 

__ (c) Employer Credits not allowed.

 

 

5  

 

 

4.3         Deferred Compensation Account: The Participant is permitted to establish the following accounts:

 

XX (a) Non-source year account(s). Deferred Compensation Account(s) will not be established on a source year basis:

 

__ (i) A Participant may establish only one account to be distributed upon Separation from Service. One set of payment options for that account is allowed as permitted in Section 7.1. Additional In-Service or Education accounts may be established as permitted in Section 5.4.

 

XX (ii) A Participant may establish multiple accounts to be distributed upon Separation from Service. Each account may have one set of payment options as permitted in Section 7.1 Additional In-Service or Education accounts may be established as permitted in Section 5.4. If this multiple account option is elected, the Participant will also be required to elect Separation from Service payment options for each In-Service or Education account established.

 

__ (b) Source year account(s): Annual Deferred Compensation Account(s) will be established each year in which Participant Deferral Credits or Employer Credits are credited to the Participant. Only one account may be established each year for distribution upon Separation from Service. One set of payment options for that account is allowed as permitted in Section 7.1. Additional In-Service or Education accounts may be established for each source year as permitted in Section 5.4. If this option is selected, Evergreen elections as described in Section 4.1.2 are not permitted.

 

 

5.2 Disability of a Participant:

 

XX (a) A Participant's becoming Disabled shall be a Qualifying Distribution Event and the Deferred Compensation Account shall be paid by the Employer as provided in Section 7.1.

 

__ (b) A Participant becoming Disabled shall not be a Qualifying Distribution Event.

 

 

 

5.3       Death of a Participant: If the Participant dies while in Service, the Employer shall pay a benefit to the Beneficiary in an amount equal to the vested balance in the Deferred Compensation Account of the Participant determined as of the date payments to the Beneficiary commence, plus:

 

__ (a) An amount to be determined by the Committee.

 

XX (b) No additional benefits.

 

 

6  

 

 

5.4       In-Service or Education Distributions: In-Service and Education Accounts are permitted under the Plan:

 

XX (a) In-Service Accounts are allowed with respect to:
__ Participant Deferral Credits only.
__ Employer Credits only.
XX Participant Deferral and Employer Credits.

 

In-service distributions may be made in the following manner:

XX Single lump sum payment.
XX Annual installments over a term certain not to exceed 5 years.

 

Education Accounts are allowed with respect to:

__ Participant Deferral Credits only.
__ Employer Credits only.
__ Participant Deferral and Employer Credits.

 

Education Accounts distributions may be made in the following manner:

__ Single lump sum payment.
__ Annual installments over a term certain not to exceed __ years.

 

If applicable, amounts not vested at the time payments due under this Section cease will be:

__ Forfeited.
__ Distributed at Separation from Service if vested at that time.

 

__ (b) No In-Service or Education Distributions permitted.

 

 

5.5 Change in Control Event:

 

XX (a) Participants may elect upon initial enrollment to have accounts distributed upon a Change in Control Event.

 

__ (b) A Change in Control shall not be a Qualifying Distribution Event.

 

 

5.6 Unforeseeable Emergency Event:

 

XX (a) Participants may apply to have accounts distributed upon an Unforeseeable Emergency event.

 

__ (b) An Unforeseeable Emergency shall not be a Qualifying Distribution Event.

 

 

7  

 

 

6. Vesting:

 

An Active Participant shall be fully vested in the Employer Discretionary Credits made to the Deferred Compensation Account upon the first to occur of the following events:

 

__ (a) Normal Retirement Age.

 

XX (b) Death.

 

XX (c) Disability.

 

XX (d) Change in Control Event.

 

XX (e) Satisfaction of the vesting requirement as specified below:

 

__ (i) Immediate 100% vesting.

 

__ (ii) 100% vesting after __ Years of Service.

 

__ (iii) 100% vesting at age __.

 

  XX (iv) Number of Years     Vested  
      of Service     Percentage  
                 
      Less than 1   0 %  
        1   0 %  
        2   0 %  
        3   100 %  
        4     %  
        5     %  
        6     %  
        7     %  
        8     %  
        9     %  
        10 or more     %  

 

 

For this purpose, Years of Service of a Participant shall be calculated from the date designated below:

 

__ (1) First day of Service.

 

__ (2) Effective date of Plan participation.

 

XX (3) Each Crediting Date. Under this option (3), each Employer Credit shall vest based on the Years of Service of a Participant from the Crediting Date on which each Employer Discretionary Credit is made to his or her Deferred Compensation Account. All contributions deposited in a calendar year are deemed to have been made as of 1/1 of that calendar year for purposes of vesting.

 

8  

 

 

An Active Participant shall be fully vested in the Other Employer Credits made to the Deferred Compensation Account upon the first to occur of the following events:

 

__ (a) Normal Retirement Age.

 

XX (b) Death.

 

XX (c) Disability.

 

XX (d) Termination within Two Years of a Change in Control Event.

 

XX (e) Satisfaction of the vesting requirement as specified below:

 

__ (i) Immediate 100% vesting.

 

XX (ii) 100% vesting after 5 Years of Service.

 

__ (iii) 100% vesting at age __.

 

  __ (iv) Number of Years     Vested  
      of Service     Percentage  
                 
      Less than 1     %  
        1     %  
        2     %  
        3     %  
        4     %  
        5     %  
        6     %  
        7     %  
        8     %  
        9     %  
        10 or more     %  

 

 

For this purpose, Years of Service of a Participant shall be calculated from the date designated below:

 

__ (1) First day of Service.

 

__ (2) Effective date of Plan participation.

 

XX (3) Each Crediting Date. Under this option (3), each Employer Credit shall vest based on the Years of Service of a Participant from the Crediting Date on which each Employer Discretionary Credit is made to his or her Deferred Compensation Account.

 

9  

 

 

7.1       Payment Options: Any benefit payable under the Plan upon a permitted Qualifying Distribution Event may be made to the Participant or his Beneficiary (as applicable) in any of the following payment forms, as selected by the Participant in the Participation Agreement:

 

(a) Separation from Service (Seniority Date is Not Applicable)

 

XX (i) A lump sum.

 

XX (ii) Annual installments over a term certain as elected by the Participant not to exceed 10 years.

 

(b) Separation from Service prior to Seniority Date (If Applicable)

 

__ (i) A lump sum.

 

XX (ii) Not Applicable.

 

(c) Separation from Service on or After Seniority Date (If Applicable)

 

__ (i) A lump sum.

 

__ (ii) Annual installments over a term certain as elected by the Participant not to exceed ___ years.

 

XX (iii) Not Applicable.

 

(d) Separation from Service Upon a Change in Control Event

 

XX (i) A lump sum.

 

(e) Death

 

XX (i) A lump sum.

 

__ (ii) Annual installments over a term certain as elected by the Participant not to exceed ___ years.

 

(f) Disability

 

XX (i) A lump sum.

 

XX (ii) Annual installments over a term certain as elected by the Participant not to exceed 10 years.

 

__ (iii) Not Applicable.

 

If applicable, amounts not vested at the time payments due under this Section cease will be:

__ Forfeited.
__ Distributed at Separation from Service if vested at that time.

 

10  

 

 

(g) Change in Control Event

 

XX (i) A lump sum.

 

__ (ii) Not Applicable.

 

If applicable, amounts not vested at the time payments due under this Section cease will be:

__ Forfeited.
__ Distributed at Separation from Service if vested at that time.

 

 

7.4 De Minimis Amounts.

 

XX (a) Notwithstanding any payment election made by the Participant, the vested balance in all Deferred Compensation Account(s) of the Participant will be distributed in a single lump sum payment at the time designated under the Plan if at the time of a permitted Qualifying Distribution Event that is either a Separation from Service, death, Disability (if applicable) or Change in Control Event (if applicable) the vested balance does not exceed $ 150,000 . In addition, the Employer may distribute a Participant's vested balance in all Deferred Compensation Account(s) of the Participant at any time if the balance does not exceed the limit in Section 402(g)(1)(B) of the Code and results in the termination of the Participant's entire interest in the Plan.

 

__ (b) There shall be no pre-determined de minimis amount under the Plan; however, the Employer may distribute a Participant's vested balance at any time if the balance does not exceed the limit in Section 402(g)(1)(B) of the Code and results in the termination of the Participant's entire interest in the Plan.

 

 

10.1 Contractual Liability: Liability for payments under the Plan shall be the responsibility of the:

 

XX (a) Company.

 

__ (b) Employer or Participating Employer who employed the Participant when amounts were deferred.

 

 

14.       Amendment and Termination of Plan: Notwithstanding any provision in this Adoption

Agreement or the Plan to the contrary, Section 5.4 of the Plan shall be amended to read as provided in attached Exhibit A .

 

__ There are no amendments to the Plan.

 

 

17.8       Construction: The provisions of the Plan shall be construed and enforced according to the laws of the State of North Carolina , except to the extent that such laws are superseded by ERISA and the applicable provisions of the Code.

 

11  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the day and year stated below.

 

 

  First Bancorp
  Name of Employer
   
  By: /s/ Eric P. Credle
  Authorized Person
  Date: 2/26/2018

 

 

12  

 

 

Exhibit A

 

Section 5.4 of the Plan Document shall be replaced with the following:

 

5.4       In-Service or Education Distributions. If the Employer designates in the Adoption Agreement that in-service or education distributions are permitted under the Plan, a Participant may designate in the Participation Agreement to have a specified amount credited to the Participant's In-Service or Education Account for in-service or education distributions at the date specified by the Participant. In no event may an in-service or education distribution of an amount be made before the date that is three years after the first day of the year in which any deferral election to such In-Service or Education Account became effective. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant incurs a Qualifying Distribution Event prior to the date on which the entire balance in the In-Service or Education Account has been distributed, then the vested balance in the In-Service or Education Account on the date of the Qualifying Distribution Event shall be paid as provided under Section 7.1 for payments on such Qualifying Distribution Event.

 

 

 

 

13  

 

 

Exhibit 12

 

FIRST BANCORP

COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES AND PREFERRED SHARE DIVIDENDS

($ in thousands, except for ratios)

(Unaudited)

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
    2017     2016     2015     2014     2013  
Including Interest on Deposits:                                        
Earnings:                                        
     Income (loss) before income taxes   $ 67,739       42,133       41,160       38,531       32,780  
     Fixed charges     13,433       8,118       7,304       8,625       11,345  
           Total earnings (loss)   $ 81,172       50,251       48,464       47,156       44,125  
                                         
Fixed charges:                                        
     Interest on deposits   $ 7,544       5,170       5,319       7,072       9,960  
     Interest on borrowings     5,127       2,437       1,589       1,151       1,025  
     Amortization of debt issuance costs                              
     Interest portion of rental expense (1)     762       511       396       402       360  
          Total fixed charges   $ 13,433       8,118       7,304       8,625       11,345  
Preferred dividend requirements           175       603       868       895  
          Total fixed charges and preferred dividends   $ 13,433       8,293       7,907       9,493       12,240  
                                         
Ratio of earnings (loss) to fixed charges, including interest on deposits     6.04x     6.19x     6.64x     5.47x     3.89x
Ratio of earnings (loss) to fixed charges and preferred dividends, including interest on deposits     6.04x     6.06x     6.13x     4.97x     3.60x
                                         
                                         
Excluding Interest on Deposits:                                        
Earnings:                                        
     Income (loss) before income taxes   $ 67,739       42,133       41,160       38,531       32,780  
     Fixed charges     5,889       2,948       1,985       1,553       1,385  
           Total earnings (loss)   $ 73,628       45,081       43,145       40,084       34,165  
                                         
Fixed charges:                                        
     Interest on borrowings   $ 5,127       2,437       1,589       1,151       1,025  
     Amortization of debt issuance costs                              
     Interest portion of rental expense (1)     762       511       396       402       360  
          Total fixed charges   $ 5,889       2,948       1,985       1,553       1,385  
Preferred dividend requirements           175       603       868       895  
          Total fixed charges and preferred dividends   $ 5,889       3,123       2,588       2,421       2,280  
                                         
Ratio of earnings (loss) to fixed charges, excluding interest on deposits     12.50 x     15.29 x     21.74 x     25.81 x     24.67 x
Ratio of earnings (loss) to fixed charges and preferred dividends, excluding interest on deposits     12.50 x     14.44 x     16.67 x     16.56 x     14.98 x

 

(1) Estimated to be one-third of rental expense.

 

 

Exhibit 21

 

First Bancorp and Subsidiaries

List of Subsidiaries of Registrant

 

 

Name of Subsidiary
and Name under
Which Subsidiary
Transacts Business
  State of Incorporation   Address of Subsidiary   I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number
First Bank (1)   North Carolina   300 SW Broad Street
Southern Pines, North Carolina 28387
  56-0132230
First Bancorp Capital
Trust II
  Delaware   300 SW Broad Street
Southern Pines, North Carolina 28387
  83-6059905
First Bancorp Capital
Trust III
  Delaware   300 SW Broad Street
Southern Pines, North Carolina 28387
  83-6059906
First Bancorp Capital
Trust IV
  Delaware   300 SW Broad Street
Southern Pines, North Carolina 28387
  65-6465193
Carolina Capital Trust   Delaware   300 SW Broad Street
Southern Pines, North Carolina 28387
   

 

 

(1) First Bank has three wholly owned subsidiaries –

 

First Bank Insurance Services, Inc. a North Carolina corporation, located at 300 SW Broad Street, Southern Pines, North Carolina 28387 (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number 56-1659931).

 

First Troy SPE, LLC, a North Carolina corporation located at 300 SW Broad Street, Southern Pines, North Carolina 28387 (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number 56-0132230).

 

SBA Complete, Inc., a California corporation located at 550 Continental Blvd., Suite 120, El Segundo, CA 90245 (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number 45-2516664).

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 23

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

 

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders

First Bancorp

Southern Pines, North Carolina

 

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement of First Bancorp on Form S-8 relating to additional shares available for issuance under the First Bancorp 1994 Stock Option Plan (File no. 333-150375), Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 relating to the First Bancorp 1994 Stock Option Plan (File no. 033-82542), the Registration Statement of First Bancorp on Form S-8 relating to the First Bancorp 1994 Stock Option Plan (File no. 333-58668), the Registration Statement on Form S-8 related to the First Bancorp 2007 Equity Plan (File no. 333-150100), the Registration Statement on Form S-3D relating to the First Bancorp Dividend Reinvestment and Common Stock Purchase Plan (File no. 333-167856), the Registration Statement of First Bancorp on Form S-3 relating to preferred stock associated with First Bancorp’s participation in the United States Treasury’s Small Business Lending Fund (File no. 333-177096), the Registration Statement of First Bancorp on Form S-3 related to shares associated with a capital raise (File 333-186273), the Registration Statement of First Bancorp on Form S-8 related to the First Bancorp 2014 Equity Plan (File 333-197115), the Registration Statement of First Bancorp on Form S-8 related to the First Bancorp Employees’ 401(k) Savings Plan (File 333-197114), the Registration Statement of First Bancorp on Form S-4/A relating to the registration of common stock to be issued in connection with the merger with Carolina Bank Holdings, Inc. (File 333-213370), the Registration Statement of First Bancorp on Form S-3 relating to the registration of an unspecified number of securities to be offered with an aggregate offering price of $100,000,000 (File 333-216051), and the Registration Statement of First Bancorp on Form S-4/A relating to the registration of common stock to be issued in connection with the merger with ASB Bancorp, Inc. (File 333-219026) of our reports dated March 1, 2018 relating to our audits of the consolidated financial statements and internal control over financial reporting which appear in the December 31, 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K of First Bancorp.

 

/s/ Elliott Davis, PLLC

 

Charlotte, North Carolina

March 1, 2018

 

 

Exhibit 31.1

Chief Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,

As Adopted Pursuant to Section 302(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

I, Richard H. Moore, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this Form 10-K of First Bancorp;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

     5.     The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors:

 

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

March 1, 2018 /s/ Richard H. Moore
  Richard H. Moore
  Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

Exhibit 31.2

Chief Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,

As Adopted Pursuant to Section 302(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

I, Eric P. Credle, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this Form 10-K of First Bancorp;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

     5.     The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors:

 

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

March 1, 2018 /s/ Eric P. Credle
  Eric P. Credle
  Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

Exhibit 32.1

 

Chief Executive Officer

Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,

as Adopted Pursuant to

Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of First Bancorp (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2017 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Richard H. Moore, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

/s/ Richard H. Moore
Richard H. Moore
Chief Executive Officer
March 1, 2018

 

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to First Bancorp and will be retained by First Bancorp and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 

 

 

Exhibit 32.2

 

Chief Financial Officer

Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,

as Adopted Pursuant to

Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of First Bancorp (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2017 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Eric P. Credle, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

/s/ Eric P. Credle
Eric P. Credle
Chief Financial Officer
March 1, 2018

 

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to First Bancorp and will be retained by First Bancorp and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.